Vous êtes sur la page 1sur 422

PioneerSM_ENG.

book

Page 1

Thursday, October 30, 2014

1:28 PM

GE Healthcare
gehealthcare.com

Technical
Publication
Direction 5275601-100
Revision 12

Copyright 2007~2008 by General Electric Company, Inc. All


Rights Reserved

eitconcepts@gmail.com

GE Healthcare
Medical Diagnostic Radiography XR 6000
Service Manual

PioneerSM_ENG.book

Page 2

Thursday, October 30, 2014

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12

1:28 PM

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

eitconcepts@gmail.com

Page 2

PioneerSM_ENG.book

Page 3

Thursday, October 30, 2014

1:28 PM

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12

Legal Notes
TRADEMARKS
All other products and their name brands are the trademarks of their respective holders.

COPYRIGHTS
All Material, Copyright 2007~2008 by General Electric Company, Inc. All rights reserved. The
material presented and contained herein may not be reproduced in any form or manner, without the
written permission of General Electric Company, Inc.

eitconcepts@gmail.com

Legal Notes

Page 3

PioneerSM_ENG.book

Page 4

Thursday, October 30, 2014

1:28 PM

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12
This page is intentionally left blank.

eitconcepts@gmail.com

Page 4

Legal Notes

PioneerSM_ENG.book

Page 5

Thursday, October 30, 2014

1:28 PM

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12

Important Precautions
LANGUAGE

(BG)

.
,
,
.

.

,

.

(ZH-CN)

VSTRAHA
(CS)

TENTO PROVOZN NVOD EXISTUJE POUZE V ANGLICKM JAZYCE.


V PPAD, E EXTERN SLUBA ZKAZNKM POTEBUJE NVOD V
JINM JAZYCE, JE ZAJITN PEKLADU DO ODPOVDAJCHO JAZYKA
KOLEM ZKAZNKA.
NESNATE SE O DRBU TOHOTO ZAZEN, ANI BYSTE SI PEETLI
TENTO PROVOZN NVOD A POCHOPILI JEHO OBSAH.
V PPAD NEDODROVN TTO VSTRAHY ME DOJT K PORANN
PRACOVNKA PRODEJNHO SERVISU, OBSLUNHO PERSONLU NEBO
PACIENT VLIVEM ELEKTRICKHOP PROUDU, RESPEKTIVE VLIVEM
MECHANICKCH I JINCH RIZIK.

ADVARSEL
(DA)

DENNE SERVICEMANUAL FINDES KUN P ENGELSK.


HVIS EN KUNDES TEKNIKER HAR BRUG FOR ET ANDET SPROG END
ENGELSK, ER DET KUNDENS ANSVAR AT SRGE FOR OVERSTTELSE.
FORSG IKKE AT SERVICERE UDSTYRET MEDMINDRE
DENNE SERVICEMANUAL HAR VRET KONSULTERET OG ER FORSTET.
MANGLENDE OVERHOLDELSE AF DENNE ADVARSEL KAN MEDFRE
SKADE P GRUND AF ELEKTRISK, MEKANISK ELLER ANDEN FARE FOR
TEKNIKEREN, OPERATREN ELLER PATIENTEN.

Important Precautions

Page 5

eitconcepts@gmail.com

PioneerSM_ENG.book

Page 6

Thursday, October 30, 2014

1:28 PM

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12

WAARSCHUWING
(NL)

DEZE ONDERHOUDSHANDLEIDING IS ENKEL IN HET ENGELS


VERKRIJGBAAR.
ALS HET ONDERHOUDSPERSONEEL EEN ANDERE TAAL VEREIST, DAN IS
DE KLANT VERANTWOORDELIJK VOOR DE VERTALING ERVAN.
PROBEER DE APPARATUUR NIET TE ONDERHOUDEN VOORDAT DEZE
ONDERHOUDSHANDLEIDING WERD GERAADPLEEGD EN BEGREPEN IS.
INDIEN DEZE WAARSCHUWING NIET WORDT OPGEVOLGD, ZOU HET
ONDERHOUDSPERSONEEL, DE OPERATOR OF EEN PATINT GEWOND
KUNNEN RAKEN ALS GEVOLG VAN EEN ELEKTRISCHE SCHOK,
MECHANISCHE OF ANDERE GEVAREN.

WARNING
(EN)

(ET)

KESOLEV TEENINDUSJUHEND ON SAADAVAL AINULT INGLISE KEELES.


KUI KLIENDITEENINDUSE OSUTAJA NUAB JUHENDIT INGLISE KEELEST
ERINEVAS KEELES, VASTUTAB KLIENT TLKETEENUSE OSUTAMISE EEST.
RGE RITAGE SEADMEID TEENINDADA ENNE EELNEVALT
KESOLEVA TEENINDUSJUHENDIGA TUTVUMIST JA SELLEST ARU
SAAMIST.
KESOLEVA HOIATUSE EIRAMINE VIB PHJUSTADA TEENUSEOSUTAJA,
OPERAATORI VI PATSIENDI VIGASTAMIST ELEKTRILGI, MEHAANILISE
VI MUU OHU TAGAJRJEL.

VAROITUS
(FI)

TM HUOLTO-OHJE ON SAATAVILLA VAIN ENGLANNIKSI.


JOS ASIAKKAAN HUOLTOHENKILST VAATII MUUTA KUIN
ENGLANNINKIELIST MATERIAALIA, TARVITTAVAN KNNKSEN
HANKKIMINEN ON ASIAKKAAN VASTUULLA.
L YRIT KORJATA LAITTEISTOA ENNEN KUIN OLET VARMASTI LUKENUT
JA YMMRTNYT TMN HUOLTO-OHJEEN.
MIKLI TT VAROITUSTA EI NOUDATETA, SEURAUKSENA VOI OLLA
HUOLTOHENKILSTN, LAITTEISTON KYTTJN TAI POTILAAN
VAHINGOITTUMINEN SHKISKUN, MEKAANISEN VIAN TAI MUUN
VAARATILANTEEN VUOKSI.

Page 6

Important Precautions

eitconcepts@gmail.com

HOIATUS

THIS SERVICE MANUAL IS AVAILABLE IN ENGLISH ONLY.


IF A CUSTOMERS SERVICE PROVIDER REQUIRES A LANGUAGE
OTHER THAN ENGLISH, IT IS THE CUSTOMERS RESPONSIBILITY TO
PROVIDE TRANSLATION SERVICES.
DO NOT ATTEMPT TO SERVICE THE EQUIPMENT UNLESS THIS
SERVICE MANUAL HAS BEEN CONSULTED AND IS UNDERSTOOD.
FAILURE TO HEED THIS WARNING MAY RESULT IN INJURY TO THE
SERVICE PROVIDER, OPERATOR OR PATIENT FROM ELECTRIC
SHOCK, MECHANICAL OR OTHER HAZARDS.

PioneerSM_ENG.book

Page 7

Thursday, October 30, 2014

1:28 PM

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12

ATTENTION
(FR)

WARNUNG
(DE)

CE MANUEL DE MAINTENANCE NEST DISPONIBLE QUEN ANGLAIS.


SI LE TECHNICIEN DU CLIENT A BESOIN DE CE MANUEL DANS UNE
AUTRE LANGUE QUE LANGLAIS, CEST AU CLIENT QUIL INCOMBE
DE LE FAIRE TRADUIRE.
NE PAS TENTER DINTERVENTION SUR LES QUIPEMENTS TANT
QUE LE MANUEL SERVICE NA PAS T CONSULT ET COMPRIS.
LE NON-RESPECT DE CET AVERTISSEMENT PEUT ENTRANER CHEZ
LE TECHNICIEN, LOPRATEUR OU LE PATIENT DES BLESSURES
DUES DES DANGERS LECTRIQUES, MCANIQUES OU AUTRES.

DIESE SERVICEANLEITUNG EXISTIERT NUR IN ENGLISCHER SPRACHE.


FALLS EIN FREMDER KUNDENDIENST EINE ANDERE SPRACHE BENTIGT,
IST ES AUFGABE DES KUNDEN FR EINE ENTSPRECHENDE
BERSETZUNG ZU SORGEN.
VERSUCHEN SIE NICHT DIESE ANLAGE ZU WARTEN,
OHNE DIESE SERVICEANLEITUNG GELESEN UND VERSTANDEN ZU HABEN.

(EL)

.

,
.


.
,
,
,
.

FIGYELMEZTETS
(HU)

EZEN KARBANTARTSI KZIKNYV KIZRLAG ANGOL NYELVEN RHET


EL.
HA A VEV SZOLGLTATJA ANGOLTL ELTR NYELVRE TART IGNYT,
AKKOR A VEV FELELSSGE A FORDTS ELKSZTTETSE.
NE PRBLJA ELKEZDENI HASZNLNI A BERENDEZST, AMG A
KARBANTARTSI KZIKNYVBEN LERTAKAT NEM RTELMEZTK.
EZEN FIGYELMEZTETS FIGYELMEN KVL HAGYSA A SZOLGLTAT,
MKDTET VAGY A BETEG RAMTS, MECHANIKAI VAGY EGYB
VESZLYHELYZET MIATTI SRLST EREDMNYEZHETI.

Important Precautions

Page 7

eitconcepts@gmail.com

WIRD DIESE WARNUNG NICHT BEACHTET, SO KANN ES ZU


VERLETZUNGEN DES KUNDENDIENSTTECHNIKERS, DES BEDIENERS ODER
DES PATIENTEN DURCH STROMSCHLGE, MECHANISCHE ODER SONSTIGE
GEFAHREN KOMMEN.

PioneerSM_ENG.book

Page 8

Thursday, October 30, 2014

1:28 PM

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12

AVRUN
(IS)

ESSI JNUSTUHANDBK ER EINGNGU FANLEG ENSKU.


EF A JNUSTUVEITANDI VISKIPTAMANNS ARFNAST ANNAS
TUNGUMLS EN ENSKU, ER A SKYLDA VISKIPTAMANNS A SKAFFA
TUNGUMLAJNUSTU.
REYNI EKKI A AFGREIA TKI NEMA A ESSI JNUSTUHANDBK
HEFUR VERI SKOU OG SKILIN.
BROT SINNA ESSARI AVRUN GETUR LEITT TIL MEISLA
JNUSTUVEITANDA, STJRNANDA EA SJKLINGS FR RAFLOSTI,
VLRNU EA RUM HTTUM.

AVVERTENZA

(IT)


(JA)

Page 8

Important Precautions

eitconcepts@gmail.com

IL PRESENTE MANUALE DI MANUTENZIONE DISPONIBILE


SOLTANTO IN INGLESE.
SE UN ADDETTO ALLA MANUTENZIONE ESTERNO ALLA GEMS
RICHIEDE IL MANUALE IN UNA LINGUA DIVERSA, IL CLIENTE
TENUTO A PROVVEDERE DIRETTAMENTE ALLA TRADUZIONE.
SI PROCEDA ALLA MANUTENZIONE DELLAPPARECCHIATURA
SOLO DOPO AVER CONSULTATO IL PRESENTE MANUALE ED
AVERNE COMPRESO IL CONTENUTO.
IL NON RISPETTO DELLA PRESENTE AVVERTENZA POTREBBE FAR
COMPIERE OPERAZIONI DA CUI DERIVINO LESIONI ALLADDETTO
ALLA MANUTENZIONE, ALLUTILIZZATORE ED AL PAZIENTE PER
FOLGORAZIONE ELETTRICA, PER URTI MECCANICI OD ALTRI
RISCHI.

PioneerSM_ENG.book

Page 9

Thursday, October 30, 2014

1:28 PM

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12

(KO)

.
,

.
,

, .

BRDINJUMS
(LV)

APKALPES ROKASGRMATA IR PIEEJAMA TIKAI ANGU VALOD.


JA KLIENTA APKALPES SNIEDZJAM NEPIECIEAMA INFORMCIJA CIT
VALOD, NEVIS ANGU, KLIENTA PIENKUMS IR NODROINT
TULKOANU.
NEVEICIET APRKOJUMA APKALPI BEZ APKALPES ROKASGRMATAS
IZLASANAS UN SAPRAANAS.

SPJIMAS
(LT)

IS EKSPLOATAVIMO VADOVAS YRA PRIEINAMAS TIK ANGL KALBA.


JEI KLIENTO PASLAUG TIEKJAS REIKALAUJA VADOVO KITA KALBA NE
ANGL, NUMATYTI VERTIMO PASLAUGAS YRA KLIENTO ATSAKOMYB.
NEMGINKITE ATLIKTI RANGOS TECHNINS PRIEIROS, NEBENT
ATSIVELGTE EKSPLOATAVIMO VADOV IR J SUPRATOTE.
JEI NEATKREIPSITE DMESIO PERSPJIM, GALIMI SUALOJIMAI DL
ELEKTROS OKO.
MECHANINI AR KIT PAVOJ PASLAUG TIEKJUI, OPERATORIUI AR
PACIENTUI.

ADVARSEL
(NO)

DENNE SERVICEHNDBOKEN FINNES BARE P ENGELSK.


HVIS KUNDENS SERVICELEVERANDR TRENGER ET ANNET SPRK, ER
DET KUNDENS ANSVAR SRGE FOR OVERSETTELSE.
IKKE FORSK REPARERE UTSTYRET UTEN AT DENNE
SERVICEHNDBOKEN ER LEST OG FORSTTT.
MANGLENDE HENSYN TIL DENNE ADVARSELEN KAN FRE TIL AT
SERVICELEVERANDREN, OPERATREN ELLER PASIENTEN SKADES P
GRUNN AV ELEKTRISK STT, MEKANISKE ELLER ANDRE FARER.

Important Precautions

Page 9

eitconcepts@gmail.com

BRDINJUMA NEIEVROANA VAR RADT ELEKTRISKS STRVAS


TRIECIENA, MEHNISKU VAI CITU RISKU IZRAISTU TRAUMU APKALPES
SNIEDZJAM, OPERATORAM VAI PACIENTAM.

PioneerSM_ENG.book

Page 10

Thursday, October 30, 2014 1:28 PM

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12

OSTRZEENIE
(PL)

NINIEJSZY PODRCZNIK SERWISOWY DOSTPNY JEST JEDYNIE W JZYKU


ANGIELSKIM.
JELI DOSTAWCA USUG KLIENTA WYMAGA JZYKA INNEGO NI
ANGIELSKI, ZAPEWNIENIE USUGI TUMACZENIA JEST OBOWIZKIEM
KLIENTA.
NIE PRBOWA SERWISOWA WYPOSAENIA BEZ ZAPOZNANIA SI I
ZROZUMIENIA NINIEJSZEGO PODRCZNIKA SERWISOWEGO.
NIEZASTOSOWANIE SI DO TEGO OSTRZEENIA MOE SPOWODOWA
URAZY DOSTAWCY USUG, OPERATORA LUB PACJENTA W WYNIKU
PORAENIA ELEKTRYCZNEGO, ZAGROENIA MECHANICZNEGO BD
INNEGO.

ATENO
(PT)

ESTE MANUAL DE ASSISTNCIA TCNICA S SE ENCONTRA DISPONVEL


EM INGLS.
SE QUALQUER OUTRO SERVIO DE ASSISTNCIA TCNICA, QUE NO A
GEMS, SOLICITAR ESTES MANUAIS NOUTRO IDIOMA, DA
RESPONSABILIDADE DO CLIENTE FORNECER OS SERVIOS DE
TRADUO.

O NO CUMPRIMENTO DESTE AVISO PODE POR EM PERIGO A SEGURANA


DO TCNICO, OPERADOR OU PACIENTE DEVIDO A CHOQUES ELTRICOS,
MECNICOS OU OUTROS.

ATENIE
(RO)

ACEST MANUAL DE SERVICE ESTE DISPONIBIL NUMAI N LIMBA ENGLEZ.


DAC UN FURNIZOR DE SERVICII PENTRU CLIENI NECESIT O ALT
LIMB DECT CEA ENGLEZ, ESTE DE DATORIA CLIENTULUI S
FURNIZEZE O TRADUCERE.
NU NCERCAI S REPARAI ECHIPAMENTUL DECT ULTERIOR
CONSULTRII I NELEGERII ACESTUI MANUAL DE SERVICE.
IGNORAREA ACESTUI AVERTISMENT AR PUTEA DUCE LA RNIREA
DEPANATORULUI, OPERATORULUI SAU PACIENTULUI N URMA
PERICOLELOR DE ELECTROCUTARE, MECANICE SAU DE ALT NATUR.

Page 10

Important Precautions

eitconcepts@gmail.com

NO TENTE REPARAR O EQUIPAMENTO SEM TER CONSULTADO E


COMPREENDIDO ESTE MANUAL DE ASSISTNCIA TCNICA

PioneerSM_ENG.book

Page 11

Thursday, October 30, 2014 1:28 PM

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12

!
(RU)


.

, - ,
.


.

, ,
,
.

UPOZORNENIE
(SK)

TENTO NVOD NA OBSLUHU JE K DISPOZCII LEN V ANGLITINE.


AK ZKAZNKOV POSKYTOVATE SLUIEB VYADUJE IN JAZYK AKO
ANGLITINU, POSKYTNUTIE PREKLADATESKCH SLUIEB JE
ZODPOVEDNOSOU ZKAZNKA.
NEPOKAJTE SA O OBSLUHU ZARIADENIA SKR, AKO SI NEPRETATE
NVOD NA OBLUHU A NEPOROZUMIETE MU.

ATENCION
(ES)

ESTE MANUAL DE SERVICIO SOLO EXISTE EN INGLES.


SI ALGUN PROVEEDOR DE SERVICIOS AJENO A GEMS SOLICITA UN IDIOMA
QUE NO SEA EL INGLES, ES RESPONSABILIDAD DEL CLIENTE OFRECER UN
SERVICIO DE TRADUCCION.
NO SE DEBERA DAR SERVICIO TECNICO AL EQUIPO,
SIN HABER CONSULTADO Y COMPRENDIDO ESTE MANUAL DE SERVICIO.
LA NO OBSERVANCIA DEL PRESENTE AVISO PUEDE DAR LUGAR A QUE EL
PROVEEDOR DE SERVICIOS, EL OPERADOR O EL PACIENTE SUFRAN
LESIONES PROVOCADAS POR CAUSAS ELCTRICAS, MECNICAS O DE
OTRA NATURALEZA.

Important Precautions

Page 11

eitconcepts@gmail.com

ZANEDBANIE TOHTO UPOZORNENIA ME VYSTI DO ZRANENIA


POSKYTOVATEA SLUIEB, OBSLUHUJCEJ OSOBY ALEBO PACIENTA
ELEKTRICKM PRDOM, DO MECHANICKHO ALEBO INHO
NEBEZPEENSTVA.

PioneerSM_ENG.book

Page 12

Thursday, October 30, 2014 1:28 PM

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12

VARNING
(SV)

DEN HR SERVICEHANDBOKEN FINNS BARA TILLGNGLIG P ENGELSKA.


OM EN KUNDS SERVICETEKNIKER HAR BEHOV AV ETT ANNAT SPRK N
ENGELSKA ANSVARAR KUNDEN FR ATT TILLHANDAHLLA
VERSTTNINGSTJNSTER.
FRSK INTE UTFRA SERVICE P UTRUSTNINGEN OM DU INTE HAR LST
OCH FRSTR DEN HR SERVICEHANDBOKEN.
OM DU INTE TAR HNSYN TILL DEN HR VARNINGEN KAN DET RESULTERA
I SKADOR P SERVICETEKNIKERN, OPERATREN ELLER PATIENTEN TILL
FLJD AV ELEKTRISKA STTAR, MEKANISKA FAROR ELLER ANDRA
FAROR.

DKKAT
(TR)

BU SERVS KILAVUZUNUN SADECE NGLZCES MEVCUTTUR.


EER MTER TEKNSYEN BU KILAVUZU NGLZCE DIINDA BR BAKA
LSANDAN TALEP EDERSE, BUNU TERCME ETTRMEK MTERYE DER.
SERVS KILAVUZUNU OKUYUP ANLAMADAN EKPMANLARA MDAHALE
ETMEYNZ.

Page 12

Important Precautions

eitconcepts@gmail.com

BU UYARIYA UYULMAMASI, ELEKTRK, MEKANK VEYA DER


TEHLKELERDEN DOLAYI TEKNSYEN, OPERATR VEYA HASTANIN
YARALANMASINA YOL AABLR.

PioneerSM_ENG.book

Page 13

Thursday, October 30, 2014 1:28 PM

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12

DAMAGE IN TRANSPORTATION
All packages should be closely examined at time of delivery. If damage is apparent write Damage
In Shipment on ALL copies of the freight or express bill BEFORE delivery is accepted or signed
for by a GE representative or hospital receiving agent. Whether noted or concealed, damage
MUST be reported to the carrier immediately upon discovery, or in any event, within 14 days after
receipt, and the contents and containers held for inspection by the carrier. A transportation
company will not pay a claim for damage if an inspection is not requested within this 14 day period.
Call GEHC Global Parts 1-800-548-3366 and select option 8, immediately after damage is found.
At this time be ready to supply name of carrier, delivery date, consignee name, freight or express
bill number, item damaged and extent of damage.
Complete instructions regarding claim procedure are found in Section S of the Policy And
Procedures Bulletins.
14 July 1993

CERTIFIED ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR STATEMENT

IMPORTANT...X-RAY PROTECTION
X-ray equipment, if not properly used, may cause injury. Accordingly, the instructions herein
contained should be thoroughly read and understood by everyone who will use the equipment
before you attempt to place this equipment in operation. The General Electric Company, Healthcare
Group, will be glad to assist and cooperate in placing this equipment in use.
Although this apparatus incorporates a high degree of protection against x-radiation other than the
useful beam, no practical design of equipment can provide complete protection. Nor can any
practical design compel the operator to take adequate precautions to prevent the possibility of any
persons carelessly exposing themselves or others to radiation.
It is important that anyone having anything to do with x-radiation be properly trained and fully
acquainted with the recommendations of the National Council on Radiation Protection and
Measurements as published in NCRP Reports available from NCRP Publications, 7910 Woodmont
Avenue, Room 1016, Bethesda, Maryland 20814, and of the International Commission on
Radiation Protection, and of any other local authorities, and take adequate steps to protect against
injury.
The equipment is sold with the understanding that the General Electric Company, Healthcare
Group, its agents, and representatives have no responsibility for injury or damage which may result
from improper use of the equipment.
Various protective materials and devices are available. It is urged that such materials or devices be used.

Important Precautions

Page 13

eitconcepts@gmail.com

All electrical Installations that are preliminary to positioning of the equipment at the site prepared
for the equipment shall be performed by licensed electrical contractors. In addition, electrical feeds
into the Power Distribution Unit shall be performed by licensed electrical contractors. Other
connections between pieces of electrical equipment, calibrations and testing shall be performed by
qualified GE Healthcare personnel. The products involved (and the accompanying electrical
installations) are highly sophisticated, and special engineering competence is required. In
performing all electrical work on these products, GE will use its own specially trained field
engineers. All of GEs electrical work on these products will comply with the requirements of the
applicable electrical codes.
The purchaser of GE equipment shall only utilize qualified personnel (i.e., GEs field engineers,
personnel of third-party service companies with equivalent training, or licensed electricians) to
perform electrical servicing on the equipment.

PioneerSM_ENG.book

Page 14

Thursday, October 30, 2014 1:28 PM

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12

OMISSIONS & ERRORS


Customers, please contact your GE Sales or Service representatives.
GE personnel, please use the GEHC Complaint Record Process to report all omissions, errors, and
defects in this publication.
WARNINGS
Do not modify this equipment without authorization of the manufacturer. Upon request,
MANUFACTURER will provide circuit diagrams, component part lists, descriptions, calibration
instructions, or other information to assist service personnel to repair parts

eitconcepts@gmail.com

Page 14

Important Precautions

PioneerSM_ENG.book

Page 15

Thursday, October 30, 2014 1:28 PM

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12

Preface
Publication Conventions

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

Standardized conventions for representing information is a uniform way of communicating


information to a reader in a consistent manner. Conventions are used so that the reader can easily
recognize the actions or decisions that must be made. There are a number of character and
paragraph styles used in this publication to accomplish this task. Please become familiar with them
before proceeding forward.
Its important that you read and understand hazard statements, and not just ignore them.

Section 1.0
Safety & Hazard Information
Proper product safety labeling allows a person to safely use or service a product. The format and
style for safety communications reflected in this publication represents the harmonization of IEC/
ISO 3864 and ANSI Z535 standards.

1.1

Hazard Messages
Any action that will, could or potentially cause personal injury will be preceded by the safety alert
symbol and an appropriate signal word. The safety alert symbol is the triangle with an exclamation
mark within it. Its always used next to the signal word to indicate the severity of the hazard.
Together, they are used to indicate a hazard exists.
Signal words describe the severity of possible human injures that may be encountered. The alert
symbol and signal word are placed immediately before any paragraph they affect. Safety
information includes:
1.) Signal Word - The seriousness level of the hazard.
2.) Symbol or Pictorial - The consequence of interaction with the hazard.
3.) Word Message:
a.) The nature of the hazard (i.e. the type of hazard)
b.) How to avoid the hazard.
The safety alert symbol is not used when an action can only cause equipment damage.

1.2

Text Format of Signal Words


DANGER - INDICATES AN IMMINENTLY HAZARDOUS SITUATION WHICH, IF
NOT AVOIDED, WILL RESULT IN DEATH OR SERIOUS INJURY. THIS SIGNAL
WORD IS LIMITED TO THE MOST EXTREME SITUATIONS.
WARNING - INDICATES A POTENTIALLY HAZARDOUS SITUATION WHICH, IF NOT
AVOIDED, COULD RESULT IN DEATH OR SERIOUS INJURY.
Caution - Indicates a potentially hazardous situation which, if not avoided, may result in
minor or moderate injury. It may also be used to alert against unsafe practices.
Preface - Publication Conventions

Page 15

eitconcepts@gmail.com

Within this publication, different paragraph and character styles are used to indicated potential
hazards. Paragraph prefixes, such as hazard, caution, danger and warning, are used to identify
important safety information. Text (Hazard) styles are applied to the paragraph contents that are
applicable to each specific safety statement.

PioneerSM_ENG.book

Page 16

Thursday, October 30, 2014 1:28 PM

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12

NOTICE - Indicates information or a company policy that relates directly or indirectly to the
safety of personnel or protection of property. This signal word is associated directly with a
hazard or hazardous situation and is used in place of 'DANGER,' 'WARNING,' or 'CAUTION.'
It can include:

1.3

Destruction of a disk drive

Potential for internal mechanical damage, such as to a X-ray tube

Symbols and Pictorials Used


The following Symbols and Pictorials are be used in this publication. These graphical icons
(symbols) may be used to make you aware of specific types of hazards that could possibly cause
harm.

Page 16

magnetic

biohazard

compressgas

ppe-hearing

fragile

impact

corrosive

heavyobject

ppe-2people

static_elec

heat

general

laser

ppe-respitory

keep_dry

pinch

radiation

poisongas

ppe-loto

general

explosive

electrical

flammable

ppe-eye

torque

crush/mechanical

tipping

Read Manual

ppe-gloves

ce

instuction

poisonmatl

entanglement

instuction

SPECIAL NOTICES

Section 1.0 - Safety & Hazard Information

eitconcepts@gmail.com

1.3.1

keep_up

PioneerSM_ENG.book

Page 17

Thursday, October 30, 2014 1:28 PM

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12

Dangerous Voltage. Indicates an avoidable dangerous high voltage hazard.


This symbol on the equipment means that the operating instructions should be consulted to assure
safe operation.
This symbol indicates that waste electrical and electronic equipment must not be disposed of as
unsorted municipal waste and must be collected separately. Please contact an authorized
representative of the manufacturer for information concerning the decommissioning of your
equipment.
Follow instructions for use.

1.3.2

X-ray Tube
X-ray emission. X-ray tube head is emitting X-rays. Take adequate precautions to prevent the
possibility of any persons carelessly, unwisely, or unknowingly exposing themselves or others to
radiation.
Identifies controls or indicators associated with the selection of a small focal spot or the connection
for the corresponding filament.

1.3.3

Power ON and OFF


Power ON switch or switch position that applies mains voltage. Indicated connection to the mains
for all mains switches or their positions. This symbol is used in all cases where safety is involved.
Power OFF switch or switch positions that removes mains voltage. Indicated disconnection from
the mains for all mains switches or their positions. This symbol is used in all cases where safety is
involved.

1.3.4

Electrical Type
Type B Equipment. Equipment providing a particular degree of protection again electrical shock
regarding leakage current and protective grounding per IEC 60601-1.

1.3.5

Electrical Current
Alternating Current. Indicates equipment that is suitable for alternating current only.
Direct Current. Indicates equipment that is suitable for direct current only.

1.3.6

Collimator
Control for indicating radiation field by using light.
Preface - Publication Conventions

Page 17

eitconcepts@gmail.com

Identifies controls or indicators associated with the selection of a large focal spot or the connection
for the corresponding filament.

PioneerSM_ENG.book

Page 18

Thursday, October 30, 2014 1:28 PM

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12

1.3.7

Ground
Functional Earth (ground) Terminal. Terminal directly connected to a point of a measuring supply
or control circuit or to a screening part which is intended to be earthen for functional purposes.
Protective Earth (ground). Identifies any terminal that is intended for connection of an external
protective conductor to protect against electrical shock in case of a fault.

Section 2.0
Publication Conventions
2.1

General Paragraph and Character Styles


Prefixes are used to highlight important non-safety related information. Paragraph prefixes (such
as Purpose, Example, Comment or Note) are used to identify important but non-safety related
information. Text styles are also applied to text within each paragraph modified by the specific
prefix.

EXAMPLES OF PREFIXES USED FOR GENERAL INFORMATION:

Note:
Example:
Comment:

Page 18

Conveys information that should be considered important to the reader.


Used to make the reader aware that the paragraph(s) that follow are examples of information
possibly stated previously.
Represents additional information that may or may not be relevant to your situation.

Section 2.0 - Publication Conventions

eitconcepts@gmail.com

Purpose: Introduces and provides meaning as to the information contained within the chapter,
section or subsection (such as used at the beginning this chapter, for example).

PioneerSM_ENG.book

Page 19

Thursday, October 30, 2014 1:28 PM

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12

2.2

Page Layout
Publication Part Number & Revision Number

The current section and its title


are always shown in the footer of
the left (even) page.

Paragraphs preceeded by Alphanumeric


characters (e.g. numbers) contain information that must be followed in a specific order.

The current chapter and its title


are always shown in the footer of
the right (odd) page.
Paragraphs preceeded by a symbol
(e.g. bullets) contain information that
has no specific order.

Headers and footers in this publication are designed to allow you to quickly identify your location.
The document part number and revision number appears in every header on every page. Odd
numbered page footers indicate the current chapter, its title and current page number. Even page
footers show the current section and its title, as well as the current page number.

2.3

Computer Screen Output/Input Text Character Styles


Within this publication, mono-spaced character styles (fonts) are used to indicate computer text
thats either screen input and output. Mono-spaced fonts, such courier, are used to indicated text
direction. When you type at your keyboard, you are generating computer input. Occasionally you
will see the math operator greater-than and less-than symbols used to indicate the start and
finish of variable output. When reading text generated by the computer, you are reading it as
computer generated output. In addition to direction, characters are italicized (e.g. italics) to indicate
information specific to your system or site.

Example: Fixed
Output

This paragraphs font represents computer generated screen fixed output.


Its output is fixed from the sense that it does not vary from application
to application. Its the most commonly used style used to indicate
filenames, paths and text that do not change from system to system. The
character style used is a fixed width such as courier.

Example:
Variable Output

This paragraphs font represents computer screen output that is


variable. Its used to represent output that varies from application to
application or system to system. Variable output is sometimes found placed
between greater-than and less-than operators for clarification. For
example: <variable_ouput> or <3.45.120.3>. In both cases, the < and >
operators are not part of the actual input.
Preface - Publication Conventions

Page 19

eitconcepts@gmail.com

An exclamation point in a triangle is used


to indicate important information to the user.

Publication Title

PioneerSM_ENG.book

Page 20

Thursday, October 30, 2014 1:28 PM

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12
Example: Fixed
Input

This paragraphs font represents fixed input. Its computer input that is
typed-in via the keyboard. Typed input that does not vary from application
to application or system to system. Fixed text the user is required to
supply as input. For example: cd /usr/3p

Example:
Variable Input

This paragraphs font represents computer input that can vary from
application to application or system to system. With variable text, the
user is required to supply system dependent input or information. Variable
input sometimes is placed between greater-than and less-than operators.
For example: <variable_input>. In these cases, the (<>) operators would
be dropped prior to input. For example: ypcat hosts | grep <3.45.120.3>
would be typed into the computer as:
ypcat hosts | grep 3.45.120.3
without the greater-than and less-than operators.

2.4

Buttons, Switches and Keyboard Inputs (Hard & Soft Keys)


Different character styles are used to indicate actions requiring the reader to press either a hard or
soft button, switch or key. Physical hardware, such as buttons and switches, are called hard keys
because they are hard wired or mechanical in nature. A keyboard or on/off switch would be a hard
key. Software or computer generated buttons are called soft keys because they are software
generated. Software driven menu buttons are an example of such keys. Soft and hard keys are
represented differently in this publication.
A power switch ON/OFF or a keyboard key like ENTER is indicated by applying a character style
that uses both over and under-lined bold text that is bold. This is a hard key.

Example: Soft
Keys

Whereas the computer MENU button that you would click with your mouse or touch with your hand
uses over and under-lined regular text. This is a soft key.

Page 20

Section 2.0 - Publication Conventions

eitconcepts@gmail.com

Example: Hard
Keys

PioneerSM_ENG.book

Page 21

Thursday, October 30, 2014 1:28 PM

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12

Table of Contents
3
5
Preface
Publication Conventions ...................................................................................... 15
Section 1.0
Safety & Hazard Information ........................................................................... 15
1.1
1.2
1.3

15
15
16
16
17
17
17
17
17
18

Section 2.0
Publication Conventions ................................................................................. 18
2.1
2.2
2.3
2.4

General Paragraph and Character Styles........................................................................


Page Layout.....................................................................................................................
Computer Screen Output/Input Text Character Styles ....................................................
Buttons, Switches and Keyboard Inputs (Hard & Soft Keys) ...........................................

18
19
19
20

Chapter 1 - Before You Begin............................................................................... 37


Section 1.0
Introduction ...................................................................................................... 37
Section 2.0
Objective and Scope of this Manual............................................................... 37
2.1
2.2
2.3
2.4

Pre-Installation Check......................................................................................................
Installation Plan ...............................................................................................................
Interconnection ................................................................................................................
Presentation.....................................................................................................................

37
37
37
38

Section 3.0
On-Site Requirements...................................................................................... 38
3.1
3.2
3.3
3.4

EMC Requirements .........................................................................................................


Tools and Test Equipment...............................................................................................
Documentation.................................................................................................................
Audio and Visual..............................................................................................................

38
38
38
39

Section 4.0
Description of System ..................................................................................... 39
Table of Contents

Page 21

eitconcepts@gmail.com

Hazard Messages............................................................................................................
Text Format of Signal Words ...........................................................................................
Symbols and Pictorials Used ...........................................................................................
1.3.1 SPECIAL NOTICES............................................................................................
1.3.2 X-ray Tube ..........................................................................................................
1.3.3 Power ON and OFF ............................................................................................
1.3.4 Electrical Type ....................................................................................................
1.3.5 Electrical Current ................................................................................................
1.3.6 Collimator............................................................................................................
1.3.7 Ground................................................................................................................

PioneerSM_ENG.book

Page 22

Thursday, October 30, 2014 1:28 PM

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12

Chapter 2 - Physical Installation .......................................................................... 41


Section 1.0
System Installation Guide................................................................................ 41
Section 2.0
Installation Checklist........................................................................................ 44
Section 3.0
Before You Begin.............................................................................................. 48
Section 4.0
Integrated Table ................................................................................................ 49
4.1

4.2

4.3
4.4
4.5
4.6
4.7

49
49
57
62
62
64
69
72
82
83
84
85
88
89
94
97
98

Section 5.0
System Console................................................................................................ 99
5.1
5.2

Without Console Stand ................................................................................................... 99


With Console Stand ........................................................................................................ 99

Section 6.0
Collimator Alignment ..................................................................................... 101
Section 7.0DAP Meter Installation................................................................. 102
Section 8.0
Standard Wall Stand....................................................................................... 105
8.1
8.2
8.3
8.4

8.5

Unpacking .....................................................................................................................
Installation .....................................................................................................................
Cassette Tray................................................................................................................
Ion Chamber and Grid (Optional)..................................................................................
8.4.1 Install both Ion Chamber and Grid for standard wall stand ..............................
8.4.2 Install the Grid Only for standard wall stand ....................................................
8.4.3 Install both Ion chamber and grid.....................................................................
Counterweight ...............................................................................................................

105
108
111
111
112
115
116
120

Section 9.0
Final Cover Installation .................................................................................. 121
9.1
Page 22

Install Standard Tube Stand Covers ............................................................................. 121


Table of Contents

eitconcepts@gmail.com

4.8
4.9
4.10

Radiography Table..........................................................................................................
4.1.1 Unpacking and Positioning.................................................................................
4.1.2 Installation ..........................................................................................................
Tube Stand......................................................................................................................
4.2.1 Unpacking ..........................................................................................................
4.2.2 Installation ..........................................................................................................
X-Ray Tube .....................................................................................................................
Control Box and Collimator .............................................................................................
Counterweight .................................................................................................................
Cassette Tray..................................................................................................................
Ion Chamber and Grid (Optional)....................................................................................
4.7.1 Install both Ion Chamber and Grid for system with standard Integrated table ...
4.7.2 Install the Grid Only for system with standard Integrated table..........................
4.7.3 Install the Ion Chamber and Grid for system with advanced Integrated table....
Electrical Connections.....................................................................................................
Install Cabinet Tray .........................................................................................................
Table Top Installation and Leveling ................................................................................

PioneerSM_ENG.book

Page 23

Thursday, October 30, 2014 1:28 PM

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12
9.2
9.3

Install Table Front Cover ............................................................................................... 124


Install Standard Wall Stand Covers ............................................................................... 124

Section 10.0
Labels and Rating Plates............................................................................... 125
10.1
10.2
10.3
10.4

System Console.............................................................................................................
Integrated Table.............................................................................................................
Cabinet ..........................................................................................................................
Wall Stand .....................................................................................................................

125
125
126
126

Section 11.0
Installation Checklist ..................................................................................... 128
Section 12.0
Regulatory Tests and Final Steps................................................................. 130
12.1

130
130
130
130
130
130
130
131
131
131
132
132

Chapter 3 - Configuraton & Calibration ............................................................. 135


Section 1.0
Configuration & Calibration List ................................................................... 135
Section 2.0
Configuration & Calibration Contents.......................................................... 135
2.1
2.2

2.3

2.4

System Configuration ....................................................................................................


X-Ray Tube Seasoning..................................................................................................
2.2.1 Requirements ...................................................................................................
2.2.2 Procedure .........................................................................................................
Service Software User Guide ........................................................................................
2.3.1 Supplies ............................................................................................................
2.3.2 Tools .................................................................................................................
2.3.3 Safety Precautions............................................................................................
2.3.4 Prerequisites.....................................................................................................
2.3.5 Personnel..........................................................................................................
2.3.6 Time..................................................................................................................
2.3.7 Procedure .........................................................................................................
2.3.7.1
Loading service software on service laptop ..................................
2.3.7.2
Using service software ..................................................................
2.3.7.3
Typical screen description.............................................................
Tube Configuration ........................................................................................................
2.4.1 Supplies ............................................................................................................
2.4.2 Tools .................................................................................................................
Table of Contents

135
136
136
136
139
139
139
139
139
139
139
139
139
139
141
145
145
146

Page 23

eitconcepts@gmail.com

12.2

AEC Tests......................................................................................................................
12.1.1 AEC Maximum MAS .........................................................................................
12.1.1.1
Overview .......................................................................................
12.1.1.2
Procedure (50kV) ..........................................................................
12.1.2 AEC Minimum Exposure Time..........................................................................
12.1.2.1
Overview .......................................................................................
12.1.2.2
Procedure......................................................................................
12.1.3 Reproducibility Of Exposure .............................................................................
12.1.3.1
Overview .......................................................................................
12.1.3.2
Procedure......................................................................................
> Calculation for Coefficient of Variation (C.V.):...............................
Final Installation and Admin Tasks ................................................................................

PioneerSM_ENG.book

Page 24

Thursday, October 30, 2014 1:28 PM

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12
2.4.3
2.4.4
2.4.5
2.4.6
2.4.7

2.5

2.6

2.8

2.9
Page 24

Table of Contents

146
146
146
146
146
146
146
146
146
146
146
147
147
147
147
147
147
147
149
149
151
151
151
151
151
151
151
151
151
152
152
153
158
158
158
159
159
160
160
160
160
160
160
160
160
160
160
160
161
161
161
162

eitconcepts@gmail.com

2.7

Safety Precautions ...........................................................................................


Prerequisites ....................................................................................................
Personnel .........................................................................................................
Time .................................................................................................................
Procedure.........................................................................................................
2.4.7.1
Load software according to tube present in the installation..........
2.4.7.2
Verify.............................................................................................
Receptor Programming .................................................................................................
2.5.1 Supplies ...........................................................................................................
2.5.2 Tools ................................................................................................................
2.5.3 Safety Precautions ...........................................................................................
2.5.4 Prerequisites ....................................................................................................
2.5.5 Personnel .........................................................................................................
2.5.6 Time .................................................................................................................
2.5.7 Procedure.........................................................................................................
2.5.7.1
Introduction ...................................................................................
2.5.7.2
Calling the subroutine ...................................................................
2.5.7.3
Parameter selection......................................................................
2.5.7.4
Renard or normal scale for kv selection .......................................
2.5.7.5
Date & Time..................................................................................
Automatic AEC Calibration............................................................................................
2.6.1 Supplies ...........................................................................................................
2.6.2 Tools ................................................................................................................
2.6.3 Safety precautions ...........................................................................................
2.6.4 Personnel .........................................................................................................
2.6.5 Time .................................................................................................................
2.6.6 Prerequisites ....................................................................................................
2.6.7 PROCEDURE ..................................................................................................
2.6.7.1
Development equipment...............................................................
2.6.7.2
Preliminary Remarks ....................................................................
2.6.7.3
Principle ........................................................................................
2.6.7.4
KVEF Adjustment .........................................................................
CR AEC Calibration ......................................................................................................
2.7.1 Systems with CR Filming Only .........................................................................
2.7.1.1
Program Generator with Default CR Parameters .........................
2.7.1.2
CR Dose Adjustment ....................................................................
2.7.2 System with Film and CR Filming Combined ...................................................
2.7.3 Final Adjustment ..............................................................................................
2.7.3.1
Disable Unused Film-Screen ........................................................
2.7.3.2
Perform Checksum .......................................................................
2.7.3.3
Save Memory................................................................................
Checksum Validation ....................................................................................................
2.8.1 Supplies ...........................................................................................................
2.8.2 Tools ................................................................................................................
2.8.3 Safety Precautions ...........................................................................................
2.8.4 Prerequisites ....................................................................................................
2.8.5 Personnel .........................................................................................................
2.8.6 Time .................................................................................................................
2.8.7 PROCEDURE ..................................................................................................
2.8.7.1
Preliminary Remarks ....................................................................
2.8.7.2
Checksum Validation ....................................................................
Backup and Restore Database Parameters..................................................................

PioneerSM_ENG.book

Page 25

Thursday, October 30, 2014 1:28 PM

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12
2.9.1
2.9.2
2.9.3
2.9.4
2.9.5
2.9.6
2.9.7
2.9.8

2.10

Supplies ............................................................................................................
Tools .................................................................................................................
Safety Precautions............................................................................................
Prerequisites.....................................................................................................
Personnel..........................................................................................................
Time..................................................................................................................
Applicability.......................................................................................................
Procedure .........................................................................................................
2.9.8.1
CPU memory backup ....................................................................
2.9.8.2
CPU memory restore.....................................................................
2.9.8.3
Error messages .............................................................................
Dosimetric Calibration....................................................................................................
2.10.1 Dose/DAP accuracy check procedure ..............................................................
2.10.2 Dose/DAP accuracy maintenance ....................................................................

162
162
162
162
162
162
162
162
162
163
163
163
163
164

Chapter 4 - Functional Checks........................................................................... 165


Section 1.0
Introduction .................................................................................................... 165
Section 2.0
Tools and Test Equipment ............................................................................ 166

3.1
3.2

System Power Up ..........................................................................................................


Tube Assembly Operation .............................................................................................
3.2.1 Tube Stand Longitudinal Movement .................................................................
3.2.2 Tube Stand Rotation.........................................................................................
3.2.3 Tube Arm Vertical Movement ...........................................................................
3.2.4 X-Ray Tube Angulation.....................................................................................
3.2.5 X-Ray Tube Tilting ............................................................................................
3.2.6 Table Top Movement Checks...........................................................................
3.2.7 Cassette Tray Movement..................................................................................
3.2.8 Collimator Rotation ...........................................................................................
3.2.9 Collimator Light Timer.......................................................................................
3.2.10 Wall Stand Carriage Vertical Movement...........................................................

167
167
168
168
168
168
169
169
169
169
169
169

Section 4.0
Performance Checks...................................................................................... 169
4.1
4.2

4.3

4.4
4.5

Console..........................................................................................................................
Accuracy of X-Ray Field and Light Field Alignment.......................................................
4.2.1 Requirements ...................................................................................................
4.2.2 Test Method......................................................................................................
Alignment of Centers of X-Ray Field and Image Receptor............................................
4.3.1 Requirements ...................................................................................................
4.3.2 Test Method......................................................................................................
Image Quality.................................................................................................................
4.4.1 Test Method......................................................................................................
Tube Voltage Accuracy..................................................................................................
4.5.1 Tools .................................................................................................................
4.5.2 Requirements ...................................................................................................
4.5.3 Procedure .........................................................................................................
Table of Contents

169
170
170
170
173
173
173
174
174
175
175
175
175

Page 25

eitconcepts@gmail.com

Section 3.0
Operational Checks........................................................................................ 167

PioneerSM_ENG.book

Page 26

Thursday, October 30, 2014 1:28 PM

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12
4.6

4.7

4.8

4.9

4.10

Tube Current .................................................................................................................


4.6.1 Requirements ...................................................................................................
4.6.2 Procedure.........................................................................................................
Exposure Time ..............................................................................................................
4.7.1 Requirements ...................................................................................................
4.7.2 Procedure.........................................................................................................
Exposure mAs...............................................................................................................
4.8.1 Requirements ...................................................................................................
4.8.2 Procedure.........................................................................................................
Automatic Exposure Control (AEC) - Optional ..............................................................
4.9.1 Table AEC........................................................................................................
4.9.2 Wall Stand AEC ...............................................................................................
Collimator Light Timer ...................................................................................................

175
175
175
176
176
176
176
176
176
177
177
177
177

Section 5.0
HHS Test.......................................................................................................... 178

Chapter 5 - JEDI GENERATOR THEORY AND FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION 179


Section 1.0
Theory.............................................................................................................. 179
1.1
1.2

Glossary ........................................................................................................................ 179


JEDI HIGH LEVEL BLOCK DIAGRAM ......................................................................... 180

2.1
2.2
2.3
2.4

2.5

Introduction ...................................................................................................................
Standard Features ........................................................................................................
Applications...................................................................................................................
Architecture ...................................................................................................................
2.4.1 A Kernel ...........................................................................................................
2.4.2 Options Depending on the Application.............................................................
A Packaging Architecture..............................................................................................
2.5.1 Auxiliaries Box..................................................................................................
2.5.2 Power Box........................................................................................................
2.5.3 AC/DC Box .......................................................................................................
2.5.4 System Interface Box .......................................................................................
2.5.5 Optional Boxes .................................................................................................

181
181
181
182
182
182
184
184
184
184
184
184

Section 3.0
Technique Factors Measurement Criteria .................................................... 186
3.1
3.2
3.3
3.4

kV Accuracies ...............................................................................................................
mA Accuracies ..............................................................................................................
mAs Accuracies ............................................................................................................
Exposure Time Accuracies ...........................................................................................

186
186
186
186

Chapter 6 - Exception Handling And Error Codes ........................................... 187


Section 1.0
Exception Handling ........................................................................................ 187
1.1
1.2
Page 26

Diagnostics.................................................................................................................... 187
Power-On Diagnostic .................................................................................................... 187
Table of Contents

eitconcepts@gmail.com

Section 2.0
Theory Presentation ....................................................................................... 181

PioneerSM_ENG.book

Page 27

Thursday, October 30, 2014 1:28 PM

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12
1.3
1.4
1.5
1.6
1.7
1.8
1.9
1.10
1.11

Live Diagnostics.............................................................................................................
Error Code Structure......................................................................................................
Simplified Error Code Definition.....................................................................................
Generator Phase Definition ...........................................................................................
Error Class Definition.....................................................................................................
Error Code Definition .....................................................................................................
Data Associated With The Error Code...........................................................................
Number Of Occurrences................................................................................................
Date & Time...................................................................................................................

187
187
188
188
188
189
190
190
190

Section 2.0
Error Codes, Diagnostics & Troubleshooting ............................................. 190
2.1
2.2
2.3
2.4
2.5
2.6

190
190
191
195
195
195
197
197
197
199
201
203
203
205
205
205
206
206
207
209
210
210
213
213
214

Section 3.0
Console Troubleshooting & Error Codes .................................................... 216
3.1
3.2

Error Codes ................................................................


Console Troubleshooting...............................................................................................
3.2.1 System Error (C01-0001)..................................................................................
3.2.2 Memory Error on Console Control Board (C02-0001) ......................................
3.2.3 Membrane Button Error (C02-1000) .................................................................
3.2.4 JEDI Communication Error (C03-0001)............................................................
3.2.5 APR Random or All (C04-0001) .......................................................................
3.2.6 No AEC Config (C04-0002) ..............................................................................
3.2.7 Overlimit (C04-0003) ........................................................................................
3.2.8 Phase Missing (C04-0004) ...............................................................................
3.2.9 Generator Error (C05-0001) .............................................................................
3.2.10 Other Troubleshooting ......................................................................................
Table of Contents

216
216
216
217
218
219
219
219
219
220
220
220

Page 27

eitconcepts@gmail.com

2.7
2.8
2.9
2.10
2.11
2.12
2.13
2.14

Introduction ....................................................................................................................
Power On Diagnostics ...................................................................................................
Error Code List...............................................................................................................
Error Reporting ..............................................................................................................
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................
Detailed Error Description & Troubleshooting Guide.....................................................
2.6.1 Errors ................................................................................................................
2.6.1.1
Tube spits detection Errors (Code 30) ..........................................
2.6.1.2
Anode Rotation errors (Code 40) ..................................................
2.6.1.3
Filament Heater errors (Code 50) .................................................
2.6.1.4
Exposure errors (Code 60) .................................
2.6.1.5
Power supply (Code 70) ...................................
2.6.1.6
Hardware errors (Code 80) .................................
2.6.1.7
Application errors (Code 90) .........................................................
2.6.1.8
Communication errors (code 100).................................................
2.6.1.9
Thermal errors (code 110) .................................
2.6.1.10
Manipulation errors (code 120) .............................
Warning Errors...............................................................................................................
Other Failures ................................................................................................................
Heating Function diagnostics.........................................................................................
Rotation Function diagnostics........................................................................................
Inverter in Short Circuit Function diagnostics ................................................................
AEC diagnostics ............................................................................................................
No Load HV diagnostics ................................................................................................
Inverter Gate Command diagnostics .............................................................................

PioneerSM_ENG.book

Page 28

Thursday, October 30, 2014 1:28 PM

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12
3.2.10.1
3.2.10.2
3.2.10.3
3.2.10.4
3.2.10.5

LED Unlit Failure...........................................................................


Buzzer Failure...............................................................................
LCD Display Failure......................................................................
LCD Display Faintness .................................................................
Power Un failure ...........................................................................

220
220
220
220
221

Section 4.0
PDU
Troubleshooting ............................................................................................. 221
4.1

PDU Troubleshooting....................................................................................................
4.1.1 No Console Power ...........................................................................................
4.1.2 No EM Lock Power or No Collimator Power ....................................................
4.1.3 No Generator Power ........................................................................................

221
221
222
223

Chapter 7 - Planned Maintenance...................................................................... 225


Section 1.0
Preventive Maintenance Action List ............................................................. 225
Section 2.0
Preventive Maintenance................................................................................. 227
2.1

2.3

2.4

Page 28

Table of Contents

227
227
227
227
227
227
227
227
227
227
228
228
228
228
228
228
228
228
228
228
228
228
228
229
229
229
229
229
229
229
229
229

eitconcepts@gmail.com

2.2

General Cleaning and Painting .....................................................................................


2.1.1 Supplies ...........................................................................................................
2.1.2 Tools ................................................................................................................
2.1.3 Safety Precautions ...........................................................................................
2.1.4 prerequisites.....................................................................................................
2.1.5 Personnel .........................................................................................................
2.1.6 Time .................................................................................................................
2.1.7 Procedure.........................................................................................................
Visual Inspection ...........................................................................................................
2.2.1 Supplies ...........................................................................................................
2.2.2 Tools ................................................................................................................
2.2.3 Safety Precautions ...........................................................................................
2.2.4 Prerequisites ....................................................................................................
2.2.5 Personnel .........................................................................................................
2.2.6 Time .................................................................................................................
2.2.7 Procedure.........................................................................................................
Functional Checks.........................................................................................................
2.3.1 Supplies ...........................................................................................................
2.3.2 Tools ................................................................................................................
2.3.3 Safety Precautions ...........................................................................................
2.3.4 Prerequisites ....................................................................................................
2.3.5 Personnel .........................................................................................................
2.3.6 Time .................................................................................................................
2.3.7 Procedure.........................................................................................................
Table Base Maintenance ..............................................................................................
2.4.1 Supplies ...........................................................................................................
2.4.2 Tools ................................................................................................................
2.4.3 Safety Precautions ...........................................................................................
2.4.4 Prerequisites ....................................................................................................
2.4.5 Personnel .........................................................................................................
2.4.6 Time .................................................................................................................
2.4.7 Procedure.........................................................................................................

PioneerSM_ENG.book

Page 29

Thursday, October 30, 2014 1:28 PM

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12
2.5

2.6

2.7

2.9

2.10

Table of Contents

230
230
230
230
230
230
230
230
230
230
230
230
231
231
231
231
231
231
231
231
231
231
231
232
232
232
232
232
232
232
232
232
232
232
233
233
233
234
235
235
235
235
235
235
235
235
235
235
235
235
236
236

Page 29

eitconcepts@gmail.com

2.8

Patient Support Maintenance ........................................................................................


2.5.1 Supplies ............................................................................................................
2.5.2 Tools .................................................................................................................
2.5.3 Safety Precautions............................................................................................
2.5.4 Prerequisites.....................................................................................................
2.5.5 Personnel..........................................................................................................
2.5.6 Time..................................................................................................................
2.5.7 Procedure .........................................................................................................
Cassette Tray Carriage Maintenance ............................................................................
2.6.1 Supplies ............................................................................................................
2.6.2 Tools .................................................................................................................
2.6.3 Safety Precautions............................................................................................
2.6.4 Prerequisites.....................................................................................................
2.6.5 Personnel..........................................................................................................
2.6.6 Time..................................................................................................................
2.6.7 Procedure .........................................................................................................
Tube Stand and Wall Stand Maintenance .....................................................................
2.7.1 Supplies ............................................................................................................
2.7.2 Tools .................................................................................................................
2.7.3 Safety Precautions............................................................................................
2.7.4 Prerequisites.....................................................................................................
2.7.5 Personnel..........................................................................................................
2.7.6 Time..................................................................................................................
2.7.7 Procedure .........................................................................................................
Generator Functional Checks ........................................................................................
2.8.1 Supplies ............................................................................................................
2.8.2 Tools .................................................................................................................
2.8.3 Safety Precautions............................................................................................
2.8.4 Prerequisites.....................................................................................................
2.8.5 Personnel..........................................................................................................
2.8.6 Time..................................................................................................................
2.8.7 Procedure .........................................................................................................
2.8.7.1
Test exposure................................................................................
> Post display initialization: ..............................................................
> mA accuracy..................................................................................
> AEC functionality check (if existing) ..............................................
2.8.7.2
Record last error codes .................................................................
2.8.7.3
Record results on counters ...........................................................
2.8.7.4
Check technique factors................................................................
2.8.7.5
Tighten terminals and remove dust ...............................................
HV Cable and Sockets Regreasing ...............................................................................
2.9.1 Supplies ............................................................................................................
2.9.2 Tools .................................................................................................................
2.9.3 Safety Precautions............................................................................................
2.9.4 Prerequisites.....................................................................................................
2.9.5 Personnel..........................................................................................................
2.9.6 Time..................................................................................................................
2.9.7 Procedure .........................................................................................................
Replace Generator NonVolatile Parameters RAM ........................................................
2.10.1 Supplies ............................................................................................................
2.10.2 Tools .................................................................................................................
2.10.3 Safety Precautions............................................................................................

PioneerSM_ENG.book

Page 30

Thursday, October 30, 2014 1:28 PM

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12
2.10.4
2.10.5
2.10.6
2.10.7

Prerequisites ....................................................................................................
Personnel .........................................................................................................
Time .................................................................................................................
Procedure.........................................................................................................
2.10.7.1
Remove and Replace the RAM ....................................................
2.10.7.2
Download Database .....................................................................

236
236
236
236
236
236

Chapter 8 - Renewal Parts .................................................................................. 237


Section 1.0
Renewal Parts List.......................................................................................... 237
1.1
1.2
1.3
1.4
1.5
1.6
1.7
1.8
1.9
1.10

Bearing kit 5196543, 5196544 ......................................................................................


X-Ray Tube (5192454) / Collimator (5189248) Replacement.......................................
Collimator Lamp (5136302) Replacement ....................................................................
Rotundity Electricity Brake Assembly (5184986) Replacement ....................................
Wall Stand Cassette Tray Spring Kit (5196542) Replacement .....................................
Console Replacement...................................................................................................
Console Main Board Replacement ...............................................................................
Hand Switch Replacement............................................................................................
TAV Board Replacement ..............................................................................................
Table Top IF Board (5335073) Replacement................................................................

247
248
248
250
252
253
254
255
255
257

2.1
2.2
2.3
2.4
2.5
2.6

Introduction ...................................................................................................................
JEDI Generator Renewal Parts List ..............................................................................
FRU Information............................................................................................................
Jedi 50 R 1T Structure ..................................................................................................
Renewal Parts...............................................................................................................
Cables ...........................................................................................................................

257
257
258
259
260
263

Section 3.0
JEDI Generator Disassembly/Reassembly................................................... 264
3.1
3.2
3.3

3.4

Page 30

Introduction ...................................................................................................................
Tools .............................................................................................................................
HV Tank, 1 Tube, 1-3 Phase.........................................................................................
3.3.1 Supplies ...........................................................................................................
3.3.2 Tools ................................................................................................................
3.3.3 Safety Precautions ...........................................................................................
3.3.4 Prerequisites ....................................................................................................
3.3.5 Personnel .........................................................................................................
3.3.6 Time .................................................................................................................
3.3.7 Disassembly.....................................................................................................
3.3.8 Reassembly .....................................................................................................
3.3.9 Verify ................................................................................................................
Inverter Mid-Power Assembly .......................................................................................
3.4.1 Supplies ...........................................................................................................
3.4.2 Tools ................................................................................................................
3.4.3 Safety Precautions ...........................................................................................
3.4.4 Prerequisites ....................................................................................................
3.4.5 Personnel .........................................................................................................
3.4.6 Time .................................................................................................................
Table of Contents

264
264
265
265
265
265
265
266
266
266
268
269
269
269
270
270
270
270
270

eitconcepts@gmail.com

Section 2.0
JEDI Generator Renewal Parts ...................................................................... 257

PioneerSM_ENG.book

Page 31

Thursday, October 30, 2014 1:28 PM

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12
3.4.7

3.5

3.6

3.8

Table of Contents

271
272
272
273
274
276
278
278
278
279
279
279
279
279
279
279
280
280
280
280
280
280
281
282
282
282
282
282
282
282
283
283
283
283
283
283
283
284
284
285
285
285
285
285
285
286
286
286
286
287
287
287

Page 31

eitconcepts@gmail.com

3.7

Disassembly .....................................................................................................
3.4.7.1
Remove the Auxiliary Unit .............................................................
3.4.7.2
Remove the Interface Unit.............................................................
3.4.7.3
Remove the AC/DC Unit and the support plate.............................
3.4.7.4
Remove the Inverter Mid Power Assembly ...................................
3.4.8 Reassembly ......................................................................................................
3.4.9 Verify.................................................................................................................
I/F Board RAD ...............................................................................................................
3.5.1 Supplies ............................................................................................................
3.5.2 Tools .................................................................................................................
3.5.3 Safety Precautions............................................................................................
3.5.4 Prerequisites.....................................................................................................
3.5.5 Personnel..........................................................................................................
3.5.6 Time..................................................................................................................
3.5.7 Disassembly .....................................................................................................
3.5.7.1
Remove the I/F Board Rad............................................................
3.5.8 Reassembly ......................................................................................................
KV Board RAD...............................................................................................................
3.6.1 Supplies ............................................................................................................
3.6.2 Tools .................................................................................................................
3.6.3 Safety Precautions............................................................................................
3.6.4 Prerequisites.....................................................................................................
3.6.5 Personnel..........................................................................................................
3.6.6 Time..................................................................................................................
3.6.7 Disassembly .....................................................................................................
3.6.7.1
Remove the Auxiliary Unit .............................................................
3.6.7.2
Remove the Interface Unit.............................................................
3.6.7.3
Remove the kV Control Board.......................................................
3.6.8 Reassembly ......................................................................................................
3.6.9 Verify.................................................................................................................
EMC Board 3 Phases ....................................................................................................
3.7.1 Supplies ............................................................................................................
3.7.2 Tools .................................................................................................................
3.7.3 Safety Precautions............................................................................................
3.7.4 Prerequisites.....................................................................................................
3.7.5 Personnel..........................................................................................................
3.7.6 Time..................................................................................................................
3.7.7 Disassembly .....................................................................................................
3.7.7.1
Remove the AC/DC Unit ...............................................................
3.7.7.2
Remove the EMC Board ...............................................................
3.7.8 Reassembly ......................................................................................................
3.7.9 Verify.................................................................................................................
AC/DC 3 PH Mid Power Assembly ................................................................................
3.8.1 Supplies ............................................................................................................
3.8.2 Tools .................................................................................................................
3.8.3 Safety Precautions............................................................................................
3.8.4 Prerequisites.....................................................................................................
3.8.5 Disassembly .....................................................................................................
3.8.5.1
Remove the AC/DC Unit ...............................................................
3.8.5.2
Remove the AC/DC Board ............................................................
3.8.5.3
Remove the Rectifier Block ...........................................................
3.8.6 Reassembly ......................................................................................................

PioneerSM_ENG.book

Page 32

Thursday, October 30, 2014 1:28 PM

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12
3.9

3.10

3.12

3.13
Page 32

Table of Contents

288
288
288
288
288
288
288
289
289
289
289
289
290
292
292
292
292
292
292
292
292
292
292
292
293
294
297
297
297
297
297
297
297
297
298
298
299
299
299
300
300
300
300
300
300
300
301
301
302
302
302
302

eitconcepts@gmail.com

3.11

3.8.7 Verify ................................................................................................................


Inverter Coil Mid Power Assembly ................................................................................
3.9.1 Supplies ...........................................................................................................
3.9.2 Tools ................................................................................................................
3.9.3 Safety Precautions ...........................................................................................
3.9.4 Prerequisites ....................................................................................................
3.9.5 Personnel .........................................................................................................
3.9.6 Time .................................................................................................................
3.9.7 Disassembly.....................................................................................................
3.9.7.1
Remove the Auxiliary Unit and the Interface Unit .........................
3.9.7.2
Remove the AC/DC Unit and the support plate ............................
3.9.7.3
Remove the Inverter Coil Mid Power Assembly ...........................
3.9.8 Reassembly .....................................................................................................
3.9.9 Verify ................................................................................................................
Capacitor Inverter Assembly .........................................................................................
3.10.1 Supplies ...........................................................................................................
3.10.2 Tools ................................................................................................................
3.10.3 Safety Precautions ...........................................................................................
3.10.4 Prerequisites ....................................................................................................
3.10.5 Personnel .........................................................................................................
3.10.6 Time .................................................................................................................
3.10.7 Disassembly.....................................................................................................
3.10.7.1
Remove the Auxiliary Unit and the Interface Unit .........................
3.10.7.2
Remove the AC/DC Unit and the Support Plate ...........................
3.10.7.3
Remove the Capacitor Inverter Assembly ....................................
3.10.8 Reassembly .....................................................................................................
3.10.9 Verify ................................................................................................................
LV Power Supply 3 Phase Board..................................................................................
3.11.1 Supplies ...........................................................................................................
3.11.2 Tools ................................................................................................................
3.11.3 Safety Precautions ...........................................................................................
3.11.4 Prerequisites ....................................................................................................
3.11.5 Personnel .........................................................................................................
3.11.6 Time .................................................................................................................
3.11.7 Disassembly.....................................................................................................
3.11.7.1
Remove the Auxiliary Unit ............................................................
3.11.7.2
Remove the LV Power Supply Board ...........................................
3.11.8 Reassembly .....................................................................................................
3.11.9 Verify ................................................................................................................
Filament Board 1 INV....................................................................................................
3.12.1 Supplies ...........................................................................................................
3.12.2 Tools ................................................................................................................
3.12.3 Safety Precautions ...........................................................................................
3.12.4 Prerequisites ....................................................................................................
3.12.5 Personnel .........................................................................................................
3.12.6 Time .................................................................................................................
3.12.7 Disassembly.....................................................................................................
3.12.7.1
Remove the Auxiliary Unit ............................................................
3.12.7.2
Remove the Filament Board .........................................................
3.12.8 Reassembly .....................................................................................................
3.12.9 Verify ................................................................................................................
Rotor Board High Speed ...............................................................................................

PioneerSM_ENG.book

Page 33

Thursday, October 30, 2014 1:28 PM

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12

3.14

302
303
303
303
303
303
303
303
304
304
305
305
305
305
305
305
305
305
306
306
306
307
307

Chapter 9 - Service Tool Job Cards................................................................... 309


Section 1.0
Software Download / Upgrade ...................................................................... 309
1.1
1.2
1.3
1.4
1.5
1.6
1.7

Supplies .........................................................................................................................
Tools ..............................................................................................................................
Safety Precautions.........................................................................................................
Prerequisites..................................................................................................................
Personnel.......................................................................................................................
Time...............................................................................................................................
Procedure ......................................................................................................................
1.7.1 Load Software File on Service Laptop..............................................................
1.7.2 Unzip software file ............................................................................................
1.7.3 Software download ...........................................................................................

309
309
309
309
309
309
309
309
309
310

Section 2.0
Tube Replacement Software Procedure ...................................................... 311
2.1
2.2
2.3
2.4
2.5
2.6
2.7

Supplies .........................................................................................................................
Tools ..............................................................................................................................
Safety Precautions.........................................................................................................
Prerequisites..................................................................................................................
Personnel.......................................................................................................................
Time...............................................................................................................................
Procedure ......................................................................................................................
2.7.1 Perform a Database backup .............................................................................
2.7.2 Reset Tube Data tracking counter and error log...............................................
2.7.3 Verify new tube operation, clear error log.........................................................
2.7.4 Generator Counter Reading Record.................................................................
Table of Contents

311
311
311
311
311
312
312
312
312
314
314

Page 33

eitconcepts@gmail.com

3.13.1 Supplies ............................................................................................................


3.13.1.1
Tools..............................................................................................
3.13.2 Safety Precautions............................................................................................
3.13.3 Prerequisites.....................................................................................................
3.13.4 Personnel..........................................................................................................
3.13.5 Time..................................................................................................................
3.13.6 Disassembly .....................................................................................................
3.13.6.1
Remove the Auxiliary Unit .............................................................
3.13.6.2
Remove the Rotor Board...............................................................
3.13.7 Reassembly ......................................................................................................
3.13.8 Verify.................................................................................................................
AEC Board.....................................................................................................................
3.14.1 Supplies ............................................................................................................
3.14.2 Tools .................................................................................................................
3.14.3 Safety Precautions............................................................................................
3.14.4 Prerequisites.....................................................................................................
3.14.5 Personnel..........................................................................................................
3.14.6 Time..................................................................................................................
3.14.7 Disassembly .....................................................................................................
3.14.7.1
Remove the Auxiliary Unit .............................................................
3.14.7.2
Remove the AEC Board ................................................................
3.14.8 Reassembly ......................................................................................................
3.14.9 Verify.................................................................................................................

PioneerSM_ENG.book

Page 34

Thursday, October 30, 2014 1:28 PM

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12
2.7.5

Tube Database Download................................................................................ 315

Chapter 10 - Schematics .................................................................................... 317


Section 1.0
MIS Map ........................................................................................................... 317
1.1

Jedi 50 R 1T Cabling..................................................................................................... 321

Section 2.0
Central Listings............................................................................................... 323
2.1
2.2
2.3

2.4
2.5
2.6
2.7

2.12
2.13

323
324
325
326
326
327
328
329
330
331
331
331
332
333
334
335
335
336
336

Section 3.0
Schematics...................................................................................................... 337
3.1
3.2
3.3
3.4
3.5
3.6
3.7
3.8
3.9
3.10
3.11
3.12
3.13
3.14
3.15

PDU Connection Diagram.............................................................................................


Table Electrical Schematics ..........................................................................................
A61001C Console Control Board Circuit Diagram ........................................................
Jedi Generator TAV Interface Board.............................................................................
I/F Board RAD Electrical ...............................................................................................
I/F Board RAD V2 Electrical..........................................................................................
Rotor board ...................................................................................................................
Heater board .................................................................................................................
LVPS board...................................................................................................................
Inverter ..........................................................................................................................
Gate cmd.......................................................................................................................
Dual snub ......................................................................................................................
AC/DC board.................................................................................................................
AEC board.....................................................................................................................
Rad IF ...........................................................................................................................

337
338
341
355
359
363
367
378
385
387
388
391
392
393
397

Chapter 11 - MIS Chart........................................................................................ 401


Section 1.0
Scope ............................................................................................................... 401
Page 34

Table of Contents

eitconcepts@gmail.com

2.8
2.9
2.10
2.11

kV Measure Board ........................................................................................................


Filament Board 1 Inv. ....................................................................................................
Rotation Board High Speed ..........................................................................................
2.3.1 Indicators..........................................................................................................
2.3.2 J2 Wiring ..........................................................................................................
LV Power Supply 3 PH Board .......................................................................................
Gate Command Board ..................................................................................................
Dual Snub Board...........................................................................................................
kV Control Board...........................................................................................................
2.7.1 Switches and Jumpers .....................................................................................
2.7.2 Indicators..........................................................................................................
2.7.3 Non Volatile RAM.............................................................................................
AC/DC 3 Phase board...................................................................................................
I/F Board RAD V1 .........................................................................................................
I/F Board RAD V2 .........................................................................................................
AEC Board ....................................................................................................................
2.11.1 Test Points .......................................................................................................
AEC Board V2...............................................................................................................
Test Points ....................................................................................................................

PioneerSM_ENG.book

Page 35

Thursday, October 30, 2014 1:28 PM

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12

Section 2.0
How to Use...................................................................................................... 401
Section 3.0
MIS Charts....................................................................................................... 402
3.1

3.2

3.3

System Console.............................................................................................................
3.1.1 J1 Handswitch Interface, 5184620 ...................................................................
3.1.2 J2 FW Download Serial Port, 5194292.............................................................
3.1.3 J3 Power and RTL Interface, 5183903 .............................................................
3.1.4 J4 Generator Interface, 5182354......................................................................
Generator.......................................................................................................................
3.2.1 Generator Power Cable, 5196454 ....................................................................
3.2.2 Generator Grounding Cable, 5196643 .............................................................
Table..............................................................................................................................
3.3.1 TM1-XS105 Cable, 5193103 ............................................................................
3.3.2 Table Grounding Cable 1, 5193105..................................................................
3.3.3 Table Grounding Cable 2, 5193106..................................................................
3.3.4 Table Grounding Cable 3, 5193107..................................................................
3.3.5 Table Grounding Cable 5, 5193109..................................................................
3.3.6 Table Power Cable, 5193607 ...........................................................................
3.3.6.1
Table MC7 Cable, 5197242 ..........................................................
3.3.7 Table Cable No1, 5197244...............................................................................

402
402
402
403
404
406
406
406
406
406
407
407
407
407
408
408
409

Section 1.0
Compliance Statement................................................................................... 411
Section 2.0
Compatibility Tables ...................................................................................... 412
2.1
2.2

Electromagnetic Emission ............................................................................................. 412


Electromagnetic Immunity ............................................................................................. 413

Section 3.0
Use Recommendations.................................................................................. 416
Section 4.0
Installation Recommendations ..................................................................... 416
4.1
4.2
4.3
4.4
4.5

Cable Shielding & Grounding ........................................................................................


Subsystem & Accessories Power Supply Distribution ..................................................
Stacked Components & Equipment...............................................................................
Low Frequency Magnetic Field......................................................................................
Electrostatic Discharge Environment & Recommendations ..........................................

416
416
416
417
417

Chapter B - Revision History.............................................................................. 419

Table of Contents

Page 35

eitconcepts@gmail.com

Chapter A - Electromagnetic Compatibility (EMC) ........................................... 411

PioneerSM_ENG.book

Page 36

Thursday, October 30, 2014 1:28 PM

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12

eitconcepts@gmail.com

Page 36

Table of Contents

PioneerSM_ENG.book

Page 37

Thursday, October 30, 2014 1:28 PM

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12

Chapter 1 - Before You Begin


Section 1.0
Introduction
The goal of this document is to guide the service representative through an entire X-ray room
installation and to provide Diagnostic and Calibration information for troubleshooting and repair.
The following On-site Requirements must be accounted for prior to beginning installation of the
system.

Section 2.0
Objective and Scope of this Manual
This direction will lead you in a correct sequence through the manuals needed to install the
equipment. Following the suggested sequence will result in an orderly installation. However,
extenuating circumstances may dictate a deviation from the recommended sequence. Feel free to
deviate, but keep track of your progress by checking off the tasks in the flowchart as you complete
them.

2.1

Pre-Installation Check
Pre-installation planning should be complete. Inspect the pre-installation checklist, found in GEHC
document 5275600-100 (XR 6000 System Pre-Installation Manual), and verify that the tasks
specified have been completed. Immediately arrange for completion of any tasks still not
completed.

2.2

Installation Plan
The main steps in the installation plan are easily seen by referring to the Table of Contents of this
document. The plan objectives are to:
Give a logical installation order which recognizes mechanical and electrical interface areas.
Test and adjust each subsystem independently.
To obtain a good overall view of how these objectives are to be achieved review the Table of
Contents for this document before beginning the installation work. Then, if it is necessary to deviate
from the stated plan, you will be aware of the essential interface area. This document will give you
the information required to make another effective plan that applies to particular situations.

2.3

Interconnection
Interconnection of products by furnished cables or contractor supplied wiring is indicated by
numbered MIS runs in the installation sections. Run interconnect charts are available, which
describe the connection and function of each wire. For XR 6000 System, refer to the following:

XR 6000 System Schematics (Chapter 10)

XR 6000 System MIS Chart (Chapter 11)


Chapter 1 - Before You Begin

Page 37

eitconcepts@gmail.com

Check equipment according to the packing list for your system against the main catalog numbers
in the FDO (Field Delivery Order). Also, verify that all the manuals are present in the binders
according to the Table of Contents.

PioneerSM_ENG.book

Page 38

Thursday, October 30, 2014 1:28 PM

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12

2.4

Presentation
The procedures in this steering manual are presented in jobcard forms.

Section 3.0
On-Site Requirements
3.1

EMC Requirements
If electromagnetic compliance is mandatory for the local country where this system is installed, this
equipment is allowed to be installed only in X-ray protected rooms, which provide an attenuation of
at least 12 dB for radio disturbances from 30 MHz to 1 GHz.

3.2

Tools and Test Equipment


There are no additional tools and test equipment besides the standard service representative tool
kit which must be available before installing the XR 6000 System as below.

eitconcepts@gmail.com

3.3

Electric hammer drill with bits

Digital multimeter

4 Ft. Level (or two standard levels)

Torque wrench

HV cable removal spanner

Push-pull Gauge

Common service tools

Resolution Pattern

Dose Meter

Loctite 242

Documentation
Directions are necessary for correct installation of the XR 6000 System. Procedures from each
document will be used and reflect the latest information available at this time.
Not all procedures in this manual apply to all sites. Before you begin installation, cross out the
procedures that do not apply to your site.

Page 38

Section 3.0 - On-Site Requirements

PioneerSM_ENG.book

Page 39

Thursday, October 30, 2014 1:28 PM

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12

3.4

Audio and Visual


It is the Users responsibility to provide the means for audio and visual communication between the
Operator and the patient.

Section 4.0
Description of System

5
6

2
Standard / Advanced
eitconcepts@gmail.com

Cabinet

4
WLS
Standard /
Advanced

Operator Console

The XR 6000 is divided into basic components:


1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.

Operator Console (Console Stand - Optional)


Integrated Table Standard / Advanced
Cabinet
Wall Stand Standard / Advanced (Optional)
50kW X-ray Tube - Toshiba E7843X
Collimator

Figure 1-1 XR 6000 System Component Identification

Chapter 1 - Before You Begin

Page 39

PioneerSM_ENG.book

Page 40

Thursday, October 30, 2014 1:28 PM

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12
Item

Component

Model Number

1a

Console

5194507

1b

Console Pedestal

5192392

Standard Integrated Table

5180891

Advanced Integrated Table

5316772

2a

Standard Integrated Tube Stand

5183392

2a

Advanced Integrated Tube Stand

5183392-2

3a

Generator (VR Jedi 50 R1T)

2212259-2

3b

PDU

5220653

Standard Wall Stand

5194508

Advanced Wall Stand

5316773

50kW X-ray Tube - Toshiba E7843X

5192454

Manual Collimator

5189248

Table 1-1 XR 6000 System Component Identification

eitconcepts@gmail.com

Page 40

Section 4.0 - Description of System

PioneerSM_ENG.book

Page 41

Thursday, October 30, 2014 1:28 PM

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12

Chapter 2 - Physical Installation


Installation is broken into two primary tasks: mechanical and electrical. Mechanical tasks focus on the physical aspects
of hardware assembly, equipment positioning, and cabling. Electrical tasks are performed when system power is
applied.
The primary tasks are designed to be performed in sequence. Follow the sequence of tasks describe for each primary
task in Section 1.0 that follow.

Section 1.0
System Installation Guide
1

Complete Pre-Installation Checklist


People Required: 1
Minutes to Complete: 10
Fill out the Pre-Installation Checklist to confirm completion of pre-install activities before beginning the
installation process.

Receive and Inventory System

People Required: 1

Minutes to Complete: 10

Inventory equipment & report discrepancies immediately.


Plan route and transport equipment to room.
3

Install Table

People Required: 2

Minutes to Complete: 140

Remove table from shipping container.


Position and install table according to site plans & drawings, and secure.
Remove tube stand from shipping container.
Install tube stand.
Install X-ray tube.
Install control box and collimator.
Counterweight balance.
Install cassette tray(Not needed for advanced Integrate table).
Install ion chamber and grid (optional).
Electrical connections.
Install cabinet tray.
Table top installation and leveling.
4

Install System Console

People Required: 1

Minutes to Complete: 15

Position and install system console according to site plans & drawings, and secure.
5

Collimator Alignment

People Required: 1

Minutes to Complete: 30

Power up system.
Collimator alignment.

Chapter 2 - Physical Installation

Page 41

eitconcepts@gmail.com

Collect Product Locator Cards and store in a secure location.

PioneerSM_ENG.book

Page 42

Thursday, October 30, 2014 1:28 PM

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12
(Continued)

Install Wall Stand

People Required: 2

Minutes to Complete: 50

Remove wall stand from shipping container.


Position and install wall stand according to site plans & drawings, and secure.
Install cassette tray.
Install ion chamber and grid (optional).
Counterweight balance.
7

Equipment and Personnel Readiness

People Required: 1

Minutes to Complete: 10

Verify equipment is configured per the site plans and drawings.


Verify that the resistance between subsystems grounds is less than 0.1 ohms. Fix and/or report any
discrepancies.
8

Configure and Calibrate System

People Required: 1

Minutes to Complete: 215

People Required: 1

Minutes to Complete: 30

Tube seasoning.
Software installation.
Tube configuration.
Receptor parameter.
Checksum validation.
Backup database.
9

Install Subsystem Protective Covers


Tube stand covers.
Table cover.
Wall stand covers.

10

System Checks

People Required: 1

Minutes to Complete: 30

11

Attach Warning Labels and Rating Plates

People Required: 1

Minutes to Complete: 15

Attach all the warning labels and detent marks.


If your country requires the product rating plate to be in the language of that country, follow the
instructions on document #45474336. Paste the appropriate language label over the English rating plate.

12

Cleanup Site

People Required: 1

Minutes to Complete: 20

Remove and dispose of shipping materials and tools properly.


13

Customer Turnover

People Required: 1

Complete & Return Product (i.e; Locator) Cards.


Perform general house keeping tasks and turn system over to user.

Page 42

Section 1.0 - System Installation Guide

Minutes to Complete: 10

eitconcepts@gmail.com

AEC calibration.

PioneerSM_ENG.book

Page 43

Thursday, October 30, 2014 1:28 PM

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12
14

Complete Installation Checklist

(Continued)
People Required: 1

Minutes to Complete: 10

Field Engineer to fill out installation checklist at completion of installation.

Lead is used in this system to provide required radiation shielding, such as in tube, collimator,
please pay attention and do not touch it directly.

eitconcepts@gmail.com

Chapter 2 - Physical Installation

Page 43

PioneerSM_ENG.book

Page 44

Thursday, October 30, 2014 1:28 PM

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12

Section 2.0
Installation Checklist
Pre-Installation Checklist
Delivery Date:

Sales Person:

Customer:

FDO No.:

Room #

Equipment:
Physical Requirements of Site

Completed

1.) Room size adequate for intended equipment configuration?


2.) Floor is strong enough for intended equipment and mounting methods
approved?
3.) Delivery route accommodates all intended equipment?
4.) Radiation physicist consulted?
5.) Necessary alterations made to circumvent obstructions?
6.) Modifications to room finished?
eitconcepts@gmail.com

7.) Supports, platforms materials been provided?


8.) Support structures installed for floor and wall mounted equipment?
9.) Has floor been modified for cable ducts?
10.) Electrical service in place at the ratings specified in pre-installation
documentation?
11.) Power available to operate power tools?
12.) All non-electrical lines (air, water, oxygen, vacuum) installed?
Interconnections

Completed

1.) Signal cable, power and grounding plans produced?


2.) Necessary interconnection hardware, such as junction boxes, conduit or
raceways, and fittings provided?
3.) Interconnection hardware installed?
4.) Flexible, stranded wire provided for System input power connection?
5.) System feeder power cables pulled and sufficient length available at
disconnect box for connections?
6.) Interconnecting cables continuity checked, and labeled?
7.) All high voltage cable lengths verified?
8.) Interface information available for equipment?

Page 44

Section 2.0 - Installation Checklist

PioneerSM_ENG.book

Page 45

Thursday, October 30, 2014 1:28 PM

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12
General

Completed

1.) Walls and floor clear of all obstructions?


2.) Walls finished?
3.) Finished floor installed?
4.) Room lights installed?
5.) Dust-creating work completed?
6.) Old equipment within room removed?
7.) Component positions clearly marked on floor?
8.) Space available to store equipment?
9.) Lock on door, or locked room available?
10.) Have all fire/safety inspections for occupancy been completed?
11.) Send completed checklist to the GE Healthcare installation team.

eitconcepts@gmail.com

Comments:

Inspection Date(s):

Installation Project Manager Signature

Chapter 2 - Physical Installation

Page 45

PioneerSM_ENG.book

Page 46

Thursday, October 30, 2014 1:28 PM

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12

Installation Checklist
Purpose:

Installation checklist to confirm that all critical installation steps have been completed.

Item #
1.)

Item

Sign Off

Power and ground cables connected and tightened:


Power cables (how many?, where?)
Ground cables (how many?, where?)
All signal cables connected and tightened.

3.)

Cable shield clamps installed and tightened (how many?, where?).

4.)

All mounting bolts installed and tightened (floor and wall).

5.)

Control room cables properly dressed.

6.)

All covers installed.

7.)

Room cleaned.

8.)

Product locator cards collected.

9.)

Missing components and/or options:

10.)

List of any installation drawing deviations (all deviations should be signed by customer
and reviewed by the installation specialist).

11.)

Packing materials disposed of.

12.)

Dollies and crates returned:


Positioner table / Standard Wall Stand dolly

13.)

Have all calibrations been completed?

14.)

Have purchased options been installed/enabled/configured?

15.)

All appropriate regulatory labels installed:


X-ray tube focal spot
Warning labels
Rating plates

16.)

InSite checkout completed?

17.)

Have functional checks been completed?

18.)

Are all covers installed?

19.)

Have all protective tape/coverings been removed?

Page 46

Section 2.0 - Installation Checklist

eitconcepts@gmail.com

2.)

PioneerSM_ENG.book

Page 47

Thursday, October 30, 2014 1:28 PM

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12
Item #

Item

20.)

Are there any cosmetic issues?

21.)

Are there any system issues?

22.)

Are there any functional limitations?

23.)

Has system documentation (paper and CDROM) been given to the customer?

24.)

Has local physics inspection been completed. Some states/sites may not allow use of
system for patients until this is done.

25.)

Has backup of pristine system been performed? (Patient Data Base as well as total
system backup)

26.)

Has Field Engineer completed all checklists:

Sign Off

Pre-Installation
Installation checklist

Field Engineer Signature:

____________________________________
eitconcepts@gmail.com

Chapter 2 - Physical Installation

Page 47

PioneerSM_ENG.book

Page 48

Thursday, October 30, 2014 1:28 PM

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12

Section 3.0
Before You Begin
Check all the crates appearances, preventive collision labels and preventive tilting labels.
If the center of the preventive collision label is GREEN, it means the system is OK without any
collision during shippment.
If the center of the preventive collision label is RED, it means the system is not OK with collision
during shippment. Please open the crates to check system carefully.

Green

Red

Figure 2-1 Preventive Collision Label

If the center of the preventive tilting label is RED, it means the system is not OK with tilting during
shippment. Please open the crates to check system carefully.

Green

Red

Figure 2-2 Preventive Tilting Label

Page 48

Section 3.0 - Before You Begin

eitconcepts@gmail.com

If the center of the preventive tilting label is GREEN, it means the system is OK without any tilting
during shippment.

PioneerSM_ENG.book

Page 49

Thursday, October 30, 2014 1:28 PM

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12

Section 4.0
Integrated Table
4.1

Radiography Table

4.1.1

Unpacking and Positioning


Be careful of injured by the nails.

Note:

Do not discard any packing materials such as envelopes, boxes, bags until all parts are
accounted for against the packing list.

Check the mechanical conditions and external appearances of all parts for possible damages
or missing items.

The distribution center or factory must be notified immediately of any damage or shortage of
parts.

Unpacking OPEN ME FIRST box (Pink Box) in Crate #1 at first.


Take out the Documents: Pre-Installation Manual (5275600-100), Service Manual (5275601-100),
Operator Manual (5275602-100), and Quick Start (5275603-100). Read Pre-Installation Manual
and Service Manual carefully before system installation and calibration.
eitconcepts@gmail.com

Figure 2-3 OPEN ME FIRST


1.) Loosen the 12 fibulaes on the side of shipping container.

Figure 2-4 Loosen Fibulaes


Chapter 2 - Physical Installation

Page 49

PioneerSM_ENG.book

Page 50

Thursday, October 30, 2014 1:28 PM

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12
Note:

To remove the side shipping container successfully, fix the fibulaes after loosen them.

2.) Remove the side shipping container, and table top is bound on it. See Figure 2-5.
Side Shipping Container
with Table Top

eitconcepts@gmail.com

Figure 2-5 Table Crate with Side Removed


3.) Loosen the remaining fibulaes, and remove the top and other sides of shipping containers
together. See Figure 2-6 and Figure 2-7.

Figure 2-6 Loosen Remaining Fibulaes

Page 50

Section 4.0 - Integrated Table

PioneerSM_ENG.book

Page 51

Thursday, October 30, 2014 1:28 PM

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12

Figure 2-7 Remove Crate Top and Sides


4.) Remove the protective covering.

eitconcepts@gmail.com

Figure 2-8 Remove the Protective Covering


5.) Take out all the boxes from the crate.

Chapter 2 - Physical Installation

Page 51

PioneerSM_ENG.book

Page 52

Thursday, October 30, 2014 1:28 PM

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12

Figure 2-9 Take Out All the Boxes


6.) Unpack the ramps and dolly.

eitconcepts@gmail.com

Figure 2-10 Unpack Ramps and Dolly


7.) Place the ramps.

Page 52

Section 4.0 - Integrated Table

PioneerSM_ENG.book

Page 53

Thursday, October 30, 2014 1:28 PM

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12

Ramps

Figure 2-11 Place Ramps


8.) Install the dolly to the table.
eitconcepts@gmail.com

Figure 2-12 Install Dolly to Table


9.) Demount the two fixed screws, and remove the table front cover.
Chapter 2 - Physical Installation

Page 53

PioneerSM_ENG.book

Page 54

Thursday, October 30, 2014 1:28 PM

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12

Figure 2-13 Remove Table Front Cover


10.) Demount the four bolts which fixed the table to the crate base.

eitconcepts@gmail.com

Figure 2-14 Demount Table Fixed Bolts_Front

Page 54

Section 4.0 - Integrated Table

PioneerSM_ENG.book

Page 55

Thursday, October 30, 2014 1:28 PM

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12

Figure 2-15 Demount Table Fixed Bolts_Rear


11.) Adjust caster bolts to lower the casters down the table base level. See Figure 2-16.

eitconcepts@gmail.com

Figure 2-16 Lower Casters


12.) Pull the table down the ramp and to the field.
DO NOT put your feet under the table base.
Be careful of being injured by integrated table because of the heavy weight.

Chapter 2 - Physical Installation

Page 55

PioneerSM_ENG.book

Page 56

Thursday, October 30, 2014 1:28 PM

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12

Figure 2-17 Pull Table Down the Ramps

eitconcepts@gmail.com

Figure 2-18 Pull Table to Field


13.) Unpack the table top, and take it into the field.

Page 56

Section 4.0 - Integrated Table

PioneerSM_ENG.book

Page 57

Thursday, October 30, 2014 1:28 PM

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12

Figure 2-19 Cut Belts

eitconcepts@gmail.com

Figure 2-20 Remove Protective Covering

Figure 2-21 Take to Field

4.1.2

Installation
1.) Refer to the room layout in Pre-Installation Manual (5275600-100), confirm the location of the
table with the operator, make marks and move the table away.
2.) Drill four holes at the marks, and then clean the holes of all dust and chips.
Chapter 2 - Physical Installation

Page 57

PioneerSM_ENG.book

Page 58

Thursday, October 30, 2014 1:28 PM

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12
Note:

Please use 10 drill.

Figure 2-22 Drill Holes


3.) Move the table, let the mounting holes on the table align the holes in the floor, and adjust caster
bolts to upper the casters above the table base level.

eitconcepts@gmail.com

Figure 2-23 Upper Casters


4.) Demount the casters.
5.) Insert the supplied four M10 anchors and washers, and hammer the anchors into the holes.
6.) Level the table base as necessary with shims, and place the shims close to the anchors.

Figure 2-24 Table Base Level


Page 58

Section 4.0 - Integrated Table

PioneerSM_ENG.book

Page 59

Thursday, October 30, 2014 1:28 PM

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12
7.) Tighten the anchors to fix the table to the floor.

8.) Demount the three table stop plates (RED color) in the table frame.

Figure 2-25 Demount Table Stop Plates


9.) Take out all the cables inside the tube stand rail, and route the cables.
Note:

Suggest to route the cables from the table food end.

Table
Head
End

Figure 2-26 Route Cables


10.) Demount the cabinet tray with two screws each side and pull it out.
Be careful! DO NOT damage the cables.

Chapter 2 - Physical Installation

Page 59

eitconcepts@gmail.com

Table
Foot
End

PioneerSM_ENG.book

Page 60

Thursday, October 30, 2014 1:28 PM

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12

Figure 2-27 Demount Cabinet Tray


Note:

Pull the center of the foot pedal.


eitconcepts@gmail.com

Pull Here
Figure 2-28 Pull Out Cabinet Tray
11.) Demount generator cover with four screws and PDU cover with two screws, and put them
aside.

Page 60

Section 4.0 - Integrated Table

PioneerSM_ENG.book

Page 61

Thursday, October 30, 2014 1:28 PM

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12

Figure 2-29 Demount Covers

eitconcepts@gmail.com

Chapter 2 - Physical Installation

Page 61

PioneerSM_ENG.book

Page 62

Thursday, October 30, 2014 1:28 PM

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12

4.2
4.2.1

Tube Stand
Unpacking
Be careful of injured by the nails.

Do not discard any packing materials such as envelopes, boxes, bags until all parts are
accounted for against the packing list.

Check the mechanical conditions and external appearances of all parts for possible damages
or missing items.

The distribution center or factory must be notified immediately of any damage or shortage of
parts.

1.) Loosen all the 6 fibulaes, and remove the top and sides of shipping containers together. See
Figure 2-30.

eitconcepts@gmail.com

Figure 2-30 Loosen Fibulaes and Remove Crate

Page 62

Section 4.0 - Integrated Table

PioneerSM_ENG.book

Page 63

Thursday, October 30, 2014 1:28 PM

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12
2.) Take out the covers.
3.) Remove the two fixed plates with two bolts each.

eitconcepts@gmail.com

Figure 2-31 Remove Fixed Plates


4.) Remove the protective covering.

Chapter 2 - Physical Installation

Page 63

PioneerSM_ENG.book

Page 64

Thursday, October 30, 2014 1:28 PM

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12

Figure 2-32 Remove Protective Covering

4.2.2

Installation
1.) Demount the rubber bumper and leveling bolt on one side of the tube stand rail.
Suggest to install the tube stand from the table head end (if the cables are routed from the table
food end).

Table
Head
End

2.) Raise the tube stand.

Page 64

Section 4.0 - Integrated Table

eitconcepts@gmail.com

Note:

PioneerSM_ENG.book

Page 65

Thursday, October 30, 2014 1:28 PM

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12

eitconcepts@gmail.com

Figure 2-33 Raise the Tube Stand


3.) Slide the tube stand into the rail.

Figure 2-34 Install the Tube Stand


4.) Install the rubber bumper and screw back.
5.) Demount the RED counterweight lock screw on the back of tube stand.

Chapter 2 - Physical Installation

Page 65

PioneerSM_ENG.book

Page 66

Thursday, October 30, 2014 1:28 PM

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12

Figure 2-35 Demount Lock Screw


6.) Demount tube stand back cover, connect the tube stand cables (TM1-XS105 cable 5193103,
No1 cable 5197244, and Grouding cables 5193106 / 5193107), and remount the back cover.
Part No.

Part Name

5193103

TM1-XS105 Cable

END1 Label
XP105

From

END2 label

5197244s XS105

To
Table TM1 1

TM1-2

Table TM1 2

TM1-3

Table TM1 3

TM1-4

Table TM1 4

XS106

5220569s XP106

5139106

Table Grounding Cable 2

PE1

PE1

PE2

PE2

5193107

Table Grounding Cable 3

PE2

PE2

PE3

PE3

5139106/5139107

5139103 - XP105

5139103 - XS106

Figure 2-36 Connect Tube Stand Cables

Page 66

Section 4.0 - Integrated Table

eitconcepts@gmail.com

TM1-1

PioneerSM_ENG.book

Page 67

Thursday, October 30, 2014 1:28 PM

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12

Figure 2-37 Mount Back Cover


7.) Mount the cable routing plate to the tube stand.

eitconcepts@gmail.com

Figure 2-38 Cable Routing in Plate


Note:

DO NOT twist the cables when mounting the plate.

Chapter 2 - Physical Installation

Page 67

PioneerSM_ENG.book

Page 68

Thursday, October 30, 2014 1:28 PM

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12

Figure 2-39 Mount Cable Routing Plate


8.) Press the tube arm to the appropriate position that are easy to install the tube and collimator,
and insert the carriage fixed bolt again to fix the carriage.

eitconcepts@gmail.com

Figure 2-40 Fix the Carriage

Page 68

Section 4.0 - Integrated Table

PioneerSM_ENG.book

Page 69

Thursday, October 30, 2014 1:28 PM

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12

4.3

X-Ray Tube
Note:

For tube instruction, refer to related contents contained in the related specifications.
Check calibration due date of Torque wrench and shelf-life of Loctite before usage.
In order to ensure to meet the security needs, apply Loctite 242(or 243) to the three screws
and tighten these 3 screws to 24 N-m (17.7 lbs-ft) with the torque wrench is the step must be
performed, while installation and FRU replace.
1.) Loosen the three bolts on the tube arm, put the tube forks into the tube stand arm.
2.) Apply Loctite 242(or 243) to the three screws assembling the tube fork with tube stand arm
3.) Tighten these three bolts to 24 N-m (17.7 lbs-ft) with the torque wrench
4.) Mount the cable supporting plate

eitconcepts@gmail.com

Figure 2-41 Install Tube Fork and Supporting Plate


Note:

Insert the tube fork by referring to the mark.

Figure 2-42 Mark


5.) Loosen the four screws of the upper clamp of tube fork, and remove the upper clamp of tube
fork.
To prevent the clamps from any impact. In case impact occurred, it should be verified that the
clamp has enough strength before installation.

Chapter 2 - Physical Installation

Page 69

PioneerSM_ENG.book

Page 70

Thursday, October 30, 2014 1:28 PM

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12

Upper Clamps

Lower Clamps

6.) Take out X-ray tube from the box.


7.) Put the X-ray tube on the lower support of tube fork.
Notice the tube installation direction. If the direction is wrong, the tube focal spot will
be inaccurate, and the tube may be falling down if the clamps are loose.
Hold the tube to prevent it falling down.
Check calibration due date of Torque wrench and shelf-life of Loctite before usage.
In order to ensure to meet the security needs, apply Loctite 242(or 243) to the screws and
tighten screws to 9.9 N-m (7.3 lbs-ft) with the torque wrench is the step must be performed,
while installation and FRU replace.
8.) Reinstall the upper clamp of the tube fork.
a.) Apply Loctite 242(or 243) to the four screws assembling the upper clamp with lower
support before mounting.
b.) Tighten these four screws to 9.9 N-m (7.3 lbs-ft) with the torque wrench.
Note:

Page 70

After installation of the tube, balance the tube arm again.

Section 4.0 - Integrated Table

eitconcepts@gmail.com

Figure 2-43 Remove Upper Clamps

PioneerSM_ENG.book

Page 71

Thursday, October 30, 2014 1:28 PM

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12

Figure 2-44 Install X-ray Tube


9.) Adjust the tube to align the RED indication label with 0 degree, and lock the tube.

eitconcepts@gmail.com

Locks
Figure 2-45 Tighten the Tube
10.) Rotate the tube 180 degrees.

Figure 2-46 Rotate Tube 180 Degrees

Chapter 2 - Physical Installation

Page 71

PioneerSM_ENG.book

Page 72

Thursday, October 30, 2014 1:28 PM

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12

4.4

Control Box and Collimator


Control Box
Handle

Control Box
Cover

Spacer
Collimator
1.) Demount the two stop plates and take out the collimator flange.

Stop
Plates
eitconcepts@gmail.com

Collimator
Flange

Figure 2-47 Demount Stop Plates and Take Out Flange

Suggest to demount the two stop plates totally, but NOT only loosen them. Or the stop
plates will crash the glass window during collimator installation.

Page 72

Section 4.0 - Integrated Table

PioneerSM_ENG.book

Page 73

Thursday, October 30, 2014 1:28 PM

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12
Glass Window

Figure 2-48 Wrong Way

eitconcepts@gmail.com

Figure 2-49 Correct Way


2.) Demount the four mounting screws on the tube.

Figure 2-50 Demount Mounting Screws

Chapter 2 - Physical Installation

Page 73

PioneerSM_ENG.book

Page 74

Thursday, October 30, 2014 1:28 PM

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12

Check calibration due date of Torque wrench and shelf-life of Loctite before usage.
In order to ensure to meet the security needs, apply Loctite 242(or 243) to the screws and
tighten bolts to 9.9 N-m (7.3 lbs-ft) with the torque wrench is the step must be performed, while
installation and FRU replace.
3.) Put the spacer and control box handle between the collimator flange and the tube, apply
Loctite 242 (or 243) to the four screws, tighten to 9.9 N-m (7.3lbs-ft) with the torque wrench.
Note:

Please install the collimator flange according to the marks on the x-ray tube.

Figure 2-51 Mark

Drop into
the hole

Collimator Flange

Spacer

Control Handle

Figure 2-52 Mount Control Box Handle

Page 74

Section 4.0 - Integrated Table

eitconcepts@gmail.com

Daub to the
screw thread

PioneerSM_ENG.book

Page 75

Thursday, October 30, 2014 1:28 PM

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12

Check calibration due date of Torque wrench and shelf-life of Loctite before usage.
In order to ensure to meet the security needs, The Loctite 242(or 243) to the bolts and tighten
bolts to 9.9 N-m (7.3 lbs-ft) with the torque wrench is the step must be performed, while
installation and FRU replace.
4.) Mount collimator onto the collimator adapter using the two stop plates, apply Loctite 242 (or
243) to the four screws, tighten to 9.9 N-m (7.3lbs-ft) with the torque wrench.

eitconcepts@gmail.com

Figure 2-53 Mount Collimator


5.) Rotate tube back.

Figure 2-54 Rotate Tube Back


6.) Route the cable through cable supporting bracket to the tube side.
Note:

DO NOT fix the cables on supporting bracket or plate before the cable connections on tube
side.
7.) Prior to the connection of the high-voltage cables, remove the old silicone compound on the
plug surfaces with clean dry cloth and check to verify there are as cracks, flaws, or traces of
creeping discharge on the surfaces.

Chapter 2 - Physical Installation

Page 75

PioneerSM_ENG.book

Page 76

Thursday, October 30, 2014 1:28 PM

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12
Note:

When the traces of creeping discharge are found, be sure to replace the defective parts.
Grinding off the traces only will not be effective.
8.) Coat the tip of the cable plugs with the silicone compound about five to seven grams, that is,
to the extent the tip is hidden under the heaped up compound. At this time, the side of the cable
plug should be greased.

Figure 2-55 Coating with Silicone Compound

10.) Connect the anode and cathode HV cables (2269002-5) to the X-ray tube.
HV Cable Socket

HV Cable

+ (ANODE)

- (CATHODE)

Check the polarity of HV cables carefully, and DO NOT connect the two HV cables
reversely.
Connect the HV cables in the correct polarity with sufficient care not to produce
clearance between the cable plug flange and the cable socket at the insertion of the
plugs. Presence of such clearance or incomplete silicone compound coating will cause
creeping discharge and normal operation of tube will be disturbed.

Page 76

Section 4.0 - Integrated Table

eitconcepts@gmail.com

9.) Remove the cap covered the socket of the tube housing and wipe the inside softly with a clean
dry cloth. DO NOT use any chlorinated solvents to clean any parts.

PioneerSM_ENG.book

Page 77

Thursday, October 30, 2014 1:28 PM

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12

Figure 2-56 Inserting Cable Plug


11.) Tighten the high-voltage cables solidly to the sockets of the tube housing by the threaded cable
flange.
12.) Demount the tube cover on Anode side.
eitconcepts@gmail.com

Figure 2-57 Demount Tube Cover


13.) Connect the anode rotation cable (5195936).
Note:

Fix the cable with clamp.

Chapter 2 - Physical Installation

Page 77

PioneerSM_ENG.book

Page 78

Thursday, October 30, 2014 1:28 PM

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12

Figure 2-58 Anode Rotation Cable Conections


HV Tank

Color

White

Black

Red

SW

SW

Brown

SW

SW

Yellow

Green

eitconcepts@gmail.com

Tube

14.) Remount the tube cover.

Figure 2-59 Remount Tube Cover


15.) Connect the control box cables to the connecting plate, fix the plate onto control box, ty-rap
the cables and fix with a cupule, and mount the control box cover.
Part No.
5197242

Page 78

Part Name
MC7 Cable

END1
Label
XP102

From
Tube Fork
5197245's XS102

Section 4.0 - Integrated Table

END2 Label

To

MC7+

MC7+

MC7-

MC7-

PioneerSM_ENG.book

Page 79

Thursday, October 30, 2014 1:28 PM

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12
Part No.
5197244

5193107

Part Name

END1
Label

No1 Cable

Table Grounding Cable 3

From

END2 Label

To

XS105

5197103's XP105

XP104

Collimator
5135895-1's XS104

XS101

5193101's XP101

XP103

Control Box
5197245's XS103

PE2

PE2

PE3

PE3

5193107 5197244-E

XS103 <---> XP103 5197244

5135895-1 XS104 <---> XP104 5197244


5197242

XP102 <---> XS102 5197245

Figure 2-60 Connect Control Box Cables

Chapter 2 - Physical Installation

Page 79

eitconcepts@gmail.com

5197245

PioneerSM_ENG.book

Page 80

Thursday, October 30, 2014 1:28 PM

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12
a. Loosen the handles.

b. Install the
control box cover.

eitconcepts@gmail.com

c. Tighten the handles.


Figure 2-61 Install Control Box Cover
16.) Install the cable supporting plate, route and ty-rap the cables, and fix them onto the plate.
Be careful of the cable moving range, and make sure the cable will not be damaged during
tube movement.

Page 80

Section 4.0 - Integrated Table

PioneerSM_ENG.book

Page 81

Thursday, October 30, 2014 1:28 PM

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12

Fix

Supporting Plate
Figure 2-62 Fix Cables onto Supporting Plate
17.) Mount the cable supporting bracket onto the back of the tube stand, put the cables onto the
supporting bracket, but DO NOT fix the cables.

eitconcepts@gmail.com

Figure 2-63 Mount Cable Supporting Bracket


18.) Connect the No1 cable (5197244).
Part No.
5197244

5193101

Part Name
No1 Cable

MC6 Cable

END1
Label

From

END2 Label

To

XS105

5197103's XP105

XP104

Collimator
5135895-1's XS104

XS101

5193101's XP101

XP103

Control Box
5197245's XS103

MC6

MC6

XP101

5197244s XS101

Chapter 2 - Physical Installation

Page 81

PioneerSM_ENG.book

Page 82

Thursday, October 30, 2014 1:28 PM

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12

5193101 XP101 <---> XS101 5197244

DO NOT FIX

19.) Fix the cables.

4.5

Counterweight
Adjust the counterweight by adding or removing couterweight blocks until the up/down operation
force is balanced.

Page 82

Section 4.0 - Integrated Table

eitconcepts@gmail.com

Figure 2-64 Connect No1 Cable

PioneerSM_ENG.book

Page 83

Thursday, October 30, 2014 1:28 PM

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12

Figure 2-65 Adjust Counterweight

4.6

Cassette Tray
For the systems which used advanced Integrated Table, the Cassette was installed before and you
can jump to the next step directly.
Unpack and take out the cassette tray, slide it into the table, and connect the cassette tray
grounding cable.

Figure 2-66 Insert Cassette Tray

Chapter 2 - Physical Installation

Page 83

eitconcepts@gmail.com

Note:

PioneerSM_ENG.book

Page 84

Thursday, October 30, 2014 1:28 PM

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12

Figure 2-67 Connect Cassette Tray Grounding Cable

4.7

Ion Chamber and Grid (Optional)


DO NOT put anything onto the ion chamber or grid. And pay attention to the Ion Chamber
and Grid's orientation.
Note:

The fixers installation method is different with different options.

eitconcepts@gmail.com

Page 84

Section 4.0 - Integrated Table

PioneerSM_ENG.book

Page 85

Thursday, October 30, 2014 1:28 PM

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12

4.7.1

Install both Ion Chamber and Grid for system with standard Integrated table
1.) Demount the cassette tray side cover and two of the four fixers, and loosen the other two.

eitconcepts@gmail.com

Limit
Position

Fixer

Cassette Tray
Side Cover

Figure 2-68 Demount the Cover and Fixers


2.) Install the ion chamber and grid, connect table ion chamber (5167409) and 4 m cable
(5166493), and install the cassette tray side cover back.

Chapter 2 - Physical Installation

Page 85

PioneerSM_ENG.book

Page 86

Thursday, October 30, 2014 1:28 PM

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12

Block is in the
lower place

Note: Cassette Tray handle direction.

Grid

Note: Ion Chamber


direction.
Ion Chamber

Cassette Tray
Side Cover

Connect to JEDI

Cable
Routing
5166493

Figure 2-69 Install Ion Chamber and Grid

Page 86

Section 4.0 - Integrated Table

eitconcepts@gmail.com

Cable
Routing
5167409

PioneerSM_ENG.book

Page 87

Thursday, October 30, 2014 1:28 PM

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12

AEC1

eitconcepts@gmail.com

Figure 2-70 Table Ion Chamber to JEDI

Chapter 2 - Physical Installation

Page 87

PioneerSM_ENG.book

Page 88

Thursday, October 30, 2014 1:28 PM

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12

4.7.2

Install the Grid Only for system with standard Integrated table
1.) Demount the four fixers.

Fixer

Figure 2-71 Demount the Fixers


2.) Install the grid.

Page 88

Section 4.0 - Integrated Table

eitconcepts@gmail.com

Limit
Position

PioneerSM_ENG.book

Page 89

Thursday, October 30, 2014 1:28 PM

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12

Block is in the
upper place

eitconcepts@gmail.com

Figure 2-72 Install Grid

4.7.3

Install the Ion Chamber and Grid for system with advanced Integrated table
For the system with advanced integrated table, the grid was oscillate grid. The installatation should
be done as steps below:

Chapter 2 - Physical Installation

Page 89

PioneerSM_ENG.book

Page 90

Thursday, October 30, 2014 1:28 PM

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12
1.) Remove the cover A by remove the five screws as fig 2-73 shown.

screw used to Cover A


mount the cover

2.) Loosen the four screws marked with circle in Fig 2-74 which were used to tighten the ion
chamber.

the four screws used to tighten the


ion chamber. The ion chamber was
used to help to show the screws position.

Figure 2-74 Loosen the four screws


3.) Insert the ionion chamber to the holder as Fig 2-75 shown. Please be care for the orientation

Page 90

Section 4.0 - Integrated Table

eitconcepts@gmail.com

Figure 2-73 Remove the cover A

PioneerSM_ENG.book

Page 91

Thursday, October 30, 2014 1:28 PM

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12
of the grid.

eitconcepts@gmail.com

Figure 2-75 Insert the ion Chamber to the holder


4.) Adjust the position of the ion chamber as these steps:
1.) Make the rod perpendicular.

Make the rod perpendicular

Figure 2-76 Make the rod perpendicular


2.) Use the cover A dismounted before as ruler to mark the center of the rectangle used to
hold the grid, then adjust the position of ion chamber to make the center of the ion

Chapter 2 - Physical Installation

Page 91

PioneerSM_ENG.book

Page 92

Thursday, October 30, 2014 1:28 PM

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12

chamber superpose with the center line marked by the cover A. See fig 2-77.

Superpose the center of ion chamber


and the center of the rectangle.

Figure 2-77 Superpose the center of ion chamber and the center of the rectangle

5.) Route the ion chamber cable as Fig 2-78 shown.

Figure 2-78 Route the ion chamber cable as Fig 2-78 arrow shown

Page 92

Section 4.0 - Integrated Table

eitconcepts@gmail.com

3.) Tighten the four screws removed in step 2 as Fig 2-74 shown.

PioneerSM_ENG.book

Page 93

Thursday, October 30, 2014 1:28 PM

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12
6.) Connect the ion chamber cable as Fig 2-79 circle shown.

Figure 2-79 Connect the ion chamber cable


7.) Insert the cable connections into the holder and mount the cover A.

Figure 2-80 Install the grid

Chapter 2 - Physical Installation

Page 93

eitconcepts@gmail.com

8.) Put the grid on the ion chamber surface with their center superposed as Fig 2-80 shown. Note
the orientation of the grid.

PioneerSM_ENG.book

Page 94

Thursday, October 30, 2014 1:28 PM

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12
9.) Fix the grid with four fixers.

Fixer

Figure 2-81 Fix the grid with four fixers

4.8

Electrical Connections

1.) Connect and route System Power Cable (hospital provide).

Figure 2-82 Connect and Route System Power Cable


2.) Connect and Xray-on Light (pin 4, 6) and Room Door interlock (pin 1, 2) Cables (hospital
Page 94

Section 4.0 - Integrated Table

eitconcepts@gmail.com

For details, please refer to Chapter 10 - Schematics, Chapter 11 - MIS Chart, and Pre-Installation
Manual (5275600-100).

PioneerSM_ENG.book

Page 95

Thursday, October 30, 2014 1:28 PM

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12

provide). For details, please refer to Room Power Supply in Chapter 4 of Pre-Installation
Manual (5275600-100).

9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1

3.) If wall stand ion chamber is ordered, connect and route the ion chamber 24 m cable (5166654)
and grounding cable (5193110) to JEDI.

Chapter 2 - Physical Installation

Page 95

eitconcepts@gmail.com

Figure 2-83 Connect Xray-on light and Room Door interlock Cables

PioneerSM_ENG.book

Page 96

Thursday, October 30, 2014 1:28 PM

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12

Service Laptop

System Console

AEC1 - Table
AEC2 - Standard Wall Stand

eitconcepts@gmail.com

Figure 2-84 Wall Stand Ion Chamber Cables

Cable
Routing
5166654/5193110

Connect to Wall Stand Ion chamber


Figure 2-85 Cable Routing

Page 96

Section 4.0 - Integrated Table

PioneerSM_ENG.book

Page 97

Thursday, October 30, 2014 1:28 PM

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12

4.9

Install Cabinet Tray


1.) Install generator and PDU covers, and push cabinet tray to under the table.

Push Here

Figure 2-86 Install Generator and PDU Covers


eitconcepts@gmail.com

2.) Fix the cabinet tray to the table base with two screws.

Figure 2-87 Install Cabinet Tray

Chapter 2 - Physical Installation

Page 97

PioneerSM_ENG.book

Page 98

Thursday, October 30, 2014 1:28 PM

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12

4.10

Table Top Installation and Leveling


1.) Demount the stopper on one side of the table top, slide the table top onto the table base, and
remount the stopper.

2.) Check the table top leveling. If it is not level, loosen the mounting anchors, and adjust the
leveling bolts, then fix them with washers.

Figure 2-89 Adjust Leveling Bolts

Page 98

Section 4.0 - Integrated Table

eitconcepts@gmail.com

Figure 2-88 Install the Table Top

PioneerSM_ENG.book

Page 99

Thursday, October 30, 2014 1:28 PM

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12

Section 5.0
System Console
Route the console cables to the control room.

5.1

Without Console Stand


Connect and ty-rap the console cables. Position the system console to the location where the
operator can observe the patients conveniently.

Figure 2-90 Console Cable Connections


Part Name

System
Console

The Other End

5184620

Handswitch

J1

Handswitch

J2

Service Laptop

5194292/5241079 RS232 Service Cable / ISP Download Cable

5.2

5183903

Console Power Cable

J3

PDU - TM3

5182354

JEDI Generator Communication Cable

J4

PDU - J1

With Console Stand


1.) Assemble the console onto the console stand, and demount the rear cover.

Figure 2-91 Console Installation


Chapter 2 - Physical Installation

Page 99

eitconcepts@gmail.com

Part No.

PioneerSM_ENG.book

Page 100

Thursday, October 30, 2014

1:28 PM

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12
2.) Connect and ty-rap the console cables.

Figure 2-92 Console Cable Connections


Part No.

Part Name

System
Console

The Other End

5184620

Handswitch

J1

Handswitch

J2

Service Laptop

5194292/5241079 RS232 Service Cable / ISP Download Cable


Console Power Cable

J3

PDU - TM3

5182354

JEDI Generator Communication Cable

J4

PDU - J1

3.) Demount console stand bottom cover with two screws. Confirm the location of the console with
the operator, make marks and move the console away.

Figure 2-93 Demount Bottom Cover


4.) Drill two holes at the marks, and then clean the holes of all dust and chips.
Note:

Please use 7 drill.


5.) Move the console, and let the mounting holes on the console foot panel align the holes in the
floor.
6.) Insert the supplied two M6 anchors and washers, and hammer the anchors into the holes.
7.) Tighten the anchors.
8.) Mount the bottom cover back.

Page 100

Section 5.0 - System Console

eitconcepts@gmail.com

5183903

PioneerSM_ENG.book

Page 101

Thursday, October 30, 2014

1:28 PM

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12

Section 6.0
Collimator Alignment
1.) Power up the system. Check LEDs status. Refer to Chapter 4 - Functional Checks - 3.1
System Power Up.
2.) Move the tube to the lowest position above the table top, open collimator light, confirm the
center of the light field projected by the collimator with an article, such as a screw.

eitconcepts@gmail.com

Figure 2-94 Lowest SID


3.) Move the tube up to the highest position.

Figure 2-95 Highest SID


4.) Make sure the bias of the center is less than 3 mm, and make sure the collimator beam can
align the center point of the cassette tray handle.

Chapter 2 - Physical Installation

Page 101

PioneerSM_ENG.book

Page 102

Thursday, October 30, 2014

1:28 PM

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12
Bias in less
than 3 mm

Collimator
beam

Handle Center
Figure 2-96 Collimator Beam Align Cassette Tray Handle Center Point
5.) If the requirements above cannot be met, adjust the three screws on the tube fork to align the
collimator.

eitconcepts@gmail.com

Figure 2-97 Align Collimator

Section 7.0DAP Meter Installation


Note:

Do not touch the active area of the ionization chamber (1) with bared finger. It may degrade
the light transparency of the DAP meter.

Figure 2-98 DAP Meter


Procedures:
Page 102

Section 7.0 - DAP Meter Installation

PioneerSM_ENG.book

Page 103

Thursday, October 30, 2014

1:28 PM

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12
Note:

Fix the cable inside the tube cover for the system which does not include the DAP meter.
1.) Installing the Chamber in the X-ray Unit
Slide the chamber into the middle level of accessory rails of the collimator till the detent is
reached.

Figure 2-99 Insert DAP Meter into the middle level of the collimator rail
2.) Connect the Chamber with system
The back side of the DAP meter includes a short cable with a round plastic plug connector
(ODU: MediSnap, 4-pin). This includes the connections for the power supply.
Note:

Please be aware that the connector cable from tube stand side is only for the use of connecting
the DAP meter.
eitconcepts@gmail.com

Figure 2-100 Connect the DAP Meter to the 24V Power Supply
3.) Connect the other end of the connector to the 24V power supply of the PDU. Connection
diagram as below:

TURN OFF THE POWER BEFORE CONNECT/DISCONNECT THE CHAMBERDo not


connect/disconnect the chamber to/from the system when the power is turned on. It may
damage the electronics.
Chapter 2 - Physical Installation

Page 103

PioneerSM_ENG.book

Page 104

Thursday, October 30, 2014

1:28 PM

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12

DO NOT PUT THE ADDITIONAL FILTER ABOVE THE CHAMBER


Do not put any filtration between chamber and the patient in the exam. It may cause the wrong
indication of DAP value.
4.) Switching the device on/ DAP meter ready for using
After DAP meter is well mounted to collimator and connected to system power supply, the
meter is switched on when system is powered on. The display unit responds with a brief signal
tone and the following labels:
VACUDAP
Vx.xx
11111111
22222222
:
WAITING
0.00
The firmware version (Vx.xx) of the display unit is output first. The Power-On test in the
measuring chamber is then started and a display test is executed simultaneously. The display
unit waits for the result of the TEST function when the WAITING label is displayed. After the
successful conclusion of the power-on test, the meter is either in the Measuring function or an
error message is output. The measuring readiness is displayed by the measured value zero
(display: 0.00 or 0.0).
eitconcepts@gmail.com

Page 104

Section 7.0 - DAP Meter Installation

PioneerSM_ENG.book

Page 105

Thursday, October 30, 2014

1:28 PM

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12

Section 8.0
Standard Wall Stand
8.1

Unpacking
Be careful of injured by the nails.

Do not discard any packing materials such as envelopes, boxes, bags until all parts are
accounted for against the packing list.

Check the mechanical conditions and external appearances of all parts for possible damages
or missing items.

The distribution center or factory must be notified immediately of any damage or shortage of
parts.

1.) Loosen all the 6 fibulaes, and remove the top and sides of shipping containers together. See
Figure 2-101.

eitconcepts@gmail.com

Figure 2-101 Loosen Fibulaes and Remove Crate

Chapter 2 - Physical Installation

Page 105

PioneerSM_ENG.book

Page 106

Thursday, October 30, 2014

1:28 PM

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12
2.) Take out the covers.
3.) Remove the two fixed plates with two bolts each.

eitconcepts@gmail.com

Figure 2-102 Remove Fixed Plates


4.) Remove the protective covering.

Page 106

Section 8.0 - Standard Wall Stand

PioneerSM_ENG.book

Page 107

Thursday, October 30, 2014

1:28 PM

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12

Figure 2-103 Remove Protective Covering


5.) Raise the wall stand.
eitconcepts@gmail.com

Be careful of being injured by wall stand because of the heavy weight.

Figure 2-104 Raise Wall Stand

Chapter 2 - Physical Installation

Page 107

PioneerSM_ENG.book

Page 108

Thursday, October 30, 2014

1:28 PM

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12
6.) Install dolly (5241044).

Rear

Front

Figure 2-105 Dolly


7.) Adjust caster bolts to lower the casters down the wall stand base level. See Figure 2-106. Pull
wall stand into the field.

Rear

Figure 2-106 Lower Casters

8.2

Installation
1.) Refer to the room layout in Pre-Installation Manual (5275600-100), and confirm the location of
the wall stand with the operator. Move wall stand and its template to the location, adjust caster

Page 108

Section 8.0 - Standard Wall Stand

eitconcepts@gmail.com

Front

PioneerSM_ENG.book

Page 109

Thursday, October 30, 2014

1:28 PM

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12

bolts to upper the casters above the wall stand base level, and let wall stand stand on the
template.
2.) Demount the casters.
3.) Adjust the four leveling bolts to level the wall stand top frame and front panel in longitudinal
level and vertical level.

Figure 2-107 Wall Stand Leveling


4.) Rotate the tube facing to the wall stand front panel.
eitconcepts@gmail.com

Figure 2-108 Rotate Tube


5.) Open the collimator light, move the tube from SID 1.5 m to 1.8 m, and make sure that the bias
between the cross hair projected by the collimator and the cross hair in the wall stand front
panel is less than 3 mm in two orthogonal directions.
Note:

When the collimator blades are closed to one line, it should be overlapped with the wall stand
cross hair.
Measure the rectangles length and width at 1.5 SID and 1.8 SID to make sure the bias is less
than 3 mm.

Chapter 2 - Physical Installation

Page 109

PioneerSM_ENG.book

Page 110

Thursday, October 30, 2014

1:28 PM

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12

Figure 2-109 SID 1.5 m ~ 1.8 m

eitconcepts@gmail.com

Figure 2-110 Alignment


6.) If the requirements above cannot be met, adjust wall stand location or the four leveling bolts.
7.) Drill two holes through the two holes on wall stand base, and clean holes of all dust and chips.
Note:

Please use 10 drill.


8.) Insert the supplied two M10 anchors and washers, and hammer the anchors into the holes.
9.) Tighten the anchors to fix the wall stand to the floor.

Page 110

Section 8.0 - Standard Wall Stand

PioneerSM_ENG.book

Page 111

Thursday, October 30, 2014

1:28 PM

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12

Figure 2-111 Fix the Wall Stand

8.3

Cassette Tray
Unpack and take out the cassette tray, and slide it into the wall stand.

eitconcepts@gmail.com

Figure 2-112 Insert Cassette Tray

8.4

Ion Chamber and Grid (Optional)


Note:

The fixers installation method is different with different options. For details, please refer to section
4.7 Ion Chamber and Grid (Optional) in table installation.

Chapter 2 - Physical Installation

Page 111

PioneerSM_ENG.book

Page 112

Thursday, October 30, 2014

1:28 PM

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12

8.4.1

Install both Ion Chamber and Grid for standard wall stand
1.) Demount the wall stand front panel.

Figure 2-113 Demount Front Panel


2.) Install ion chamber and grid.
Note:
Note:

The side of grid marked as "tube side" should be on the tube side. During the installation of grid,
be careful not colliding the Ion chamber cable connection.
If 40 line grid is ordered, use the wide edge of the fixers.
eitconcepts@gmail.com

Page 112

Section 8.0 - Standard Wall Stand

PioneerSM_ENG.book

Page 113

Thursday, October 30, 2014

1:28 PM

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12
Note:

If 60 line or 78 line grid is ordered, use the wide edge of the fixers to the bottom and narrow
edge to the top.

eitconcepts@gmail.com

Chapter 2 - Physical Installation

Page 113

PioneerSM_ENG.book

Page 114

Thursday, October 30, 2014

1:28 PM

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12
3.) Connect and route the wall stand ion chamber cable.

Cable Routing

From JEDI
Figure 2-114 Routing Ion Chamber Cables
Note:

Ion Chamber direction.

eitconcepts@gmail.com

Cable Routing

From back of Wall Stand

Ion Chamber Cable Connection


(5167409/5166654)
Ion Chamber Grounding Cable
(5193110)
Figure 2-115 Connect Ion Chamber Cables
4.) Remount the front panel.

Page 114

Section 8.0 - Standard Wall Stand

PioneerSM_ENG.book

Page 115

Thursday, October 30, 2014

1:28 PM

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12

8.4.2

Install the Grid Only for standard wall stand


1.) Demount the wall stand front panel.
2.) Install the grid.

Note:

The side marked as "tube side" should be on the tube side.


If 40 line grid is ordered, use the wide edge of the fixers.

Note:

If 60 line or 78 line grid is ordered, use the wide edge of the fixers to the bottom and narrow
edge to the top.

3.) Remount the front panel.

Chapter 2 - Physical Installation

Page 115

eitconcepts@gmail.com

Note:

PioneerSM_ENG.book

Page 116

Thursday, October 30, 2014

1:28 PM

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12

8.4.3

Install both Ion chamber and grid


1.) Demount the wall stand front panel
2.) Demount the cassette holder with the four screws marked with circle as the Fig below shown.

four screws fix the cassette


holder

3.) Pull the the cassette holder out carefully and put it standing on ground.
4.) Demount the top cover of the cassette holder.

Figure 2-117 Remove the top cover of cassette holder

Page 116

Section 8.0 - Standard Wall Stand

eitconcepts@gmail.com

Figure 2-116 Demount the cassette holder

PioneerSM_ENG.book

Page 117

Thursday, October 30, 2014

1:28 PM

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12
5.) Loosen the four screws used to fix the ion chamber.

Loosen the four screws used to fix the ion chamber.

Figure 2-118 Loosen the four screws used to fix the ion chamber
6.) Demount the cover at the bottom of the front surface of the cassette holder.
7.) Insert the ion chamber in from the right side of the cassette hold at the orientation as the fig
shown below and route the cable according to the path the arrown shown.

eitconcepts@gmail.com

Figure 2-119 Insert the ion chamber into the cassette holder and route the ion chamber
cable according to the path the arrow shown
8.) Lie down the cassette holder.
9.) Adjust the position of ion chamber to make sure that its center can superpose the center of
FOV as these steps:

Chapter 2 - Physical Installation

Page 117

PioneerSM_ENG.book

Page 118

Thursday, October 30, 2014

1:28 PM

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12
1.) Make the rod perpendicular.

Make the rod perpendicular

Figure 2-120 Make the rod perpendicular


2.) There is a screw hole on the center of the top side and bottom side of the rectangle
used to hold grid. Suppose the line across the two hole point was the FOV center and
we can use the cover dismounted at step 6 as a ruler to mark the line. Adjust the
position of ion chamber to make its center superpose the FOVs center.
eitconcepts@gmail.com

the two screw holes can used to mark


the FOVs center line

Figure 2-121 Make the center of ion chamber superpose the FOVs center
10.) Tighten the four screws loosened at step 5 as Fig 2-115 to fix the ion chamber.
11.) Remount the top cover of the cassette holder.
12.) Remount the cassette holder to wall stand.

Page 118

Section 8.0 - Standard Wall Stand

PioneerSM_ENG.book

Page 119

Thursday, October 30, 2014

1:28 PM

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12

13.) Connect the Ion chamber cable and ground cable as below Fig shown.

Connect the ground cable here

Connect the ion chamber cable here

eitconcepts@gmail.com

Figure 2-122 Connect the Ion chamber cable and ground cable
14.) Remount the cover at the bottom of the front surface of the cassette holder.
15.) Remount the wall stand front panel.

Chapter 2 - Physical Installation

Page 119

PioneerSM_ENG.book

Page 120

Thursday, October 30, 2014

1:28 PM

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12

8.5

Counterweight
Note:

Load a cassette onto cassette tray before adjust the counterweight.


Adjust the counterweight by adding or removing couterweight blocks until the up/down operation
force is balanced.

eitconcepts@gmail.com

Figure 2-123 Adjust Counterweight

Page 120

Section 8.0 - Standard Wall Stand

PioneerSM_ENG.book

Page 121

Thursday, October 30, 2014

1:28 PM

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12

Section 9.0
Final Cover Installation
After system configuration and calibration, ty-rap all the cables, and install the protective covers.

9.1

Install Standard Tube Stand Covers

3
1
2
eitconcepts@gmail.com

Chapter 2 - Physical Installation

Page 121

PioneerSM_ENG.book

Page 122

Thursday, October 30, 2014

1:28 PM

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12
1.) Loosen the screw on the tube arm protective cover.

Figure 2-124 Loosen the Protective Cover


2.) Insert SID ruler through the cover, and install the ruler.
eitconcepts@gmail.com

Figure 2-125 Install SID Ruler


3.) Install tube stand side covers, and tighten the tube arm protective cover.
Note:

Notice the side covers directions.


The No1 Cable (5197244) should be routed inside the right side cover.

Page 122

Section 9.0 - Final Cover Installation

PioneerSM_ENG.book

Page 123

Thursday, October 30, 2014

1:28 PM

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12

Figure 2-126 Route Cable Inside Right Side Cover

eitconcepts@gmail.com

Figure 2-127 Tighten the Screw


4.) Install tube stand top cover.

Chapter 2 - Physical Installation

Page 123

PioneerSM_ENG.book

Page 124

Thursday, October 30, 2014

1:28 PM

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12

9.2

Install Table Front Cover

Figure 2-128 Install Table Front Cover

9.3

Install Standard Wall Stand Covers

2
Figure 2-129 Wall Stand

Page 124

Section 9.0 - Final Cover Installation

eitconcepts@gmail.com

PioneerSM_ENG.book

Page 125

Thursday, October 30, 2014

1:28 PM

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12

Section 10.0
Labels and Rating Plates
Attach English/multilingual labels to overlay the English/Chinese labels attached in factory.

10.1

System Console

Label

Description

References

5194330

System Console Rating Plate

See Figure 2-130

eitconcepts@gmail.com

Figure 2-130 5194330, System Console Rating Plate

10.2

Integrated Table

Label

Description

References

5180891

Standard Integrated Table Rating Plate

See Figure 2-131

Chapter 2 - Physical Installation

Page 125

PioneerSM_ENG.book

Page 126

Thursday, October 30, 2014

1:28 PM

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12

Figure 2-131 Integrated Table Rating Plate

10.3

Cabinet

Description

References

5220653

PDU Rating Plate

See Figure 2-132

Figure 2-132 PDU Rating Plate

10.4

Page 126

Wall Stand

Label

Description

References

5183492

Standard Wall Stand Rating Plate

See Figure 2-133

Section 10.0 - Labels and Rating Plates

eitconcepts@gmail.com

Label

PioneerSM_ENG.book

Page 127

Thursday, October 30, 2014

1:28 PM

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12

Figure 2-133 5183492, Wall Stand Rating Plate

eitconcepts@gmail.com

Chapter 2 - Physical Installation

Page 127

PioneerSM_ENG.book

Page 128

Thursday, October 30, 2014

1:28 PM

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12

Section 11.0
Installation Checklist
Purpose:

Installation checklist to confirm that all critical installation steps have been completed.
Item #
1.)

Item
Power and ground cables connected and tightened:

Power cables (how many, where)

Ground cables (how many, where)

All signal cables connected and tightened.

3.)

Cable shield clamps installed and tightened (how many, where).

4.)

All mounting bolts installed and tightened (floor and wall).

5.)

Mechanical alignments done.

6.)

Control room cables properly dressed.

7.)

All covers installed.

8.)

Room cleaned.

9.)

Product locator cards collected.

10.)

Missing components and/or options:

11.)

List of any installation drawing deviations (all deviations should


be signed by customer).

12.)

Packing materials disposed of.

13.)

Dollies and crates returned:


Positioner Table / Standard Wall Stand dolly

14.)

Have all calibrations been completed?

15.)

Have the sample images been installed on the system?

16.)

Have purchased options been installed/enabled/configured?

17.)

All appropriate regulatory labels installed:

X-ray tube focal spot

18.)

HHS testing completed?

19.)

Have functional checks been completed?

20.)

Are all covers installed?

21.)

Have all protective tape/coverings been removed?

Table 2-1 Installation Checklist


Section 11.0 - Installation Checklist

eitconcepts@gmail.com

2.)

Page 128

Sign Off

PioneerSM_ENG.book

Page 129

Thursday, October 30, 2014

1:28 PM

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12
Item #

Item

22.)

Are there any cosmetic issues?

23.)

Are there any system issues?

24.)

Are there any functional limitations?

25.)

Has system documentation (paper) been given to the customer?

26.)

Has local physics inspection been completed? (some states/sites


may not allow use of system for patients until this is done)

27.)

Has backup of pristine system been performed? (Patient Data


Base as well as total system backup)

28.)

Field engineer has completed all checklists:

Pre-Installation

Installation checklist

Sign Off

Table 2-1 Installation Checklist

eitconcepts@gmail.com

Chapter 2 - Physical Installation

Page 129

PioneerSM_ENG.book

Page 130

Thursday, October 30, 2014

1:28 PM

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

Section 12.0
Regulatory Tests and Final Steps
12.1

AEC Tests

12.1.1

AEC Maximum MAS

12.1.1.1

Overview
At 50kV or more, exposures shall not exceed 600mAs per exposure.

12.1.1.2

Procedure (50kV)
1.) Select 50 kV, AEC (all three areas selected) and an mA that selects 600mAs.
2.) Position the X-ray tube away from the Ion chamber selected, close collimator blades.
3.) Perform an exposure.
4.) Record the selected mAs and actual mAs. After exposure, mAs will be displayed on the LCD
screen.
Selected mAs ________________
Measured mAs _______________
5.) Verify that the AEC exposure is less than 600 mAs.

AEC Minimum Exposure Time

12.1.2.1

Overview
At 50 kV or more, minimum exposures must be less than 16 msec.or less than the time to deliver 5
mAs, whichever time is greater.

12.1.2.2

Procedure
1.) Align the tube with the image receptor. Lateral Detent ON. Select 50kV, AEC (area 1 selected).
2.) Set the SID to 100 cm.
3.) Remove all phantoms.
4.) Acquire an AEC exposure.
5.) Record the exposure time:
Ion Chamber Area 1 _____________ msec
Ion Chamber Area 2 _____________ msec
Ion Chamber Area 3 _____________ msec
6.) Verify that the exposure time is less than 16 msec, or less than 5 mAs.
7.) Repeat the above procedure for each detector in the system.
Record the exposure time:
Ion Chamber Area 1 _____________ msec
Ion Chamber Area 2 _____________ msec
Ion Chamber Area 3 _____________ msec
8.) Verify that the exposure time is less than 16 msec, or less than 5 mAs.

Page 130

Section 12.0 - Regulatory Tests and Final Steps

eitconcepts@gmail.com

12.1.2

PioneerSM_ENG.book

Page 131

Thursday, October 30, 2014

1:28 PM

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12

12.1.3

Reproducibility Of Exposure

12.1.3.1

12.1.3.2

Overview

For any specific combination of selected technique factors, the estimated coefficient of
variation (CV) of radiation exposures shall be no greater than 0.05. HHS rejection limit is 0.045.

Test Equipment: Radiation meter with integrate mode, 3.8 cm thickness of Aluminum.

Procedure
1.) Align the tube with the image receptor. Lateral Detent ON.
2.) SID = 100 cm.
3.) For Digital table place 3.8 cm aluminum on the table, center in the collimator light.
4.) Center radiation probe 30 cm above the table top.
5.) Collimate to a field size of 13 cm square.
6.) Select 80 kV, AEC mode and mA such that the exposure will be at least 0.1 second long.
7.) Measure the exposure in mR for each of the 10 exposures. After each exposure, recycle the
technique (switch to other values and then return them to the original values). Also vary the
time between exposures to record any filament heating variations.
Test Results:
kV

mA

Time

mR

_______

_______

_______

_______

_______

_______

_______

_______

_______

_______

_______

_______

_______

_______

_______

_______

_______

_______

_______

_______

_______

_______

_______

_______

_______

_______

_______

_______

_______

_______

_______

_______

_______

_______

_______

_______

10

_______

_______

_______

_______

eitconcepts@gmail.com

Exposure #

Coefficient of Variation = ______________ (see formula at the end of this section)


8.) Verify that the coefficient of variation is < 0.045 for AEC exposures.
9.) Repeat the above procedure for each detector on system.
Test Results
Exposure #

kV

mA

Time

mR

_______

_______

_______

_______

_______

_______

_______

_______

_______

_______

_______

_______

_______

_______

_______

_______

_______

_______

_______

_______

_______

_______

_______

_______

_______

_______

_______

_______

_______

_______

_______

_______

Chapter 2 - Physical Installation

Page 131

PioneerSM_ENG.book

Page 132

Thursday, October 30, 2014

1:28 PM

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12
9

_______

_______

_______

_______

10

_______

_______

_______

_______

Coefficient of Variation = ______________ (see formula at the end of this section)


10.) Verify that the coefficient of variation is < 0.045 for AEC exposures.

Calculation for Coefficient of Variation (C.V.):


Formula:

C.V. = s / X(avg.)

where s = sample standard deviation (n-1)

Sample standard deviation (s) can be calculated on a calculator with statistics functions (such
as the TI36Y) as follows:

12.2

Clear the stat register, press (CSR).

Enter the first reading and then press (+). Repeat this step for all readings.

Press (mean) to get X(avg.).

Press sample standard deviation key (n-1).

Enter the results in the formula above.

Final Installation and Admin Tasks


2.) Install all covers on system equipment. (Refer to above for procedure.)
3.) Remove trash, remove installation equipment and tools, clean up room and store service
manuals.
4.) Fill out Product Locator Cards and return them.
Part No.

Page 132

Part Name

5183178

Pioneer console assembly

5180891

Standard integrated table assembly

5183392

Standard integrated tube stand assembly

5189248

Manual collimator

5192454

50kW Tube: Toshiba E7843X

2212259-2

Generator (VR Jedi 50 R1T)

5220653

Platform PDU

5213401

78l 10:1 180cm grid

080-1004

60l 10:1 180cm grid

5198785

40l 10:1 180cm grid

5167409-1

Table ion chamber

5167409-2

Wall stand ion chamber

Section 12.0 - Regulatory Tests and Final Steps

eitconcepts@gmail.com

1.) Ready system for normal customer operation.

PioneerSM_ENG.book

Page 133

Thursday, October 30, 2014

1:28 PM

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12
Part No.
5176556

Part Name
Pioneer system console control board

5.) Record installation time in Service database.

eitconcepts@gmail.com

Chapter 2 - Physical Installation

Page 133

PioneerSM_ENG.book

Page 134

Thursday, October 30, 2014

1:28 PM

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12
This page is intentionally left blank.

eitconcepts@gmail.com

Page 134

Section 12.0 - Regulatory Tests and Final Steps

PioneerSM_ENG.book

Page 135

Thursday, October 30, 2014

1:28 PM

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12

Chapter 3 - Configuraton & Calibration


Section 1.0
Configuration & Calibration List

Section

Content

Page

System Configuration

123

2.2

X-ray Tube Seasoning

124

2.3

Service Software User Guide

139

2.4

Tube Configuration

145

2.5

Receptor Programming

146

2.6

Automated AEC Calibration

151

2.7

CR AEC Calibration

158

2.8

Checksum Validation

160

2.9

Backup and Restore Database Parameters

162

eitconcepts@gmail.com

2.1

Section 2.0
Configuration & Calibration Contents
2.1

System Configuration
During the Application screen, press these two buttons for more than 5sec to switch from
Application screen to Configuration screen. If system is at configuration screen, press these two
buttons to switch from Configuration screen to Application screen. At the configuration screen,
operator can configure the Type of Generator, System Power, Table AEC, Wall Stand, Wall Stand
AEC.
1.) Configure the Generator
Press the Patient View button

to configure that the generator is Jedi or Djinn.

2.) Configure the System Power


Press Receptor button

to configure the system power is 50kW.

3.) Configure Table AEC

Chapter 3 - Configuraton & Calibration

Page 135

PioneerSM_ENG.book

Page 136

Thursday, October 30, 2014

1:28 PM

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12
Press the Patient Size button

to configure that system is with Table AEC or not.

4.) Configure Wallstand


Press the Focus Spot button

to configure if there is Wall-stand.

5.) Configure the Wall-stand AEC


Press the Previous Exp Recall button

to configure if there is Wall-stand AEC.

6.) Configure Dose Display


Press this button

2.2

to configure if console will display the Dose or not.

X-Ray Tube Seasoning

NO EXPOSURES SHALL BE ALLOWED WITHOUT TUBE CURRENT AT A TUBE VOLTAGE


OF MORE THAN 50KV.

2.2.1

Requirements
1.) Use the larger focal spot of the tube, and the seasoning will be done with the circuit specified
in technical data.
2.) The operating tube voltage and current should be monitored all exposures during this
seasoning operation.
3.) The anode rotation should be utilized at normal speed (3000 or 3600 min-1).
4.) Do not exceed either the generator or the tube ratings.
ALL RADIATION SAFETY RULES MUST BE OBSERVED. IN ORDER TO PROTECT
HUMANBODY FROM HARMFUL X-RAY, CLOSE THE COLLIMATOR OR BLOCK THE TUBE
ASSEMBLY RADIATION PORT WITH AT LEAST A SIX (6) MM THICK PIECE OF LEAD.
NO PATIENT OR PERSONNEL IS ALLOWED IN THE ROOM.

2.2.2

Procedure
Effecting exposure at near peak potential and current without prior tube warm up will
damage the tube.
To maximize tube life, perform the following tube seasoning procedure.
1.) Provide continuous input of small tube current (Approx.1 mA) and increase the tube voltage
stepwise according to the time of the Seasoning Schedule at installation (See Figure 3-1).

Page 136

Section 2.0 Configuration & Calibration Contents

eitconcepts@gmail.com

When warming up the tube, always take the precautionary measures to protect personnel from Xray radiation.
When a new x-ray tube is put into operation for the first time or when it has not been in operation
for more than one month, the seasoning procedures Seasoning Schedule at installation (See
Figure 3-1) shall be carried out to assure subsequent trouble-free operation. This procedure
establishes the proper relation to its new environment with the equipment in used. The action
establishes a favorable distribution of the electrical charges and Electrostatic stresses in the
insulation system of the tube and the associated equipment.

PioneerSM_ENG.book

Page 137

Thursday, October 30, 2014

1:28 PM

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12

For any X-ray equipment without the fluoroscopy circuit, perform seasoning of short-time input
from 50 kV.
2.) Use the larger focus, rotate the anode, set the tube current to 50% of the maximum permissible
tube current at maximum tube voltage, apply short-time input once a minute with exposure
time of 0.1s, and increase the tube voltage stepwise.
When unstable, states of the tube current are observed in the course of increasing tube
voltage, reduce the tube voltage to the extent that no variation occurs, and then increase it
more slowly than previously.
3.) Stain like impact traces might appear on the X-ray tube target surface by the slight discharge
in the course of the seasoning.
The phenomena are one process to recover the withstanding voltage performance at that time,
Even if unstable states appear in the course of the seasoning, the stable operation is obtained
at the maximum tube voltage of succeeding seasoning, the tube unit can be used without any
interference to its electrical performance.
(The maximum tube testing voltage must be strictly limited to the maximum rated tube voltage
of the tube unit.)
4.) When the X-ray tube unit is used after a dormant period of a week or more, use the tube unit
after performing the Seasoning Schedule at Starting (See Figure 3-1).
5.) Every day morning, when you start to use X-ray tube, you are requested to warm-up the tube
to your necessary high voltage condition for stabilized equipment operation.
a.) At least 80kV (Step 1) is requested for all operation.
b.) Need voltage up to your necessary daily voltage (Step 2 or higher step).
If discharge happened, re-warm up again under the previous condition.

Steps
(condition)

Voltage
[kV]

Current
[mA]

Focus

Expose Time
[sec.]

Cooling Time after


Exposure [sec.]

Number of
cycle

80

160

Large

0.05

20

100

160

Large

0.05

20

110

160

Large

0.05

20

120

160

Large

0.05

20

over 120 kV
(Note 1)

160

Large

0.05

20

Note 1: If you use over 120 kV, up voltage by 5 kV to your necessary voltage.
6.) After these seasoning operations are completed, the X-ray tube unit can be used in the usual
way.

Chapter 3 - Configuraton & Calibration

Page 137

eitconcepts@gmail.com

c.)

PioneerSM_ENG.book

Page 138

Thursday, October 30, 2014

1:28 PM

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

eitconcepts@gmail.com

Figure 3-1 Seasoning Schedule

Page 138

Section 2.0 Configuration & Calibration Contents

PioneerSM_ENG.book

Page 139

Thursday, October 30, 2014

1:28 PM

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12
Note:

2.3
2.3.1

Please press

and

together to get into HUB Mode.

Service Software User Guide


Supplies
None.

2.3.2

Tools

2.3.3

JEDI service software (the software is a DOS application)


Console R232 cable (5194292)
Computer with floppy or CD drive

Safety Precautions
Not applicable.

2.3.4

Prerequisites
Basic knowledge of PC based computer laptop, DOS and usage of Microsoft WINDOWS.

Personnel

eitconcepts@gmail.com

2.3.5

1 person.

2.3.6

Time
15 minutes.

2.3.7

Procedure

2.3.7.1

Loading service software on service laptop


The Service software is a DOS application. It can operate under DOS or Windows; but for software
download or database backup, it is required to run ASIAN.exe under DOS to avoid
communication problem (with the mouse, click on START, SHUTDOWN, RESTART
COMPUTER UNDER DOS MODE; see Chapter 9 - - Service Tool Job Cards - Section 1.0 Software Download / Upgrade).
To load the software on to the hard drive:

Power ON Service laptop. Under Windows, run the File Manager (Explorer))

Create a new directory (e.g.: JEDISVC) under C:\

Insert the "Service Software" CD delivered with the equipment in the Service Tool set into the
CD drive.

Copy all the files from the CD to your hard drive.


(Double click on A:\, drag and drop on C:\ JEDISVC or whatever name of your directory.)

Double click the file JEDP424B expanding the software to your hard drive.
The service software is installed and ready for use.

2.3.7.2

Using service software


Connect Service terminal as follows:

Use the 9 pin Service cable, Part No 2207478, to connect serial line of Service terminal to
system console.
Chapter 3 - Configuraton & Calibration

Page 139

PioneerSM_ENG.book

Page 140

Thursday, October 30, 2014

1:28 PM

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

Switch on the Service terminal.

To run the program:


Under Windows:
Exit Windows. Restart computer in MS-DOS mode.
Select Disk Drive from where you want to run the program: C: [enter]
Change to the new directory
Type: "ASIAN" [enter] to run the program
The following screen appears:

Power ON the generator.


Press function key F1.
The following screen appears:

Page 140

Section 2.0 Configuration & Calibration Contents

eitconcepts@gmail.com

PioneerSM_ENG.book

Page 141

Thursday, October 30, 2014

1:28 PM

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12

The software will load the help screen information contained in Asiane .msg file.

Wait or press space bar to jump to screen.


The Application screen will appear:
"English text Version 1.2" is displayed 5 sec.,
then display shows the last used parameters.

2.3.7.3

If the serial line to the generator is not operating (e.g.: cable not correctly connected, I/F or kV
Control board down, Generator not ready or powered OFF), further screens will not be
displayed and no function keys will operate. Correct this problem before continuing.

Typical screen description


1
2
3

1 : Area for Parameters, Error codes. Controlled by JEDI Software.


Display of exposure parameters setup in Application mode, depending on technique selection: kV,
mAs, mA, Exposure time. (max. number of exposure in sequence, not used on Rad product.)
Specific display in Maintenance Mode (Alt S or Alt D).
Chapter 3 - Configuraton & Calibration

Page 141

eitconcepts@gmail.com

Note:

PioneerSM_ENG.book

Page 142

Thursday, October 30, 2014

1:28 PM

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12

2 : Status area. Displayed by Service Software, Enlighten or blinking key controlled by JEDI
Software.
Display of function keys usable with menu displayed. Commands are remembered in help area:
Right arrow: Increase kV

Left arrow: Reduce kV

F1: Set 2 points mode


F2: Set 3 points mode
F3: Increase mA or mAs (3 points or 2 points)

F4: Decrease mA or mAs (3 points or 2 points)

F5: Increase Exposure Time

F6: Decrease Exposure Time

F9: Darkness correction + (w/t AEC Cell)

F0 (F10): Darkness correction - (w/t AEC Cell)

Lit when thermal limit is reached

Lit when ready for exposure

Error or impossible selection Lit


during exposure
Lit during exposure

3 : Select Technique, Screen film pairs, AEC cell, ...

1...4: Select workstation, whenever programmed in service menu TECH.


0: select Large focus

9: select Small focus

A, B, C: Select screen film pair (Whenever programmed)


A: Slow speed

B: Medium speed

C: High speed

D, E, F: Select cell in AEC (Whenever programmed)


D: Left cell

E: Central cell

F: Right cell

R: to Reset whenever error occurs

U: Toggle fast or normal kV change.

Z: to display in area (1) the measured exposure parameters when "DISP" in menu 5 is set ON.
APR valid: enlighten when the display in area (1) is valid for recording in Customized protocols.
(Not used in RAD)
4 : Area for Static Help, related to screen in Service Mode.
Displayed by Service Software.

Page 142

Section 2.0 Configuration & Calibration Contents

eitconcepts@gmail.com

Keys always displayed, but will be active depending on configuration and technique selection.
Includes help command.

PioneerSM_ENG.book

Page 143

Thursday, October 30, 2014

1:28 PM

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12

SELECTING MAINTENANCE AND APPLICATION MODE; MAJOR KEYS


FROM

PROCEDURE

TO

APPLICATION MODE

Type <ALT> - <S > (Together)

SETUP/MAINTENANCE
MODEMENU 3

APPLICATION MODE

Type <ALT> - <D > (Together)

SETUP/MAINTENANCE
MODELAST MENU OR
SUB-MENU selected.

SETUP/MAINTENANCE
MODE

From any menu, type <R > (several


times if necessary) or <Q >

APPLICATION MODE

[Q]

Return to application mode

[R]

Return to a higher level menu

[W]

Validate

[ALT] & [S] (Together)

Calibration mode (Menu 3)

[ALT] & [D]

Calibration mode (Last menu called)

] and [

In maintenance mode, to move through menus

[F1] to [F0]

Function keys with action based on context.

Other keys

Based on context. Main function recalled in the screen and also


in sections wherever used.

Type [ALT] & [S] (Together) to go to Maintenance Menus (MENU 3)

Type [

Figure 3-2 shows the relationship between the Maintenance Mode menus and the function
keys used to access those menus.
To return to a higher level, key in [R]

] and [

] keys to select a menu.

The darkened menus are used for Generator and room setup (Configuration and Calibration):
menu 3, 4, 5.
Menu 3 is used to Configure the system
Menu 4 is used to calibrate AEC mode (Automatic Exposure Control)
Menu 5 is used to perform Checksum
Menu 1 is used to perform generator test and diagnostics.
Menu 2 is used to enter Date and Time, view/clear error log, and view/clear tube and generator
recorded tracking Data.

Chapter 3 - Configuraton & Calibration

Page 143

eitconcepts@gmail.com

SERVICE MENU TREE BREAKDOWN

PioneerSM_ENG.book

Page 144

Thursday, October 30, 2014

1:28 PM

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12

MENU 1

[F1]

[F3]

HEAT

[F5]
HIGH

ANOD

AUTO,
3,4,5

[F3]

GATE
CD
Tst

ShC
INV
Tst

[F5]

LIST

MENU 3

AEC

AUTO,
3k, 9k
NoLD

MENU 2

[F7]

[F7]

NEXP

DATE

[F1]

[F5]

TECH

MODE

[F7]

[F5]
AEC

[F1]

MENU 5

[F3]
KG

KVEF

CAL

[F5]
KTIME

[F1]

CKS

KF

[F7]

RAMS

[F1]

[F9]

Vx Px.x

DSPL

[F3]
MCL

Figure 3-2 Service Menu Tree Breakdown


SUB-MENU SUMMARY DESCRIPTION
1.) Configuration - MENU3
TECH: programming workstation, technique parameters.
MODE: Select Renard or Normal scale for kV selection.
Calibration - MENU4
AEC: To set parameters if known, or modify them manually.
CAL: To calibrate Automatic Exposure Control, for each AEC chamber and Screen-film
combination.
Page 144

Section 2.0 Configuration & Calibration Contents

eitconcepts@gmail.com

MENU 4

PioneerSM_ENG.book

Page 145

Thursday, October 30, 2014

1:28 PM

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12
(See 2.6 - Automatic AEC Calibration)
2.) Ram - MENU5
RAMS: NVRAm operation & display:
Note:

CKSM: To update Checksum after configuration, calibration, parameter change. (See 2.8
- Checksum Validation)
MCLR: Clear NVRam memory. Normally not to be used, unless specifically instructed.
Do not use if Data Base backup has not been performed previously.
Vx Px.x: Display generator software version (e.g. P3.3)

DSPL: In Maintenance Mode, to display parameter after exposure using key [Z]
3.) Utilities - MENU2
LIST: To display last recorded error codes (up to 64)
-

Last error is viewed with Date and Time


Function keys allow to scroll down and up
[Z] to get back to the last recorded error
Same consecutive error are counted Up in the same line
[^H ], and [W] to clear error log

NEXP: To view/clear tube and generator recorded tracking Data. Clear must be performed
only when replacing X-Ray tube. Meaning of each parameter is found in Chapter 9 - - Service
Tool Job Cards - Section 2.0 - Tube Replacement Software Procedure.
DATE: To enter / modify the date and time.
4.) Diagnostics - MENU1
-

Auto: run fixed current on both filament (if 2 filaments) in sequence on selected tube (If
more than 1).
L or S: run 3, 4, or 5 Amps on Large or Small Focus.

ANOD: To exercise Rotor function.


-

Auto: run rotation cycle in Low Speed then High Speed (If allowed by configuration) on
selected tube. (If more than 1)
3k: run one cycle acceleration, hold, break in Low Speed on selected tube (If more than 1)
9k: run one cycle acceleration, hold, break in High Speed (If allowed by configuration) on
selected tube (If more than 1)

HIGH: To exercise High Voltage function.


Note:
Note:

NoLD: To troubleshoot HV problem, without mA nor rotation with or without X-Ray tube.
Test is run from 80 to max. kV, adjustable from 1 to 60 sec.
Gate CD Test: to verify operation of the gate command board on the Inverter. Test is run
during 10 sec. At 0 kV.
Requires manual set up. Read related information in diagnostics section.
ShC INV Tst: To verify operation of inverter with inverter in short circuit. Test is run during
100 msec. At 0 kV.
Requires manual set up. Read related information in diagnostics section.

AEC: To verify operation of AEC board. Refer to diagnostics section.

2.4
2.4.1

Tube Configuration
Supplies
None.

Chapter 3 - Configuraton & Calibration

Page 145

eitconcepts@gmail.com

HEAT: To exercise Heater/filament function.

PioneerSM_ENG.book

Page 146

Thursday, October 30, 2014

1:28 PM

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12

2.4.2

Tools

2.4.3

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

JEDI service software (the software is a DOS application)


Console R232 cable (5194292)
Computer with floppy or CD drive

Safety Precautions
Not applicable.

2.4.4

Prerequisites
The service terminal must be configured and software installed (refer to 2.3 - Service Software User
Guide).

2.4.5

Personnel
1 person.

2.4.6

Time
15 minutes.

2.4.7

Procedure
Load software according to tube present in the installation
A database is available on the JEDI Service Software supplied in Service Tools:

for 50 kW tube: Type E7843X


File = E7843_R?.mx (? means the current revision)
Load the file corresponding to the tube present in the installation from Service Terminal. Refer to
2.9 - Backup and Restore Database Parameters.

2.4.7.2

Verify
According to the tube used in the installation, verify if 50 kW database loaded for tube E7843X

The maximum mA displayed on the console must be 630 mA for 80 kV.


The word "Workstation" is incorrectly used and displayed in the JEDI software screens.
"Workstation" actually refers to the word "Receptor".

2.5
2.5.1

Receptor Programming
Supplies
None.

2.5.2

Tools

2.5.3

JEDI service software (the software is a DOS application)


Console R232 cable (5194292)
Computer with floppy or CD drive

Safety Precautions
The JEDI is factory preprogrammed. Therefore, even if the data appears to correspond to the preprogramming, it must be confirmed. For example, AEC enable, wall bucky enable must be
confirmed.

Page 146

Section 2.0 Configuration & Calibration Contents

eitconcepts@gmail.com

2.4.7.1

PioneerSM_ENG.book

Page 147

Thursday, October 30, 2014

1:28 PM

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12

2.5.4

Prerequisites
Service terminal must be configured and software installed. Refer to 2.3 - Service Software User
Guide.

2.5.5

Personnel
1 person.

2.5.6

Time
15 minutes.

2.5.7

Procedure

2.5.7.1

Introduction
Receptor programming uses function keys indicated on screen for the following :

receptor select,

tube select,

define nominal number of exposures for 2-point mode operation,

AEC : types of chamber and number of pickup fields in each,

Screen-film combination select, (if only one Select A).

Calling the subroutine

eitconcepts@gmail.com

2.5.7.2

Call TECH (setup mode, menu 3, function key [F1]).

MENU3 TECH
->

MODE
F5

F1

<-

R : Return

Q : Exit

**************
TECH :
MODE :

MENU3

**************

Select Workstation
Renard

Figure 3-3 Setup Mode, Menu 3

2.5.7.3
Note:

Parameter selection
Any new parameters created must be stored in the installation report (same as Illustration 3).
1.) Receptor Selection
OFF

No selection
Chapter 3 - Configuraton & Calibration

Page 147

PioneerSM_ENG.book

Page 148

Thursday, October 30, 2014

1:28 PM

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12
SPE *

Anatomic (for RF room)

DIR*

Anatomic (for RAD room)

POMU

Wall-mounted Bucky (i.e. SG50 or SG70)

SETE

Spot-film device technique on remote-controlled table (i.e. Prestilix 1600)

TOPO

Tomography Bucky

TOSE

Tomography spot-film device technique

POTA

Table-mounted Bucky

PULM

Pulmorapid

CHAN

Film changer

TOCO

Special tomographic applications

SECO

Spot-film device technique on conventional table

NUME

Digital mode

TONU

Digital tomography

Use the [

] and [

] keys to select.

* For RAD
TECH 1 = DIR
TECH 2 = POTA (TABLE BUCKY with moving grid) or DIR (if fixed grid).
TECH 3 = POMU (with moving grid) or DIR (if fixed grid) or OFF (if no Wall Bucky).
Tube

Tomo tech & time

Nominal number
of exposures In
2-point mode

Type of AEC

Figure 3-4 Receptor Menu


2.) Tube Selection
T1 Tube 1 only
3.) Select the number of nominal exposures for 2-point mode operation.
Page 148

Section 2.0 Configuration & Calibration Contents

eitconcepts@gmail.com

Receptor

PioneerSM_ENG.book

Page 149

Thursday, October 30, 2014

1:28 PM

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12
Suggested values are given below:
DIR N = 2

POTA N = 2

POMU N = 2
Use function keys [F5] and [F6] to select.
4.) Selection of Exposure Chamber
IN1

Ionization chamber 1 (for Table Bucky Receptor POTA).

IN2

Ionization chamber 2 (for Wall Bucky Receptor on - POMU).

Select AEC in or out using function keys [F7] et [F8]. Each chamber corresponds to a specific
technique, i.e. POMU and POTA.
5.) Control Console Function Key assignment
Function keys are assigned using the alphanumeric keyboard ([1] corresponds to function key
1, etc., up to 8). Use the shift key for numbers 0 to 9.
With the RAD Console only four techniques are available.
The technique selected is shown in reverse video in zone 3.
6.) Selection of screen-film combination used
Keys [A], [B] and [C] are used to select the first, second and third screen-film combinations,
respectively.
The combination selected is displayed in reverse video in zone 2.
Press the key again to cancel a selection.
One combination is always selected. Select Key A for the RAD used screen film combination.
The number of pickup fields of the exposure chamber selected for AEC Mode with ionizing
chamber or II must be keyed in:
[D] middle pick-up field (one),
[F] three pick-up fields.
The number of pick-up fields is displayed in reverse video in zone 3.
8.) Validation
Use [W] to validate all values for a given function appearing on the screen.

2.5.7.4

Renard or normal scale for kv selection


1.)
2.)
3.)
4.)

2.5.7.5

Go to Service Mode, and call Menu 3 using the arrows on the keyboard.
Call MODE by pressing F5.
Select NORMAL or RENARD Scale by pressing F5.
Hit W to confirm.

Date & Time


To enter the Date and Time:
1.) Go to Service Mode, and call Menu 2 using the arrows on the keyboard.
2.) Call DATE by pressing F7.
3.) Enter date (MM DD YYYY) via numeric keypad.
4.) Hit W to confirm.
5.) Hit F1.
6.) Enter time (HH MM) via numeric keypad.
7.) Hit W to confirm.
When replacing the battery in the CPU Board, clear the year-counter display on the righthand side
via F7 and F9 to confirm.
Chapter 3 - Configuraton & Calibration

Page 149

eitconcepts@gmail.com

7.) Selection of Number of Pickup Fields

PioneerSM_ENG.book

Page 150

Thursday, October 30, 2014

1:28 PM

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12

Anytime programming is modified, checksum must be validated (refer to 2.8 - Checksum


Validation).

RECEPTOR SELECT
1

RECEPTOR

DIR

POTA

POMU

OFF

OFF

OFF

OFF

OFF

TUBE

T1

T1

T1

NUMBER
OFEXPOSURES
IN
2-POINT
MODE

TOMOGRAPHIC
UNIT USED:
Y1
T1
Y2
T2
Y3
T3
Y4
T4
Y5
T5

TYPE
CHAMBER

OUT

IN1

IN2

No

No

No

OF

eitconcepts@gmail.com

FUNCTION

mA
PLATEAUTIME
FOR1-POINT
MODE
EXTERNAL
RECEPTORCO
MMAND*
SCREEN-FILM
COMBINATION
S
1
2
3
NUMBER
OFPICKUPFIELDS

MODE

RENARD OR NORMAL kV SELECTION

Number of cells usedin


AEC

Table 3-1 Receptor Parameters (Example for RAD with Wall Bucky and two ionisation
chambers)

Page 150

Section 2.0 Configuration & Calibration Contents

PioneerSM_ENG.book

Page 151

Thursday, October 30, 2014

1:28 PM

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12

2.6

Automatic AEC Calibration

2.6.1

Supplies
None.

2.6.2

Tools

Sensitometer
Densitometer
Set of five plexiglass plates (5 cm x 25 cm x 25 cm)
For 5 cm, it is 2 inches
OR

2.6.3

A plastic bucket with a minimum height of 25 cm (for water)


JEDI service software (the software is a DOS application)
Console R232 cable (5194292)
Computer with floppy or CD drive

Safety precautions
Standard precautions for work with ionizing radiation.

2.6.4

Personnel

2.6.5

eitconcepts@gmail.com

1 person.

Time
1 hour.

2.6.6

Prerequisites

2.6.7

Working knowledge of service terminal and installed software,


Service terminal must be configured and software installed,
Workstation configuration done,
AEC option must be installed.

PROCEDURE

2.6.7.1

Development equipment
CHECK DEVELOPMENT EQUIPMENT

Note:

Check that the automatic processor is available


Check that solution concentrations and temperatures comply with the manufacturer's
specifications.

Plot a sensitometrics curve to determine the gamma value of the film and to assess solution
quality.

All the gray scale levels should be visible, and the base fog should not exceed 0.2 for the
development equipment to be correct.
This procedure normally requires a sensitometer. If this is not available, proceed as follows:

Run 2 exposures, using the same screen-film combination but with different mAs settings,
mAs(f1) and mAs(f2).

Develop and measure the density d of each, d(f1) and d(f2). (Measured optical densities must
be between 1.0 and 2.0)
Chapter 3 - Configuraton & Calibration

Page 151

PioneerSM_ENG.book

Page 152

Thursday, October 30, 2014

1:28 PM

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12

Use the formula below to determine gamma:


Gamma = ( d(f2) - d(f1) ) / log10 (mAs(f2)/mAs (f1))

2.6.7.2

If gamma is not between 2 and 3 change or renew the solution

Preliminary Remarks
1.)

All calibrations must be performed with a source to image receptor distance between 0.8m
and 1.2m.
2.) Center the phantom over the middle pickup tube field.
3.) A calibration procedure has to be performed for each combination of ionization chamber and
screen-film.
4.) If the same screen-film combinations are used for several ionization chambers (e.g.
positionner and bucky), adjust the positionner chamber first, and adust KG only for the other
chambers.
For known screen-film combination or ionization chamber, KVEF, KT and KG could be entered with
MENU4 AEC (F5 key). Refer to 2.3 - Service Software User Guide.

2.6.7.3

Principle
The automation of this calibration is to use the optical density entered after one exposure or four
exposures to predict and propose the parameter for the next exposures. This leads to a reduction
in the number of exposures to run to find mAs, kV and reference AEC for a given optical density.

eitconcepts@gmail.com

INIT
KVEF acquisition screen

Select ionization chamber


Select screen-film combination

Run kvef calibration


Select screen-film combination
If needed run
Ktime calibration

Run kvef calibration


If needed run
Ktime calibration

If needed run
Format calibration

other screen-film ?
(2more possible)
No
Other ionization chamber ?
(3 more possible)

other screen-film ?

Yes

Yes

No
Yes
Select ionization chamber

No
Run grid calibration

Other ionization chamber ?

Yes

No
END

Page 152

Section 2.0 Configuration & Calibration Contents

PioneerSM_ENG.book

Page 153

Thursday, October 30, 2014

1:28 PM

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12
Note:

Note:

2.6.7.4

If an error occurs during exposure, reset by pressing key Z - redo the exposure.

To redo an exposure after entering the optical density, enter "o" for optical density and redo
the exposure.

To clear optical density, press and hold down the CTRL key, press the H key and enter the
new optical density.
You should back-up the database after all calibration have been done. Refer to 2.9 - Backup and
Restore Database Parameters.

KVEF Adjustment
INITIALIZATION
KVEF is the main compensation coefficient for film darkening : its value varies significantly with kV
The MENU4 F7 key of the laptop service enters the calibration menu.

AEC1 1 0,00V L 80kV 10m As 15cm

OD= 0,00

O ptical
Ionization Exposure AEC
Focus Kilovolt m As Plexi or
Density
Cham ber Num ber Reference
W ater
Thickness

KVEF PARAMETER ACQUISITION


Refer to the flow diagrams in Figure 3-5, Figure 3-6 and Figure 3-7.
Press Key F7 in Menu 4
Choose screen film to be calibrated with Key A, B or C
Key A, B or C flickers

Operator : Enter a targeted optical


density (generally 1), with key T
and validate with W key

A
Figure 3-5 KVEF Parameter Acquisition Flow Diagram

Chapter 3 - Configuraton & Calibration

Page 153

eitconcepts@gmail.com

In this step, the available keys have the following function :

<- or -> keys to select the ionization chamber to be calibrated

F1/F2 keys to select the exposure number

F3/F4 keys to select the focus (generally Large Focus)

F5/F6 keys to select the kV

F7/F8 keys to select the mAs in Renard scale

F9/F10 keys to select plexi or water thickness

0 to 9 keys to enter the optical density (target or measured)

A, B or C key to select screen film type(slow, medium, fast) (if only one screen-film, select A
key)
T key to select and modify target density
The first proposed exposure is 80kV, 10mAs, 15cm of plexi or water thickness. Exposure time is
calculated to be closest as possible from 100ms, according to the thermal status.
The selected screen/film key flicker.

PioneerSM_ENG.book

Page 154

Thursday, October 30, 2014

1:28 PM

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12

A
Software : first kV step 80kV or next kV step (selected by Key F5-F6
(steps are 80kV, 100kV, max kV, 40kV and 60kV)
Operator : Start a serie of exposures for this kV step
Keys a & B are flickering
Software : thickness proposal for the serie
Operator : Insert plexi thickness in the XRAY beam

Software : mAs proposal


(Operator : Can modify mAs according
to the sensitivity/mAs chart)
Operator : Insert casset (24x30) in spot film

Operator : Perform exposure


Operator : After having performed the
exposure, process the film and
measure the resultant optical density
eitconcepts@gmail.com

Operator : Enter the resultant optical density


for each exposure and validate with W key

Software :Try to calculate mAs0 for targeted optical


density. When found, with previous exposure
recorded, V key flickers and screen film keylights ON
NO

Is V flickering ?

YES
Operator : Valid the kV step with V key when flickered

Operator : Display final values kvref, kV,


mAS, thickness, target optical density
NO

Screen key light on?

YES

Figure 3-6 KVEF Parameter Acquisition Flow Diagram (Continued)

Page 154

Section 2.0 Configuration & Calibration Contents

PioneerSM_ENG.book

Page 155

Thursday, October 30, 2014

1:28 PM

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12

B
End of kvef calibration. If first screen-film
calibration , select, if needed, time

See descriptions of time and grid


calibrations below

next screen-film calibration

Figure 3-7 KVEF Parameter Acquisition Flow Diagram (Continued)

Note:

2.) When the optical densities have been entered, the software calculate the parameters for the
next exposure regarding the result of the previous ones (AEC signal from ionization chamber
and optical density).
3.) The operator should run the next exposure proposed by the software, develop the film and
measure the optical density. The operator then selects the exposure number with F1/F2 keys
and enters the associated read optical density with the keypad, and validates it with the W key.
The software records the AEC signal from the ionization chamber. At each optical density
entered, the software evaluates if those values permit it to find the mAs0, which provides the
target density for this screen-film combination and the kV. When the mAs0 is found, the
software calculates the KVEF associated, then the V key starts to flicker to ask the operator to
validate the calibration by pressing the V keystroke.
4.) Select another kV and repeat the previous operation for all kV steps
Don't forget to change the phantom thickness when changing kV settings!
When all kV values are calibrated, the software extend the result and calculates the equivalent mAs
(for an optical density equal to the target value) to the kV,mA plan.
At the end of the first screen-film KVEF calibration , the operator selects the KT time calibration with
the V key after the V key has been illuminated.
K TIME PARAMETER ACQUISITION (EXPOSURE TIME CORRECTION)

AEC1 1 0,00V L 80kV 10mAs 15cm OD= 0,00


Ionization Exposure AEC
Focus Kilovolt mAs Plexi or Water Optical
Chamber Number Reference
Thickness Density

In this step, the available keys have the following function :

F1/F2 keys to select the exposure number

0 to 9 keys to enter the optical density (target or measured)


The operator could by-pass this calibration in depressing V key again.
The software uses the KVEF calibration to find the thickness for the first KTIME exposures : if the
mAs for 80kV, 15cm of plexi or water thickness are lower than 32mAs, the software calculates the
necessary plexi or water thickness to obtain more than 32 mAs. The calculated plexi or water
thickness is displayed.

Chapter 3 - Configuraton & Calibration

Page 155

eitconcepts@gmail.com

Note:

1.) Press T key and input Destination Density, then validates it with W key. Pressing T key
deselect Destination Density. Run the first exposures proposed by the software, develop the
films and measure the optical density. For each exposure, the software records the AEC signal
from the ionization chamber. The operator then selects the exposure number with F1/F2 keys,
enters the associated read optical density with key pad, and validates it with W key.
There is no Beep during the exposure! The laptop Icon will light during X-ray.

PioneerSM_ENG.book

Page 156

Thursday, October 30, 2014

1:28 PM

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12

1.) Set the plexi or water thickness indicated on the Service Terminal display
2.) Run the proposed exposures (0.5s) develop the film and measure the optical density for each
image. The operator then selects the exposure number with F1/F2/ keys, and enters the
associated read optical density with key pad, and validates it with W key. Repeat the operation
for the other proposed exposures (1s, 2s, 3.2s)
3.) If the mAs for 80kV, 15cm of plexi or water thickness is greater than 2.5mAs, the software
calculates the necessary plexi or water thickness to obtain less than 2.5 mAs. The calculated
plexi or water thickness is displayed..
4.) Set the the plexi or water thickness indicated on the Service Terminal display
5.) Run the proposed exposure (10ms), develop the film, measure the optical density, enter and
validate the value with W key.
The software calculate Ktime parameters.
6.) The operator validates the Ktime calibration with V key. For the first screen-film calibration, the
software then proposes the KF calibration. By_pass it with V key again.
KG PARAMETER ACQUISITION (GRID CORRECTION)
This KG procedure has to be followed if the same film/screen combination is used on the second
ionisation chamber.
If no second ionization chamber is present, press key R (end of calibration).
For a multiple ionization chamber, the operator runs the previous calibration (KVEF, KTIME for each
film screen combination for one ionization chamber) and runs the KG calibration for the other
ionization.

0.00V L 80kV xx mAs 15cm OD = 0,00

Ionization AEC
Focus Kilovolt
Chamber Reference

mAs Plexi or Water Optical density


Thickness

In this step, the available keys have the following function :

0 to 9 keys to enter the optical density.


STEP 1

Select the ionization chamber with the arrow keys (AEC2).

Set the SID at the same distance used for KVEF on AEC1. If not possible, go to STEP 3.
STEP 2

Run the proposed exposure, develop the film, measure the optical density and enter the value
with keys 0 to 9.

Repeat the same operations for the next proposed exposures until the V key flickers.

When the V key flickers, press the V key (end of calibration).

Press the R key.


STEP 3

Hit key R and return to Application Mode.

Put 15 cm plexiglass in front of Wall Stand (AEC2)

Set 2 Point Mode

Set KV to 80

For mAs :
Calculate the mAs according to :
mAs = mAs0 * (SID)2
mAs0 => mAs at 80 kV for AEC1 found during Autocalibration
Page 156

Section 2.0 Configuration & Calibration Contents

eitconcepts@gmail.com

AEC2

PioneerSM_ENG.book

Page 157

Thursday, October 30, 2014

1:28 PM

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12
SID = new SID
Example:

mAs0 = 5mAs SID = 1.4


mAs = 5 * (!.4)2 = 10 mAs
Set mAs to 16 for backup.

Run exposure in AEC

Develop the film and measure the density

If the density is not equal to 1, go to MENU 4 AEC (F5)

Select KG (Key F3)

Select Grille 2 (Key F5/F6)

Enter a KG parameter :
If density is greater than 1, decrease KG value
If density is smaller than 1, increase KG value

Redo the same exposure and correct KG if density is not equal to 1.


CHECKSUM VALIDATION
The checksum must be validated at the end of the calibration. See 2.8 - Checksum Validation.
AEC REPETITION TEST
Make a series of 10 exposures in 2-point AEC (exposure time : aproximatively 10ms) and check
mAs accuracy (+/-10%) for each exposure.
eitconcepts@gmail.com

SET KVEF, KT, KG


Call the AEC menu (setup mode, menu4, function key [F5]).

AEC

KVEF KG KTIME

KF

SET KVEF

Use the function key F1 to select sub-routine KVEF.

AECV 40KV 1
KV step

a.bc

screen-film
combination
1,2 or 3

KVEF

Select screen-film combination with A, B or C keys.


Select kV step 40, 60, 80, 100, or kVmax with F3/F4 keys.
Set KVEF to known value with key pad.
Validate each new setting with W key.
Press the R key when settings have been completed.

SET KT

Use function key F5 to select sub-routine KG.

Chapter 3 - Configuraton & Calibration

Page 157

PioneerSM_ENG.book

Page 158

Thursday, October 30, 2014

1:28 PM

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12

AEC T N = 0 T = 0.5 1 a.bc


Time step #

Time

screen-film
combination
1,2 or 3

KTIME

Use the following keys to select the screen-film combination : A for combination 1, B for
combination 2, C for combination3. The screen-film combination selected is displayed in
reverse video.
Select time step number with F1/F2 keys. (N = 0 T = 10ms, N = 1 T = 100ms, N = 2 T = 500,
N = 3 T = 1s, N = 4 T = 2s, N = 5 T = 3.2s).
If necessary, select time with F3/F4 keys.
Set KTIME to the known value with F9/F10 keys.
Validate each new setting with the W key.
Press the R key when the settings have been completed.

SET KG

Use the function key F3 to select sub-routine KG.

AEC G GRILLE 1 KG = a.b

KG 0.8 to 2

Use the function keys F5/F6 to scroll grid (grid number corresponds to the ionization chamber
number). Set KG to the known value using F9/F10 keys
Validate each new setting with the W key
Press the R key when settings have been completed.

CHECKSUM VALIDATION
The checksum must be validated after settings have been completed; refer to 2.8 - Checksum
Validation.

2.7
2.7.1

CR AEC Calibration
Systems with CR Filming Only
Usually, a CR system does not require any compensation, so you can set all the values to 1.

2.7.1.1

Program Generator with Default CR Parameters


1.) Enter Generator service mode. Select MENU 4, AEC.
2.) Select the proper film - screen to calibrate.

Example:
A: SCR1

B: SCR2

C: SCR3

3.) Program the generator with the following default values for KVEF, KG, KTIME, and KF.

Page 158

Section 2.0 Configuration & Calibration Contents

eitconcepts@gmail.com

grid no (from 1 to 4)

PioneerSM_ENG.book

Page 159

Thursday, October 30, 2014

1:28 PM

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12
Menu 4

F1 KVEF

Default KVEF Values

40 kV

60 kV

80 kV

100 kV

125 kV

Max kV

(how the film responds to kV)

Menu 4

F5 AEC

F3 KG

Default KG Values

Grille 1

Grille 2

Grille 3

Grille 4

(overall density adjustments)

(table)

(chestand)

Menu 4

F5 AEC

F5 KTIME

Default KVEF Values

N0

N1

N2

N3

N4

N5

(how the film respoonds to


Time)

10

100

500

1000

2000

3200

1.00

1.00

1.00

1.00

1.00

1.00

F5 AEC

F9 KF

Default KVEF Values

3 thru 16

(collimator size compensation)

4.)
5.)
6.)
7.)

eitconcepts@gmail.com

Menu 4

2.7.1.2

F5 AEC

Go to MENU 5, select F7 and turn display ON using F1.


Go to MENU 5 and run CHECKSUM.
Exit service mode into applications by pressing "R" on the laptop several times.
Perform the "CR Dose Adjustment" procedure below.

CR Dose Adjustment
Refer to the specific CR service manuals for specific details.
1.) Set up the system to measure dose to the CR cassette.
2.) Make an exposure and record the dose.
3.) Adjust the KG parameter to get the desired dose (the desired dose may need determined by
Operators or CR supplier).

2.7.2

System with Film and CR Filming Combined


If the system will be used with both Film and CR at the same time, then please keep the AEC
calibration data for Film.
If the dose for CR is not proper, the "+" and "-" button on the console can be used to increase or
decrease the dose.

Chapter 3 - Configuraton & Calibration

Page 159

PioneerSM_ENG.book

Page 160

Thursday, October 30, 2014

1:28 PM

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12

2.7.3

Final Adjustment

2.7.3.1

Disable Unused Film-Screen


Program the generator to disable all unused film-screen combinations.
Menu 3
F1 TECH

Example:

If you calibrated SCREEN 2 only, disable SCREEN 1 and SCREEN 3.


If you calibrated Film and CR, disable the unused screen.

2.7.3.2

Perform Checksum
Refer to 2.8 - Checksum Validation:
Menu 5
F1 RAMS

2.7.3.3

F1 and V at the same time

Save Memory
Back up the generator database.
First service screen F6
Save Memory
The file can be named, but it must be in the DOS format.
Default name:

SV_VAR.MX

Acceptable name:

xxxxxxxx.MX (8 characters max.MX)

Save the file on the laptop hard drive.


Copy the file to the site floppy.

2.8.1

Checksum Validation
Supplies
None.

2.8.2

Tools

2.8.3

JEDI service software (the software is a DOS application)


Console R232 cable (5194292)
Computer with floppy or CD drive

Safety Precautions
Not applicable.

2.8.4

Prerequisites
Service terminal must be configured and software installed (refer to 2.3 - Service Software User
Guide.

2.8.5

Personnel
1 person.

2.8.6

Time
5 minutes.

Page 160

Section 2.0 Configuration & Calibration Contents

eitconcepts@gmail.com

2.8

PioneerSM_ENG.book

Page 161

Thursday, October 30, 2014

1:28 PM

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12

2.8.7

PROCEDURE

2.8.7.1

Note:
Note:

2.8.7.2

Preliminary Remarks
Checksums must be validated at end of generator setup or whenever a parameter is changed.
In the checksum validation process, the processor computes a number which is a function of all the
setup parameters. When the generator is powered up, this number is computed, i.e. the sum is
"checked".
If the two numbers differ, the generator displays an error code, indicating that one or more
parameters have been changed since the last time the sums were checked, or that a RAM-related
fault has occurred.
X-ray generation is inhibited if there is a checksum error.
The display Va.b on menu 5 is for the software version in the CPU board EPROMS.

Checksum Validation
Call RAMS (setup mode, menu 5, function key [F1].

eitconcepts@gmail.com

Resulting display:

RAMS

CKSM

MCLR

Enter function key [F1] and [V] simultaneously.


A buzzer will sound, indicating that the sums have been checked and OK on display screen.
MCLR is used to erase all setup parameters. Function key [F3] corresponding to this function
should not be used.

Chapter 3 - Configuraton & Calibration

Page 161

PioneerSM_ENG.book

Page 162

Thursday, October 30, 2014

1:28 PM

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12

2.9
2.9.1

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

Backup and Restore Database Parameters


Supplies
None.

2.9.2

Tools

2.9.3

JEDI service software (the software is a DOS application)


Console R232 cable (5194292)
Computer with floppy or CD drive

Safety Precautions
Not applicable.

2.9.4

Prerequisites
1.) The service terminal must be configured and the software installed (refer to 2.3 - Service
Software User Guide).
2.) All calibrations must have been completed.

2.9.5

Personnel
1 person.

Time
15 minutes.

2.9.7

Applicability
Setup parameters must be logged after the setup procedure has been completed, or whenever
these parameters are changed. This enables service engineers to key in parameters rapidly, i.e.
when changing the KV Control Board in the event of a battery outage.

2.9.8

Procedure

2.9.8.1

CPU memory backup


The generator must be in application mode. The control console push buttons will be inactive during
the transfer.

Connect service terminal to system console.

Power up.

Insert the calibration CD disk with write protection off.

From Laptop Dos, A: (It can also be run from Service Laptop Hard Disk Drive but in DOS
mode).

Type JEDI on the terminal.

Hit [F6] to save memory.


The system asks for a file name. Default file name is A:\sv_var.mx.

Type a file name or hit [ENTER].


During transfer, the number of frames sent is displayed.
When transfer ends, the message "Transfer successful" is displayed.
If any error is detected, the transfer stops and an error message is displayed.
See list of error messages in this section.

Page 162

Section 2.0 Configuration & Calibration Contents

eitconcepts@gmail.com

2.9.6

PioneerSM_ENG.book

Page 163

Thursday, October 30, 2014

1:28 PM

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12

2.9.8.2

Note:

2.9.8.3

CPU memory restore


All parameters stored in CPU NVRAM memory must have been saved previously on calibration CD
disk.
The procedure is the same as "Memory backup" except: Hit [F7] to restore memory.
This procedure is also used to down load new software (File type for Database or Software is
automaticaly recognised).
Errors during memory restore may cause unpredictable results. A new transfer is required.
If generator is locked, cycle power and repeat the entire memory restore procedure.

Error messages

MESSAGE

2.10.1

Cannot open file

- No CD disk.
- CD write protected during attempt to backup.

File contains data.


Delete old (y,n):

The file already exists (backup).


If you answer "y", the existing file will be erased.

Error time out

- Generator OFF.
- Terminal not connected to generator..

Error communication

Error during transfer. Try a new transfer from the beginning.


Note: Ensure ASIAN.exe software running under DOS and not
under WINDOWS.

Dosimetric Calibration
Dose/DAP accuracy check procedure
Before conducting this procedure, make sure following items have been calibrated:
- Generator
- Tube
- HVL
- Collimator
- Positioner
- mR/mAs
Procedure:
1.) Set the dosimeter probe with the small ion chamber sensor at 25 cm above the Tabletop/
Wallstand where the prediction algorithm is performed.
Ensure the center of the probe is at the center of x-ray beam.
2.) Cover the detector with lead or other material, or move it out of the FOV if possible, so that the
detector will not be damaged from over exposure.
3.) Set Exposure technique:
FIXED (NON-AEC) mode
Table or Wallstand mode
Chapter 3 - Configuraton & Calibration

Page 163

eitconcepts@gmail.com

2.10

ERROR

PioneerSM_ENG.book

Page 164

Thursday, October 30, 2014

1:28 PM

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

100kV, 50mA, 3.2mAs


2020 cm FOV
100cm SID
4.) Take exposure.
5.) Read and take note of the results on dosimeter DoseRef. (unit in mR or Gy), the DAP value
on the DAP meter DAPviewer (Gy *m2).
6.) Convert dose unit if needed: 1 mR = 8.76Gy, 1Gy = 0.001 mGy
7.) Determine the reference field size (convert unit to m2 if needed) at the dosimeter position
Reference Field size = collimated FOV * (SOD/SID)2 where SOD is distance from tube focal
spot to dosimeter upper surface.
8.) Calculate the Reference Dose Area Product DAPRef. = DoseRef. * Reference Field size.
9.) Compare the DAPRef. with DAPviewer as following:
(DAPRef. - DAPviewer) / DAPRef.*100%
The acceptable error is less than 30% when DAP 5Gy*m2

2.10.2

Dose/DAP accuracy maintenance


4.2In case the DAP error is larger than 30% when DAP 5Gy*m2, check if the SID, FOV
calibration is good. If there is no problem, run Dose Prediction (mR/mAs) calibration then redo the
accuracy check.

eitconcepts@gmail.com

Page 164

Section 2.0 Configuration & Calibration Contents

PioneerSM_ENG.book

Page 165

Thursday, October 30, 2014

1:28 PM

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12

Chapter 4 - Functional Checks


Section 1.0
Introduction
Functional Checks describes the procedures necessary to determine whether the XR 6000
system (Refer to Figure 4-1) is operating correctly and performing within specifications.
All the XR 6000 system functions should conform to safety regulations, local codes or other
applicable standards.

Operational Checks

Performance Checks

Operational Checks may be performed by the customer or trained personnel. These checks only
indicate that the unit is functioning correctly at an operational level. They do not indicate that the
unit is
performing within specifications.

Before performing Functional Checks all System Configuration and Calibrations must be
completed. Refer to Chapter 3 - - Configuraton & Calibration.

Chapter 4 - Functional Checks

Page 165

eitconcepts@gmail.com

Performance Checks must be performed by trained personnel only. These checks verify that
the unit is performing to specification. It is recommended to complete these checks during and
after installation, during periodic maintenance, and when the equipment is replaced or modified.

PioneerSM_ENG.book

Page 166

Thursday, October 30, 2014

1:28 PM

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12

3
2

10
9

5
eitconcepts@gmail.com

Figure 4-1 XR 6000 System


1.) Tube Stand

2.) Tube Arm

3.) X-ray Tube

4.) Table Top

5.) Longitudinal Support

6.) Table Base

7.) Foot Pedal

8.) Cassette Tray

9.) Collimator

10.) Control Box

Section 2.0
Tools and Test Equipment
In addition to the standard service tool kit the following tools and test equipment will be necessary
to perform the functional checks described in this chapter:

Page 166

DVM

Metric Tape Measure

KEITHLEY 35080A kV peak meter (or equivalent)

RADCAL MDH2025 dosimeter (or equivalent) with 20x5-60 probe


Section 2.0 Tools and Test Equipment

PioneerSM_ENG.book

Page 167

Thursday, October 30, 2014

1:28 PM

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12

Section 3.0
Operational Checks
3.1

System Power Up
Power up the XR 6000 system, check that all the corresponding LEDs are displaying correctly.

Green

eitconcepts@gmail.com

Red

Figure 4-2 LEDs

3.2

Tube Assembly Operation


This section is used to perform mechanical movement checks.

Chapter 4 - Functional Checks

Page 167

PioneerSM_ENG.book

Page 168

Thursday, October 30, 2014

1:28 PM

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12

1.)
2.)
3.)
4.)
5.)
6.)

Vertical Travel Control Switch.


Longitudinal Travel Control Switch.
Angulation Rotating Control Switch.
All Moving Function Control Switch.
Angular Indicator.
Handle.

Tube Stand Longitudinal Movement


Pressing the longitudinal movement button moving the tube stand.

3.2.2

Check the tube stand movement is operating smoothly and uniformly.

Check that the operation of the tube stand along with the cassette tray moves smoothly all the
way to the end of the table.

Tube Stand Rotation


Hold the operation handle to drive the tube arm to the left or to the right for rotation, and check that
the tube stand can be rotated +/- 180 degree and can be stopped in anywhere.

3.2.3

Tube Arm Vertical Movement


1.) Press and hold the vertical button on the control box and check the tube arm can move
smoothly up and down.
2.) Release the button, it will stop in any position.
3.) Press the collimator lamp button.
4.) Move the tube from the lowest position to the highest position.
5.) Check the variance of the cross line, and make sure that it will be less than 5 mm, otherwise,
adjust the tube position.

3.2.4

X-Ray Tube Angulation


Press and hold the angulation button and check that the X-ray tube angulation range is from -120
degree to +120 degree. The detents are at 0, +/-90 and +/-120 degree, and 0 degree detent
position is the tube arm's horizontal axis.

Page 168

Section 3.0 Operational Checks

eitconcepts@gmail.com

3.2.1

PioneerSM_ENG.book

Page 169

Thursday, October 30, 2014

1:28 PM

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12

3.2.5

X-Ray Tube Tilting


Release the machine lock (two), and check the tube can be tilting from forward 20 degree to
backward 30 degree.

3.2.6

Table Top Movement Checks


1.) Double press the table foot pedals, check the tabletop is free for both Longitudinal and
transverse movement.
2.) Check that all movements are smooth.
3.) Release the table foot pedal, the table top will automatically lock at any position.

3.2.7

Cassette Tray Movement


The Cassette Tray is normally coupled with the tube stand..
1.) In coupled state:
The Cassette Tray should move together with the Tube Stand.
2.) Uncoupled state:
a.) Press the push button on the carriage. Check that the Cassette Tray can be moved
longitudinally without the tube stand.
b.) Release the push button, the Cassette Tray is locked in the position.

3.2.8

Collimator Rotation

3.2.9

eitconcepts@gmail.com

1.)
2.)
3.)
4.)

Loosen set screw.


Rotate the collimator.
Check the collimator can be rotated.
Secure the set screw.

Collimator Light Timer


Press the collimator light button and check the light will be power off in more than 30 seconds.

3.2.10

Wall Stand Carriage Vertical Movement


Check that the carriage can be moved smoothly up and down and can be locked in any position.

Section 4.0
Performance Checks
4.1

Console
1.) Check the buttons functions.
a.) Power up.
b.) Press every button except power up and off button, a beep sound will be heard.
2.) Check the APR Save function.
a.) Change any parameter of the factory default APR database.
b.) Press the APR Save button

for more than 3 seconds, and the system console will

give a beep sound to inform the operators.


Chapter 4 - Functional Checks

Page 169

PioneerSM_ENG.book

Page 170

Thursday, October 30, 2014

1:28 PM

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12
c.)

Power off.

d.) Power up.


e.) Check the technique parameters be saved.
3.) Check the APR Restore factory default function.
a.) Press the buttons

together for more than 10 seconds. System console will

retrieve the factory default APR database. After the retrieve is done, system console will
give a beep sound to inform the operators.
b.) Power off.
c.)

Power up.

d.) Check the technique parameters.

4.2
4.2.1

Accuracy of X-Ray Field and Light Field Alignment


Requirements
The following image is gotten in a plane that is perpendicular to x-ray field. Verify below
requirements are met.
|a1| + |a2| <= 1.7% SID and |b1| + |b2| <= 1.7% SID.

Visually Defined Field

b1

b2

X-ray Field

4.2.2

a2

Test Method
1.) Put the cassette onto the table top.
2.) Set SID to 1000 mm +/- 1 mm, and measure the distance by the ruler of the collimator.
3.) Darken the test bay (all light sources should be switched off).
4.) Adjust the blades to get x-ray FOV of 260 mm x 260 mm.
5.) Using metal indicators to indicate the four edges of the actual light field, so that the light field

Page 170

Section 4.0 Performance Checks

eitconcepts@gmail.com

a1

PioneerSM_ENG.book

Page 171

Thursday, October 30, 2014

1:28 PM

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12
edges can be identified from the x-ray film.
6.) Make exposure at 40kV/2mAs with large focal spot.
Note:

The mAs value may need change according to the development liquid condition.
7.) Adjust the blades to get x-ray FOV of 300 mm x 300 mm.
8.) Make exposure at 40kV/0.5mAs with large focal spot.

Note:

The mAs value may need change according to the development liquid condition.
9.) Develop the film.
10.) Measure the variance between the light field edge and x-ray field edge of the second exposure.
For each edge, record the value into following table.
2626 (cm)

|a1| + |a2|
|b1| + |b2|

11.) Calculate accuracy between X-ray field and light field.


Note:

If the accuracy meet the system requirements, please skip the following steps, and directly to
4.3 - Alignment of Centers of X-Ray Field and Image Receptor. If not meet, that is |a1|+|a2| >
1.7%SID, follow step 13) to 15).
If the test is after tube or collimator replacement, please make marks on the flange interface
between the tube and collimator what the below picture shows.

Note:

If the x-ray field is left shifted, move the flange right.

Chapter 4 - Functional Checks

Page 171

eitconcepts@gmail.com

12.) Remove the collimator from the tube, and adjust the flange position to the opposite direction
to the shift direction of the x-ray filed to the light field. For example, the x-ray field is shifted to
the left of the light field, so move the flange to the right. Please refer the figure below for
reference.

PioneerSM_ENG.book

Page 172

Thursday, October 30, 2014

1:28 PM

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12

Note:

If the x-ray field is right shifted, move the flange left.

14.) If the requirement |a1| + |a2| <= 1.7% SID and |b1| + |b2| <= 1.7% SID has been met, make
marks on the flange, spacer, and tube as below.
Note:

Please oriente the collimator flange by referring to the thin and thick lines.

Figure 4-3 Make Thin Marks Inside

Page 172

Section 4.0 Performance Checks

eitconcepts@gmail.com

13.) Re-install the collimator to the moved flange, re-test the misalignment value between x-ray
field and light field.

PioneerSM_ENG.book

Page 173

Thursday, October 30, 2014

1:28 PM

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12

Figure 4-4 Make Thick Marks Inside


Note:

Please orient the collimator flange by referring to the marks outside.


eitconcepts@gmail.com

Figure 4-5 Make Marks Outside


15.) If the misalignment is not within the system requirements, please repeat step 13) to 14) until
the accuracy is within the specification and then make marks when the accuracy finally meet
the requirements.

4.3
4.3.1

Alignment of Centers of X-Ray Field and Image Receptor


Requirements
Mis-alignment of centers of x-ray field and image receptor shall not exceed 1.7% SID. |d1| <= 0.017
SID.

4.3.2

Test Method
1.) Set SID to 945mm +/- 2mm from focal spot to table top mode measured by collimator ruler.
2.) Insert the cassette into the cassette tray.
3.) Darken the test bay (All light sources should be switch off ).
4.) Adjust the blades to get X-ray FOV less than the film size.
5.) Make exposure at 40kV,1.6mAs, large spot, and table mode.
6.) Develop the film.
7.) Using the diagonal method to find the center of X-ray field, and use halving method to find the
center of film field.
Chapter 4 - Functional Checks

Page 173

PioneerSM_ENG.book

Page 174

Thursday, October 30, 2014

1:28 PM

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12
8.) Measure the distance between the two centers.
9.) Check whether it meets the requirement.

Center of X-Ray Field

d1

4.4

Image Quality
The Min resolution measured with following test method should be larger than 4lp/mm.

4.4.1

Test Method
1.) Set following exposure technique:
-

45kV;

4mAs;

Small focus;

SID = 100cm;

1cm thick plexiglass phantom;

Resolution card.

2.) Put the resolution card onto the phantom, and put phantom on the center of the full FOV.
3.) Take exposure, develop the film.
4.) Put the film on a light box, maybe with the help of magnifying glass, read out the max resolution
of the film, verify the value is equal to or large than 4lp/mm.

After replace the tube or JEDI or some parts in JEDI, please do the tests below from 4.5 to 4.8.

Page 174

Section 4.0 Performance Checks

eitconcepts@gmail.com

Center of Cassette Film

PioneerSM_ENG.book

Page 175

Thursday, October 30, 2014

1:28 PM

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12

4.5

Tube Voltage Accuracy

4.5.1

Tools
A calibrated non-invasive kV meter of 2% accuracy or better. KV meter calibration value must be
inside the spec and must be in period of validity Or invasive Dynalyzer or equivalent.

4.5.2

Requirements
Range: 40kVp ~ 150kVp;
Minimum adjusting step: 1kV;
Accuracy: less than or equial to +/-(3%+2 kV+kV meter accuracy)

Note:

4.5.3

If measurement with non-invasive kV meter failed, turn to Dynlayzer for accurate measurement.

Procedure
1.) System power up, select radiography mA at 200mA to 630mA, set 100ms, Large focal spot,
select exposure kV as following table.
2.) Take exposure with large spot and record the data of console display. The variance should be
met the requirement as above.
Setting Value (kV)

Test Data @ 200 mA

Pass/Fail

40
eitconcepts@gmail.com

80
150

4.6

Tube Current

4.6.1

Requirements
Range: 10mA~630mA separate adjustment, 10.0, 12.5, 16.0, 20.0, 25.0, 32.0, 40.0, 50.0, 63.0,
80.0, 100.0, 125.0, 160.0, 200.0, 250.0, 320.0, 400.0, 500.0, 630.0;
Large Spot: 10~630mA;
Small Spot: 10~250mA;
Accuracy: less than or equal to +/-15%.

4.6.2

Procedure
1.) System power up, select three parameter mode (mA,kV,time) on system console. Manually
adjust exposure mA as following table, exposure at 150kV from 10 to 400mA, 80kV for 630mA,
set 100ms exposure time.
2.) Take exposure by handle switch with Large Spot, record the data of console display.

Note:

The mA used shall be minimum as allowed and mSec > 20.


Setting Value (kV)

Test Data @ 80 kV

Test Data @ 150 kV

Pass/Fail

10 mA
200 mA

Chapter 4 - Functional Checks

Page 175

PioneerSM_ENG.book

Page 176

Thursday, October 30, 2014

1:28 PM

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12
Setting Value (kV)

4.7
4.7.1

Test Data @ 80 kV

Test Data @ 150 kV

400 mA

N/A

630 mA

N/A

Pass/Fail

Exposure Time
Requirements
Range: 1.0ms~6300ms;
Separate adjustment: 1.0, 1.25, 1.6, 2.0, 2.5, 3.2, 4.0, 5.0, 6.3, 8.0, 10.0, 12.5, 16.0, 20.0, 25.0,
32.0, 40.0, 50.0, 63.0, 80.0, 100.0, 125.0, 160.0, 200.0, 250.0, 320.0, 400.0, 500.0, 630.0, 800,
1000, 1250, 1600, 2000, 2500, 3200, 4000, 5000, 6300;
Accuracy: less than or equal to +/-(10%+1ms).

4.7.2

Procedure
System power up, select radiography exposure parameter 80kV, 100mA. Take exposure and
record the data of console display. The variance should be less than or equal to +/-(10%+1ms).
Setting Time (ms)

10

500

6300

4.8
4.8.1

eitconcepts@gmail.com

Test Data (ms)

Exposure mAs
Requirements
Range: 0.5mAs~630mAs;
Separate adjustment: 0.5, 0.63, 0.8, 1.0, 1.25, 1.6, 2.0, 2.5, 3.2, 4.0, 5.0, 6.3, 8.0, 10.0, 12.5, 16.0,
20.0, 25.0, 32.0, 40.0, 50.0, 63.0, 80.0, 100.0, 125.0, 160.0, 200.0, 250.0, 320.0, 400.0, 500.0, 630;
Accuracy: less than or equal to +/-(10%+0.2mAs).

4.8.2

Procedure
1.) System power up, select two-parameter exposure mode, and select the exposure mAs as
following table at 80kV.
2.) Take exposure and record the data of console display. The variance should be less than or
equal to +/-(10%+0.2mAs).
Setting Value @ 80kV (mAs)

Test Data (mAs)

10
40
63
400 (type test)
630 (type test)

Page 176

Section 4.0 Performance Checks

Pass/Fail

PioneerSM_ENG.book

Page 177

Thursday, October 30, 2014

1:28 PM

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12

4.9

Automatic Exposure Control (AEC) - Optional


If table AEC or wall stand AEC is ordered, enable them through configuration screen of the console.

4.9.1

Table AEC
1.) Adjust the SID to 100 cm.
2.) Open the collimator.
3.) Select the large focal spot.
4.) Set 80 kV, 20 mAs backup, table mode, center cell of ion chamber selected, and take an
exposure.
5.) Check the exposure is terminated less than 5 mAs.
6.) Close the collimator.
7.) Select the large focal spot.
8.) Set 80 kV, 600 mAs, table mode, center cell of ion chamber selected, and take an exposure.
9.) Check that the exposure is interrupted after about 4 seconds, a buzzer will be heard, and the
inhibit indicator will light up.
10.) Check the exposure is terminated. The value is 600 mAs or less.

4.9.2

Wall Stand AEC


1.) Adjust the SID to 180 cm.
3.) Select the large focal spot.
4.) Set 80 kV, 20 mAs backup, wall stand mode, center cell of ion chamber selected, and take an
exposure.
5.) Check the exposure is terminated less than 5 mAs.
6.) Close the collimator.
7.) Select the large focal spot.
8.) Set 80 kV, 600 mAs, wall stand mode, center cell of ion chamber selected, and take an
exposure.
9.) Check that the exposure is interrupted after about 4 seconds, a buzzer will be heard, and the
inhibit indicator will light up.
10.) Check the exposure is terminated. The value is 600 mAs or less.
Warm up or season the tube before exposures of high kV or mA can be taken appropriately.

4.10

Collimator Light Timer


Press the collimator light button and check that the light will go out automatically in more than 30
seconds.

Chapter 4 - Functional Checks

Page 177

eitconcepts@gmail.com

2.) Open the collimator.

PioneerSM_ENG.book

Page 178

Thursday, October 30, 2014

1:28 PM

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12

Section 5.0
HHS Test
Installers must indicate that the combination of installed HHS Certified Components is compatible
on Form F3382 provided in Direction 46-013894, System Field-Test For HHS.

Figure 4-6 System HHS Compliance Compatibility List

PRODUCT CATEGORY
X-RAY CONTROL

X-RAY TUBE ASSEMBLY


HOUSING (CASING)
BEAM LIMITING DEVICE
CASSETTE TRAY

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
SYSTEM CONSOLE
GEN. & PDU
Toshiba E7843X

MODEL NUMBER

Manual COLLIMATOR
CASSETTE TRAY

5189248

5183178
5308337

eitconcepts@gmail.com

Page 178

Section 5.0 HHS Test

PioneerSM_ENG.book

Page 179

Thursday, October 30, 2014

1:28 PM

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

Chapter 5 - JEDI GENERATOR THEORY AND


FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION
Section 1.0
Theory
1.1

Glossary
Glossary of terms used in this document:

Definition

ABC

Automatic Brightness Control. Regulation loop which makes the


measured brightness equal to brightness demand

AEC

Automatic Exposure Control. Exposure cut off technique which uses the
brightness signal to cut the exposure

CAN

Controller Area Network. A network used for localized control.

CPU

Control Processor Unit. Microprocessor and peripherals which run the


software/firmware

EPLD

Erasable Programmable Logic Device.

EMC

Electro Magnetic Compatibility. The EMC function prevents the generator


from polluting the power source.

FPGA

Field Programmable Gate Array. It is programmed by the CPU core after


the reset and handles all the exposure control logic including the system
interface real-time lines.

HV RIPPLE

High voltage variations due to inverter current pulses. Typically a few


percent.

STATE
MACHINE

Software or hardware function which handles the state of a system and


authorize to go to the next state upon reception of specific events.

IGBT

Insulated gate bipolar transistor. A type of power switch

Llp

HV power inverter parallel resonant current; current in the parallel inductor

Llr

HV power inverter serial resonant current; current in the serial inductor.

MOS

Metal Oxide Semiconductor. A type of power switch

OGP

On Gantry Processor. Unit which drives the generator in CT systems

PDU

Power Distribution Unit

RMS

Root Mean Square

Chapter 5 - JEDI GENERATOR THEORY AND FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION

Page 179

eitconcepts@gmail.com

Term

PioneerSM_ENG.book

Page 180

Thursday, October 30, 2014

1:28 PM

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12

1.2

JEDI HIGH LEVEL BLOCK DIAGRAM

eitconcepts@gmail.com

Figure 5-1 JEDI Generator / Functional Architecture

Page 180

Section 1.0 Theory

PioneerSM_ENG.book

Page 181

Thursday, October 30, 2014

1:28 PM

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

Section 2.0
Theory Presentation
2.1

Introduction
Jedi is the engineering name for a family of compact high frequency X-Ray generators. This
generator family covers a wide range of applications from mobile equipment up to vascular
systems:

JEDI 12-25 kW:


Mobile applications

JEDI 24-48 kW:


CT applications

JEDI 32-50 kW:


RAD applications

JEDI 50-65-80 kW:


RF applications

JEDI 100 kW:


VASCULAR applications

2.2

Standard Features

2.3

Applications
RAD

Surgery

RF

Vascular/
Cardiac

3 Points Mode

2 Points Mode

1 Point Mode

0 Point Mode
AEC

Chapter 5 - JEDI GENERATOR THEORY AND FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION

CT

Page 181

eitconcepts@gmail.com

Jedi is a family of 150 kV generators operating from 12 kW up to 100 kW for all the major
radiological, fluoroscopic and CT applications. The family handles 1 ms to continuous exposures
with tube currents ranging from 0mA up to 1000 mA.
The generators feature the very latest technology available:

Constant potential independent of line voltage variations

Power generation by a high-frequency converter (High voltage ripple: 40 kHz-140 kHz)

Distributed micro-processor controlled functions (CAN bus)


Other features include:

Single phase, three phase or battery power source

Very low kV and mA ripple, excellent accuracies and dose reproducibility

Compatible with a wide range of tubes, high speed or low speed, can supply up to 3 different
tubes. Thermal load interactive integrator ensuring optimum use of the heat protection curve
of the x-ray tube

Available in various packaging configurations: gantry, under-table, cabinet

Serviceability: high reliability, fast installation (no generator calibration), application error
codes ensure fast troubleshooting

Meets CE marking (and in particular EMC), IEC, UL, CSA, MHW regulations (if required)

Optional pulsed fluoroscopy

PioneerSM_ENG.book

Page 182

Thursday, October 30, 2014

1:28 PM

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12
Tomography

AET

Continuous/Pulsed
Fluoroscopy

Rad Exposures

Cinema 30 fr/s

Cinema 90 fr/s

ABC

Variable mA Scans

Low mA Fluoroscopy

Legend:

AEC - Automatic Exposure Control

AET - Automatic Tomographic Exposure

ABC - Automatic Brightness Control in fluoroscopy

2.4

Architecture

2.4.1

A Kernel

High voltage chain composed of kV control, HV power inverter and HV tank

Anode rotation function

Tube filaments heater function

Control bus for communication between the functions

DC bus for power distribution to each function

Input voltage to DC conversion: AC/DC function

Low voltage power supply

Application software, running on the kV control board


These functions are the Jedi core. They are present in all versions of the generator.
A function can be unique for all products, or can have several different releases based on product
specification.

Example:

2.4.2

The anode rotation function is available in 2 releases:

low speed rotation for applications where the tube has a max rotation of 3000 rpm

high speed/low speed rotation for applications where at least one of the tubes can use 800010000 rpm
The control bus is unique.

Options Depending on the Application

Page 182

A System Interface which can be:


-

CT interface

RAD interface (console interface, room interface, AEC management present or not)

ATLAS interface
Section 2.0 Theory Presentation

eitconcepts@gmail.com

Refer to Illustration 19: Jedi Generator / Functional Architecture


The Jedi family is composed of 3 elements:

PioneerSM_ENG.book

Page 183

Thursday, October 30, 2014

1:28 PM

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12

EMC function

Grid function (RF, vascular)

Bias function (RF, vascular)

Tube management (2 tubes or 3 tubes option)

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

eitconcepts@gmail.com

Figure 5-2 JEDI Generator / Functional Architecture


Chapter 5 - JEDI GENERATOR THEORY AND FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION

Page 183

PioneerSM_ENG.book

Page 184

Thursday, October 30, 2014

1:28 PM

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12

2.5

A Packaging Architecture
The packaging architecture consists in a set of boxes which can be put together in several ways to
make Jedi fit either in a cabinet, or a console foot, or a table foot. The boxes can also be split in 2
units distant of several meters (example: CT gantry). Refer to Illustration 20.
The boxes normally consist of the following:

2.5.1

Auxiliaries Box

Rotation function

Heater function

Low voltage power supply (which can also be in the AC/DC box)
This box is always present.

2.5.2

Power Box

HV tank

HV power inverter

kV control

System interface (for the less complex system interface)


This box is always present.

2.5.3

AC/DC Box

2.5.4

System Interface Box

RAD interface

AEC interface
This box is present in the RAD product.

2.5.5

Optional Boxes

Page 184

Tube selection
Grid/Bias control

Section 2.0 Theory Presentation

eitconcepts@gmail.com

MC filter (optional)

AC/DC function

Low voltage power supply (which can also be in the auxiliaries box)
This box is always present.

PioneerSM_ENG.book

Page 185

Thursday, October 30, 2014

1:28 PM

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

Inverter
LVPS Board
(for TIGER)

Dual Snub
Tube
HV

Gate

+-

Board

KV Measure

CT
Inter
face

AC/DC
Board

HV Tank

Rectifier
Block

KV Control
Board

EMC Filter
(Optional)

AC/DC Box

Power Box

AEC
Interface

eitconcepts@gmail.com

RAD
Interface

LVPS Board
(for NP and
Emperor)
Heater Board

System Interface
Box for the rad
product

Rotation
Board

Tube
Selection
Rotation
Capacitor

Grid/Bias
Control

Rotation
Capacitor

(optional)
Auxiliaries
Box

Optional
Boxes

Figure 5-3 JEDI Generator / Packaging Architecture

Chapter 5 - JEDI GENERATOR THEORY AND FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION

Page 185

PioneerSM_ENG.book

Page 186

Thursday, October 30, 2014

1:28 PM

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

Section 3.0
Technique Factors Measurement Criteria
3.1

kV Accuracies
JEDI emperor: Generator 50kW
Definition: accuracy between operator selection and the peak kV during the exposure.
Radiography:
40kV~150kV range: +/- 3%+/-2kV

3.2

mA Accuracies
JEDI emperor: Generator 50kW
Definition: accuracy between operator selection and the real mean mA during the exposure
(characterized by real kV>75% of the operator selection).
Radiography:
exposures shorter than 40ms (=mA loop setting time): +/- 10%+/-1mA
exposures longer than 40ms (=mA loop setting time): +/- 5%+/-1mA

3.3

mAs Accuracies

1/3 point Mode


Definition: accuracy between operator selection (mA and ms) and the real mAs during the exposure
(characterized by real kV>75% of the operator selection).
Radiography:
exposures shorter than 40ms (=mA loop setting time): +/- 15%+/-0.1mAs
exposures longer than 40ms (=mA loop setting time): +/- 10%+/-0.1mAs
2/2 point Mode
Definition: accuracy between the internal mAs measure displayed after the exposures on the
operator console and the real mAs during the exposure (characterized by real kV>75% of the
operator selection).
Note: mAs measure is also called postdisplayed.
Radiography, manual mode:
exposures shorter than 40ms (=mA loop setting time): +/- 5%+/-0.1mAs
exposures longer than 40ms (=mA loop setting time): +/- 5%+/-0.1mAs

3.4

Exposure Time Accuracies


JEDI emperor: Generator 50kW
Time accuracy (3 point Mode)
Definition: accuracy between operator selection and real exposure time (characterized by real
kV>75% of the operator selection).
Radiography:
+/- 5%+/-0.5ms

Page 186

Section 3.0 Technique Factors Measurement Criteria

eitconcepts@gmail.com

JEDI emperor: Generator 50kW


Two accuracies have to be defined: one in 3 point Mode, one in 2 point Mode.

PioneerSM_ENG.book

Page 187

Thursday, October 30, 2014

1:28 PM

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

Chapter 6 - Exception Handling And Error


Codes
Section 1.0
Exception Handling
JEDI software performs auto-test at power up and continuously monitors the correct operation of its
functions during application. Any malfunction is stored in the JEDI error log. Errors found can only
be reported if the generator is powered on and functional.

1.1

Diagnostics
There are different levels of diagnostics.

1.2

Power-On Diagnostic

1.3

Live Diagnostics
1.) Under application faults will be reported through an error code on the Service Laptop. Some
are straightforward and convey the root cause. Refer to the recommended action in the error
list.
2.) Diagnostics run separately:
-

heating function

rotation function

inverter gate command diagnostic

inverter in short circuit diagnostic

no load HV fucntion diagnostics

3.) Manual Diagnostics


Through a troubleshooting guide based on an error message or when the generator does not
reply.

1.4

Error Code Structure


The error code structure described in this chapter applies to JEDI error detection and logging. The
JEDI error log file can be accessed from the system through the system console or a laptop (JEDI
error log upload functionality).

Chapter 6 - Exception Handling And Error Codes

Page 187

eitconcepts@gmail.com

At power-up the kV control performs its own initialisation, checks its memory integrity (checksum of
program and NVRAM) and starts the communication with its peripherals as well as the system.
Communication is permanently checked afterwards. It then initialises the Rotation board and
Heater board with their respective database parameters and loads kV control FPGA.
Eight LEDs (S7..S0) on the kV control board show the software status.
During power-on, the Heater board and the Rotation board CPUs are initialised and check their
memory integrity and hardware. If a problem is encountered, a PRD error is reported to the kV
control.

PioneerSM_ENG.book

Page 188

Thursday, October 30, 2014

1:28 PM

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12

When an error is detected, it is logged in the JEDI error log file. The file contains a maximum of sixty
four error logs.
Each log shows the following structure:
Simplified
Generator Error
Error
Data associated
Number of
Date &
error code Phase
Class
Code
with the error code occurrences
time
The fields are described in the following paragraphs.

1.5

Simplified Error Code Definition

1.6

Generator Phase Definition


The generator phase field contains the state of the generator when the error occurred.
Generator
Description
Phase
0
idle: entered in diagnostic mode
1
powered up; waiting for configuration
2
Stand by: configuration completed, waiting for a preparation command
3
Preparation in progress: JEDI gets ready to take X-rays
4
Ready for exposures (rotation at speed; filament; HV inverter drive ready; no
errors): waiting for an exposure command
5
High voltage on
6
Error detected and not yet cleared

1.7

Class
Page 188

Error Class Definition


There are five classes of errors that correspond to different levels of impact to the system. The class
of errors correspond to the seriousness of the errors.
Description
Section 1.0 Exception Handling

eitconcepts@gmail.com

The simplified error code is a grouping of the JEDI error codes. This field gives a rapid
understanding of which part of JEDI is faulty.
Simplified
Description
Error Code
30
Tube spits errors
40
Rotation errors
50
Heater errors
60
Exposure errors (HV inverter + mA measure + exposure control
70
Power supply errors (low voltage + DC bus)Hardware errors (internal
communications + cables)
80
Hardware errors (internal communications + cables)
90
Application errors (saved RAM + software)
100
External communication errors
110
Thermal errors
120
Manipulation error
10
Rotation warnings (engineering use)
20
Heater warnings (engineering use)
25
LVPS warnings (engineering use)
27
Application warnings (mainly saved RAM battery change)

PioneerSM_ENG.book

Page 189

Thursday, October 30, 2014

1:28 PM

GE HEALTHCARE

1.8

Error Code Definition


Each error code comprises two fields (which cannot be generated and used separately);

the first field describes the JEDI function which is faulty (referred to as the function code)

the second field describes the error detected.


Example: error code 0306 means:

03: high voltage generation function;

06: no kV feedback on anode.


Function Codes List
Function
Code
01
02
03
04
05
06
07
08
09

Description
Rotation
heater
High voltage generation
mA control
Power supplies
System interface
Software
Application
Tube control

Chapter 6 - Exception Handling And Error Codes

Page 189

eitconcepts@gmail.com

DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12


XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL
1
Errors which have no impact on the system operation.
Errors detected in background diagnostics during application. They are referred as "Warning"
errors,
to monitor drifts and used for engineering tracking.
The generator phase remains unchanged.
Errors are stored in the JEDI error log.
2
Errors which are detected by JEDI and that are recoverable automatically without noticeable
effect
on the system, such as error related to recovered tube spits.
The generator phase remains unchanged.
Errors which usually occur during exposure.
3
Errors detected by JEDI during exposure. They stop the exposure and revert the generator into
a safe state.
Error will be reset on Exposure Command release. It will require another Exposure Command to
restart the sequence.
The generator phase is set to "error" until the error is cleared.
4
Errors which are related to any hardware failures, software application or communication errors.
JEDI will revert to a safe state.
If preparation is in progress, it is stopped.
Errors are cleared either by a reset error action from the system (for system having a reset error
mechanism) or by a prep release or by a new prep command.
The generator phase is set to "error" until ther error is cleared.
Application cannot work if errors are persistent.
5
These codes may appear when the generator or tube temperature limits are reached.
The application waits until the thermal information disappears. The error information is
temporary.
The generator phase is set to "error" until the error is cleared.

PioneerSM_ENG.book

Page 190

Thursday, October 30, 2014

1:28 PM

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12
10
11
12
13
14

1.9

Tube management
Grid
Bias
AEC
Hardware

Data Associated With The Error Code


The field "data associated with the error code" shows detailed information over the state of the
generator when the error occurred.

Example:

1.10

Rotation high speed acceleration state, small focus preheat, tube number 1 selected.

Number Of Occurrences
The field "number of occurrences" is used to log the same error occurring several times
consecutively. Instead of filling the error log file with the same error which has occurred
consecutively several times, the first error is logged and successive errors are recorded through
increasing the "number of occurrences" field.

1.11

Date & Time

Section 2.0
Error Codes, Diagnostics & Troubleshooting
2.1

Introduction
This diagnostics section is to introduce the JEDI generator with the following information:

Power-On diagnostics LED indication.

List all the potential error codes that can be issued by JEDI Generator.

Provide error code explanation, potential cause and recommended action.

List of diagnostics aids and explanation of diagnostics.

2.2

Power On Diagnostics
Refer to theory of operation for power-on sequence. This paragraph in this section is to provide
meaning of boards' LED status. The LED display status is offering useful information at a glance to
proceed to error code based troubleshooting. Whenever in doubt, a simple step is to watch the LED
status display on the kV control board, then the Rotation and Heater.
kV control LED status:

During Power On Diagnostics

Page 190

Section 2.0 Error Codes, Diagnostics & Troubleshooting

eitconcepts@gmail.com

The field "date & time" stores the date and time when the error occurred. This is the JEDI internal
date and time which may be different from the system date and time. In the case of logging the same
error the date/time is of the most recent entry.

PioneerSM_ENG.book

Page 191

Thursday, October 30, 2014

1:28 PM

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

kV control board
S0..................S7
_

oooo

S0.........................S7

The 8 LED's (S0...S7) are lit successively in both directions (Scrolling as indicated by the
arrows): the power up diagnostics are completed, kV control board is up and running.

S0.....................S7
o

One out of two is lit: Data base checksum problem. An error code is logged. Refer to error code
description.

o oo

S7, S6, S5 are lit along with either S0 or S1 or S2 (depending of the type of FPGA downOne
out of two is lit: Data base checksum problem. An error code is logged. Refer to error code
description.

When an application error occurs (Not PRD)

e.g: No communication

The simplified error code is displayed on the Leds. They blink; when the error is cleared (by a
return to the standby mode for example), the 8 LEDs are lit successively.

Heater board LED status: (See central listing)


After the power on diagnostics, heater board LEDs DS1 and DS2 are lit successively. Any
different status correspond to an abnormal situation. An error code is logged. Refer to error
code description.

Rotation board LED status: (See central listing)


After the power on diagnostics, rotation board LED DS5 is blinking. Any different status
correspond to an abnormal situation. An error code is logged. Refer to error code description.

2.3

Error Code List

Simplified
Error Code
30

The error code list and associated short description is presented below.
Description
ErrorClass
ErrorCode
Description
Tube Spits

2
2

0301H
0302H

Tube spit (kV+ and kV- dropped)


Tube spit (kV+ has dropped)

Chapter 6 - Exception Handling And Error Codes

Page 191

eitconcepts@gmail.com

S0.....................S7

PioneerSM_ENG.book

Page 192

Thursday, October 30, 2014

1:28 PM

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12
Simplified
Error Code

40

50

Description

Rotation
Error

Heater Error

ErrorCode

Description

2
2
2
4

0303H
0304H
0305H
0101H

Tube spit (kV- has dropped)


Tube spit (kV regulation error)
FPGA problem (restarting safety signal)
No CAN message received within 5 secs

4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4

Database not correct


Rotation current overload
Rotation Openload
Rotation Phases unbalanced
Rotation Phases error
Rotation Inverter permanent overcurrent
Rotation command error
MAINS_DROP has failed
PRD error
F0 main frequency problem
Unknown Rotation error
No CAN message received within 5 secs
Heater inverter permanent overcurrent
Filament permanent open circuit
Heater Inverter permanent short circuit
Filament too high for Pre-heat
Filament too high for Pre-heat
Filament too high for Heat
Heater command error
Current under estimated fork
Current over estimated fork
MAINS_DROP detected
PRD error
Stay too long in Boost
Filament selection error
Measured current while inverter OFF
Filament Database not correct

0102H
0103H
0104H
0105H
0106H
0107H
0108H
0109H
0110H
0111H
0149H
0201H
0203H
0204H
0205H
0206H
0207H
0208H
0209H
0210H
0211H
0212H
0213H
0214H
0215H
0216H
0221H
0222H
0223H
0224H
0248H
0249H
0306H

3
3
3
3
3
3

0307H
0308H
0309H
0310H
0311H
0312H

No kV Feedback on cathode
No kV Feedback on anode and cathode
kV detected during kV diag
kV max detected
ILP current not OK
ILR current not OK

4
60

Page 192

Exposure
errors

Unknown Heater error


No kV Feedback on anode

Section 2.0 Error Codes, Diagnostics & Troubleshooting

eitconcepts@gmail.com

ErrorClass

PioneerSM_ENG.book

Page 193

Thursday, October 30, 2014

1:28 PM

GE HEALTHCARE
0313H
0314H
0316H
0317H
0318H
0319H
0320H
0323H
0401H
0402H
0403H
0504H
0801H
0802H
0803H
1406H
1407H
1408H
1409H
1410H
0501H

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL


ILR max current detected
ILR current timeout
Spit Max error
Spit Ratio error
kV did not reach 75% after 20ms
kV unbalanced detected
FPGA problem (safety signal)
ILP and ILR currents not OK
No mA feedback
mA scale error
mA accuracy exceeded 5%
Inverter Gate Power Supply failed
Exposure backup mAs exceeded
Exposure backup time exceeded
Exp cmd while gene not ready
time counter error
mAs counter error
AEC counter error
mAs meter saturated
FPGA Locked
DC bus out of range

0503H
0505H
0506H
0507H
0549H
0553H
0557H
0563H
0567H
0573H
0577H
0180H

Inverter Gate Power Supply error


Mains power supply has dropped during exposure
DC bus 1 phase precharge error
DC bus 1 phase discharge error
Unknown LVPS error
Detected +160V too high
Detected +160V too low
Detected +15V too high
Detected +15V too low
Detected -15V too strong
Detected -15V too weak
Rotor board communication problem

0181H
0280H
0281H
0321H
0322H
0601H
0602H
0902H
1402H
1403H
1404H

Rotor board has reset


Heater board communication problem
Heater board has reset
kV conversion error
kV ref ADC / DAC failed
RTL error
External CAN bus off
tube Fan supply error
Internal CAN bus off
Connectic Fault
FPGA configuration problem

Chapter 6 - Exception Handling And Error Codes

Page 193

eitconcepts@gmail.com

DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12


3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
70
Power
4
Supply
errors
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
80
Hardware
4
error
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4

PioneerSM_ENG.book

Page 194

Thursday, October 30, 2014

1:28 PM

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12
90

100

110

120

10

Page 194

Communica
tion errors

Thermal
error
Manipulatio
n error

Rotor
Warning

Heater
Warning

1405H
0701H

Tank sensor problem


Saved RAM checksum pb

4
4
4
4

0702H
0703H
0704H
0603H

Software problem
Watchdog reset has just occurred
Rotor/Heater hold too long
Debug screen com error

4
4
4
4
5

0604H
0605H
0606H
1301H
0804H

Database download error


TAV communication error
MPC/Madrid communication error
AEC communication error
Tank Thermal Error

5
5

0903H
1500H

Tube exceeded 70degC


Tomo brightness error

5
5
1

1501H
1502H
0151H

Exposure switch released during exposure


AEC cut off error
CAN Domain command number error

1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

0152H
0153H
0154H
0155H
0156H
0157H
0158H
0159H
0160H
0161H
0162H
0163H
0164H
0199H
0251H

CAN Domain request with no transfer init


CAN Domain Toggle bit error
CAN Domain : less than 2 data to download
CAN Domain Abort received & applied
Bad index in config upload
Tube switch while rotor not off
Acceleration cmd while no tube selected
Acceleration cmd while database not OK
Database download while rotor speeding
Acceleration command not OK
Rotor acceleration while in error
No CAN message received within 4 secs
Rotation Inverter overcurrent (< 3 times)
Unknown rotation warning
Received command is not OK

1
1
1

0252H
0253H
0254H

1
1
1
1
1
1

0255H
0256H
0257H
0258H
0259H
0260H

Heater command not OK


No CAN message received within 4 secs
Heater inverter overcurrent
(inverter1) (<3 times)
Filament open circuit (inverter1) (<3 times)
Heater Inverter short circuit (inverter1) (<3times)
Tube switch while filaments not OFF
CAN Domain command number error
CAN Domain request with no transfer init
CAN Domain Toggle bit error

Section 2.0 Error Codes, Diagnostics & Troubleshooting

eitconcepts@gmail.com

20

Application
errors

4
4

PioneerSM_ENG.book

Page 195

Thursday, October 30, 2014

1:28 PM

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12
1
1
1
1
25
Low Voltage 1
Power
supply
Warnings
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
27
Application
1
warnings

2.4

0261H
0262H
0263H
0299H
0550H

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL


CAN Domain : less than 2 data to download
CAN Domain Abort received & applied
Database download while heater not cut
Unknown Heater warning
No more warn +160V too low or too gigh

0551H
0555H
0560H
0561H
0565H
0570H
0571H
0575H
0599H
1401H

Detected +160V too high


Detected +160V too low
No more warn +15V too low or too high
Detected +15V too high
Detected +15V too low
No more warn -15V too low or too high
Detected -15V too strong
Detected -15V too weak
Unknown LVPS warning
Saved RAM power supply limit reached

Error Reporting

2.5

Diagnostics
This chapter describes diagnostics tools based on error codes and specific diagnostics.
Before any manual intervention, ensure the main power is off. Apply lock out-tag out procedure for
your own safety when manipulating inside the equipment is required.

2.6

Detailed Error Description & Troubleshooting Guide


The table below provides guidelines to troubleshoot Generator problems based on error code.
For each code, there is:

Associated message and additional explanation related to the error occurrence.

List potential cause, in the order of expected probability.

Recommended action, with, in some cases, link to some more information as indicated where
cases apply, such as to run some specific diagnostics.
Codes are sorted by ascending order both for simplified code and error code.
Refer to the theory of operation for error code structure.
Information about associated data structure is located at the end of each error code subset
whenever it applies.
Whenever wiring, cabling, LED check is mentioned in the recommended actions, refer to the central
listing or to Illustration 1.
Chapter 6 - Exception Handling And Error Codes

Page 195

eitconcepts@gmail.com

The control console only displays the simplified error code from the Jedi generator.
Whenever a generator error is displayed on the operator console, the Jedi errorlog upload
functionality is available to get more detailed information about the error .This function is performed
from the service laptop.
The simplified error code is used to find the Jedi error code in the Jedi errorlog file.
With this information, look at the Jedi trouble shooting table to find the FRU to replace.

N1 (230 V)

K1

EMC Flt.

"VCC": +5V

kV ctrl

-15V, +15V

DS 1, 2

3ph, 380 - 480 VAC

+ 15 V

- 15 V

AC/DC

DS 1

F1
- 15V

NE 1

+ 15V

LVPS

Rotor
Board

DS 7

DS 3, 2, 1
+5, -15, +15

DS 2

DC bus, 160V
(120 to 200V)

DS 3

Heater Board

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12

CB1

Figure 6-1 JEDI Visual Power Supply Distribution for XR 6000

Section 2.0 Error Codes, Diagnostics & Troubleshooting

PDU

+ 15 V

- 15 V

I/F
PUPTor
DS7-6

Console

DS 300

+ M

DC bus, 400 ... 800 V

AEC

Gate Command Board

*
*

INVERTER. & LLC. Circuit

DS 1

Neon's

Thursday, October 30, 2014

eitconcepts@gmail.com

Page 196

Page 196

DC bus, 400 ... 800 V

LEDs

PioneerSM_ENG.book
1:28 PM

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

PioneerSM_ENG.book

Page 197

Thursday, October 30, 2014

1:28 PM

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12

2.6.1

2.6.1.1
Class 2Error code
30-0301H
30-0302H

Tube spits detection Errors (Code 30)


Message/explanation
Tube spit (kV+ and kV- dropped)
kV drop/spit detected
Tube spit (kV+ has dropped)
kV drop/spit detected on Anode side
Tube spit (kV- has dropped)
kV drop/spit detected on cathode side

30-0304H

kV regulation error
This is a slow speed safety circuit in case of
"smooth" spits.

30-0305H

Re-starting safety. (unknown reason)


Error occurring on safety line, while No root
error present at the error inputs (Err 0301 to
0304). This is probably due to transient
interference (Spikes).

2.6.1.2
Class 4 Error code
40-0101H

40-0103H

40-0104H

40-0105H

Potential cause
x-ray tube spit.
1. Anode side Tube spit.
2. Anode HV cable
3. HV tank
1. Cathode side Tube spit.
2. Cathode HV cable
3. HV tank
1 smooth HV tube spits
2 kV control board (HV regulation problem)
3 too much line impedance
4 half of AC/DC capacitors open
5 Inverter (parallel inductor or filtering
capacitors)
6 HV tank
1. External unknown cause.
2. kV control board.
eitconcepts@gmail.com

30-0303H

40-0102H

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

Errors

Anode Rotation errors (Code 40)


Message/explanation

Potential cause

No CAN message received within 5 sec's


The rotation board has not received any
signal from the kV control main software for
the last 5 sec., interpreted as a loss of
communication
Database not correct.
The firmware of the rotation board has
detected that the Database received from the
kV control board has wrong data.
Rotation current overload
Rotation board has detected Main or auxiliary
rotation current too high compared to the
max. Tube motor current.
Rotation current openload
Rotation board detected that no current is
flowing to the motor.

1. kV Control main software lost


2. kV control or Rotation board driver failure
3. Bad contact on one of the pin on the CAN
bus line connector

Rotation phases unbalanced


The amplitude difference of the current
bwtween main and auxiliary is too large.

1.
Wrong kV control Database. It can
only happen at power up.

1. Rotation board
2. Wrong Database (improbable)

1. Tube stator winding is open circuit: x-ray


tube
2. Incorrect wiring (Open)
3. No DC bus on Rotation board
4. Rotation board
1. One rotation wire missing
2. Rotation board
3. Wrong tube configuration database

Chapter 6 - Exception Handling And Error Codes

Page 197

PioneerSM_ENG.book

Page 198

Thursday, October 30, 2014

1:28 PM

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12
40-0106H

40-0107H

40-0108H

40-0109H

40-0110H

40-0111H

Rotation command error.


Rotation board has informed kV control board
that the command was erroneous; this is a
DEBUG error.
MAINS_DROP has failed
The firmware of the rotation board has
detected the mains_drop signal activation
and transmitted error to kV control
PRD error
Firmware checksum, RAM test and EPLD
access are performed at power up or reset.
F0 main frequency problem.
EPLD has not applied the inverter start
command.
Unknown Rotation error.
The main software received an error from
rotation board with no error code assocxiated.

1. Rotation board

1. Rotation board
2. Tube stator winding in short circuit -> x-ray
tube
3. Wiring incorrect (shorted)
No hardware failure

1. Interference (spikes)
2. Mains drop
3. Cable or connector contact in DC bus
between power unit and auxiliary unit
4. Rotation board
Rotation board

Rotation board

Software problem

Associated data structure:


PRD error:
component failure:
0001H=RAM
0002H=RAM stack
0200H=EPLD
8000H=program checksum
Rotation database error:
2 bytes data, each value points to a specific parameter found as being erroneous
Other errors:
rotation state:
0=inverter OFF
1=acceleration 0 to low speed
2=acceleration 0 to high speed
3=acceleration low speed to high
4=low speed run
5=high speed run
6=high speed to low speed brake
7=brake reverse
8=brake DC

Page 198

Section 2.0 Error Codes, Diagnostics & Troubleshooting

eitconcepts@gmail.com

40-0149H

Rotation phase error


The rotation board has detected that the
current in the anode stator does not show the
correct phase shift between main and
auxiliary.
Rotation Inverter permanent overcurrent
An overcurrent has been detected and 3
restart have been tried unsuccessfully within
a single rotation state

PioneerSM_ENG.book

Page 199

Thursday, October 30, 2014

1:28 PM

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12

2.6.1.3
Class4 Error code
50-0201H

50-0203H

50-0204H

50-0205H

50-0207H

50-0208H

50-0209H

50-0210H

50-0211H

50-0212H

Message/explanation
No CAN message received within 5 sec's
The Heater board has not received any
command from the kV control main software
for the last 5 sec., interpreted as a loss of
communication
Heater inverter permanent overcurrent. (SW
limit)
Issued by the heater board when an
overcurrent has been detected and 3 restarts
have been tried without success within 100
ms
Filament permanent open circuit.
Issued by the heater board when an open has
been detected and 3 restarts have been tried
without success within 100 ms
Heater Inverter permanent short circuit (HW
limit)
Issued by the heater board when a short
circuit has been detected and 3 restarts have
been tried without success within 100 ms
Filament current too high on inverter 1 for
"Pre-Heat"
This is the result of an integrated value of the
RMS current measurement on Heater board
comparison with max. Tube value in
Database.
Filament current too high on inverter 1 for
"Boost"
Same as above
Filament current too high on inverter 1 for
"Heat"
Same as above
Heater command error
Heater board has informed kV control board
that the command was erroneous; this is a
DEBUG error.
Current under estimated fork/range
RMS filament current measurement (every
0.5 msec.) on heater board is too high
Current under estimated fork range
RMS filament current measurement (every
0.5 msec.) on heater board is too low
MAINS_DROP detected.
The firmware of the Heater board has
detected the mains_drop signal activation
and has transmitted error to kV control

Potential cause
1. kV Control main software lost
2. kV control or Heater board driver failure
3. Bad contact on one of the pin on the CAN
bus line connector
1. Heater board

1. X-ray tube filament open


2. Heater to HV tank cable
3. Cathode HV cable or pin contacts
4. Open circuit in filament transformer inside
HV Tank.
1. Heater board

eitconcepts@gmail.com

50-0206H

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

Filament Heater errors (Code 50)

1. Tube Database or calibration


2. Heater board

1. Tube Database or calibration


2. Heater board
1. Tube Database or calibration
2. Heater board
No hardware failure

Heater board

1. Open circuit
2. Heater board
1. Interference (spikes)
2. Mains drop
3. Cable or connector contact in DC bus
between AC/DC and auxiliary unit4
.
Heater board

Chapter 6 - Exception Handling And Error Codes

Page 199

PioneerSM_ENG.book

Page 200

Thursday, October 30, 2014

1:28 PM

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12
50-0213H

50-0214H
50-0215H

50-0216H

500221H
0222H
0223H
0224H
500248H
0249H

PRD error
Firmware checksum, RAM test and EPLD
access are performed at power up or reset.
Boost too long on inverter 1.
Boost command stayed longer than 400 ms
Filament selection error.
The relay on the Heater board selecting the
filament is in the wrong position with respect
to the selection
Measured current while inverter OFF
Inverter current has been measured while the
inverter was not commanded
Filament Database not correct
The firmware of the heater board has
detected that the Received Database from kV
control contains erroneous data for Tube 1, 2,
3, or 4.

1. Heater board
2. No -15V on Heater board

Unknown heater error


The main software received an error from
heater board with no error code associated.

Software problem.

May be a loss of communication during boost.


Heater board

Heater board

1. Wrong kV control Database. It can only


happen at power up.

Filament database error:


2 bytes bitmap (LSByte=small focus, MSByte=large focus)
Each bit points to an erroneous parameter
Other errors:
1 byte bitmap with the following structure:
bit7 (MSB)
bit6
bit5
bit4
bit3
bit2
focus selected
tube selected
small focus state
0=small focus selected
1=tube 1 selected
0=inverter OFF
1=large focus selected
2=tube 2
1=preheat
3=tube 3
2=boost
4=tube 4
3=heat

Page 200

eitconcepts@gmail.com

Associated data structure:


PRD error:
component failure:
0001H=RAM
0002H=RAM stack
0200H=EPLD
8000H=program checksum

bit1
bit0 (LSB)
large focus state
0=inverter OFF
1=preheat
2=boost
3=heat

Section 2.0 Error Codes, Diagnostics & Troubleshooting

PioneerSM_ENG.book

Page 201

Thursday, October 30, 2014

1:28 PM

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12

2.6.1.4

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

Exposure errors (Code 60)

Class 3 Error
code
60-0306H

Message/explanation

Potential cause

No kV feedback on anode side


kV measured <12 kV 0,5 ms after start of
exposure on anode side only

60-0307H

No kV feedback on cathode side


kV measured <12kV 0,5ms after start of
exposure on cathode side only

60-0308H

No kV Feedback (on anode and cathode)


kV measured <12 kV 0,5 ms after start of
exposure on both anode and cathode.
kV detected during kV diagnostics.
KV measured during inverter diagnostics
while no kV must be generated.
kV MAX detected
kV reached 160 kV during exposure
ILP current not OK.
The current in the parallel resonant circuit of
the inverter did not rise at the beginning of the
exposure.

1.
2.
3.
1.
2.
3.
1.
2.

60-0309H

60-0310H
60-0311H

60-0313H

60-0314H

60-0316H

60-0318H

60-0319H

60-0320H

60-0323H

ILR current not OK


The current in the serial resonant circuit of the
inverter did not rise at the beginning of the
exposure.
Inverter max. ILR current detected.
This is a hardware detection of maximum
current in serial resonant circuit.
ILR Current time out.
The current resonant frequency is lower than
expected
Spit Max error.
kV control has detected the number of tube
spits during exposure has reached the limit
(see theory of operation, software section)
kV did not reach 75% after 20 ms.
Indicates that there were no HV ON signal
generated for exposure time count-up
kV unbalanced detected.
Detects that there is more than 12 kV
difference between kV+ and kV FPGA problem; Safety hit with unknown
reason
No error at the inputs while checking for error
source.
ILP and ILR current not OK
No inverter current measures at the
beginning of the exposure

Improper setup before the diagnostic is run.

kV control
1. Inverter LC resonant circuit (Inverter coil assy,
capa inverter assy.)
2. Inverter
3. kV control
See above

1
2

HV tank
kV control

1. kV control
2. Inverter
3. Current measurement circuit.
reasonably x-ray tube

1. kV control

HV tank

1. This may be due to transient interference


(Spikes).
2. SW bug
1. Inverter LC resonant circuit. (Inverter coil assy,
capa inverter assy, cabling)
2. Inverter
3. kV control board

Chapter 6 - Exception Handling And Error Codes

Page 201

eitconcepts@gmail.com

60-0312H

HV cable short circuit


HV tank
kV control board (less probable)
HV cable short circuit
HV tank
kV control board (less probable)
HV tank
kV control board

PioneerSM_ENG.book

Page 202

Thursday, October 30, 2014

1:28 PM

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12
60-0401H

60-0402H

60-0403H
(Class 2
error)
60-0504H

No mA feedback
mA measurement function:
kV control has detected no mA feedback 20
ms after the beginning of the exposure.
mA scale error
mA has been measured to be either too low
or too high with respect to mA demand 20 ms
after the beginning of the exposure
mA accuracy exceeded 5%
Measured mA every 50 msec exceeded 5%
of mA demand.This error is logged, but does
not stop the exposure.
Inverter Gate Power Supply error
gate supply voltage has dropped below the
level required to drive the IGBTs properly
Exposure backup mAs exceeded
The exposure command last so long that the
maximum mAs allowed has been reached.

60-0802H

Exposure backup time exceeded.


The exposure command last longer than the
duration that was loaded by the system
(Backup time + 5%.)
Exp cmd while gene not ready.
generator received an exposure command
while not in ready state

60-0803H

60-1406H

60-1407H

60-1408H

60-1409H

60-1410H

Page 202

Time counter error.


Error found in verifying the counter normal
operation.
mAs counter error
Error found in verifying the counter normal
operation.
AEC counter error
If there is no AEC feedback in AEC station
exposure.
mAs meter saturated.
A check is done on mAs counter operation at
the beginning of exposure and found the mAs
meter with unrealistic value.
FPGA locked.
FPGA detected an error and did not allow
start exposure after exposure command
symbol was received

1. kV control board
2. default filament currents not correctly adjusted
3. HV Tank (improbable)
1. tube spit

1. Inverter (gate command board)


2. kV control board
3. Generator input voltage too low or line
impedance too high
1. Esposure command line stuck to the active
state
2. kV control board
3. Heater board
1. System
2. System-Generator cable
3. I/F board: exposure line stuck to the active state
1. Software bug/problem
2. Cable / communication problem
3. External cause (Spikes)
kV control board

kV control board

1. ION chamber
2. AEC cable, connection
3. AEC board
4. kV control
1. kV control

1. Software problem
2 kV control

Section 2.0 Error Codes, Diagnostics & Troubleshooting

eitconcepts@gmail.com

60-0801H

1. HV tank
2. kV control board
3. x-ray tube (filament open)

PioneerSM_ENG.book

Page 203

Thursday, October 30, 2014

1:28 PM

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12

2.6.1.5

Power supply (Code 70)


Message/explanation
DC bus out if range (<400 or >850)

70-0503H

Inverter Gate Power Supply error (checked at


prep)

70-0505H

Mains power supply has dropped During


exposure
Unknown LVPS error
The main software received an LVPS error
with no error code associated.
Detected +160 V too high
+160 V is higher than 225 V (measured on
heater board)
Detected
+160 V too low+160 V is lower than 110 V
(measured on heater board)
Detected +15 V too high
+15 V is higher than 17.3 V (measured on
heater board)
Detected +15 V too low
+15 V is lower than 13 V (measured on heater
board)

70-0553H

70-0557H

70-0563H

70-0567H

70-0573H

70-0577H

2.6.1.6
Class 4 Error code
80-0180H

80-0181H

80-0280H

Detected -15 V too high


-15 V is lower than -17.3 V (measured on
heater board)
Detected -15 V too low
-15 V is higher than -13 V (measured on
heater board)

Potential cause
1. mains problem (Too low or too high)
2. One phase missing at Generator input
1. Mains
2. Cable pb
3. Gate command board (Inverter)
4. kV control
unknown
Software problem

1. LVPS
2. Heater board
1. LVPS
2. Heater board
1. LVPS open circuit
2. Heater board
1. LVPS open circuit
2. Heater board
3. rotation (short circuit)kV control (short
circuit) (improbable)
1. LVPS open circuit
2. Heater board
1.
2.
3.
4.

LVPS (open circuit)


Heater board
rotation (short circuit)
kV control (short circuit) (improbable)

Hardware errors (Code 80)


Message/explanation
Rotation board communication problem.
kV control board communication Watch Dog
with Rotation board popped up because it did
not get reply from Rotation board.
Rotation board has reset.
kV control has detected the Rotation board
has reset. KV control will reload Rotation
Database.
Heater board communication problem
kV control board communication Watch Dog
with Heater board popped up because it did
not get reply from Heater board.

Potential cause
1. Rotation board
2. Control bus cable
3. kV control
1. Rotation board
2. Interference (Spikes)

1. Heater board
2. Control bus cable
3. kV control

Chapter 6 - Exception Handling And Error Codes

Page 203

eitconcepts@gmail.com

Class 4 Error code


70-0501H

70-0549H

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

PioneerSM_ENG.book

Page 204

Thursday, October 30, 2014

1:28 PM

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12
80-0321H

80-0322H

80-0601H

KV conversion error
KV feedback measured while no KV
generated
kV ref ADC / DAC failed
kV control DAC and ADC capability are
permanently tested for coherency.
RTL error (+ associated data to check which
of the 4 RTL lines)
Real Time Lines show a wrong state. RTL's
are tested on a regular basis in stand by.

External CAN bus off

80-0902H

Tube Fan supply error.


Rotation board has detected that a wrong
voltage is applied to the tube fan
Internal CAN bus off
Can device on kV control board detected
abnormal level on it's 2 line and sent error to
the CPU
Connection Fault
One of the flat cable connector is not
connected in Generator.
FPGA configuration problem.
Detected during power up. The kV control
main software cannot load the FPGA.
Tank temperature sensor problem.
Means that t? value of the HV tank is < 10?C

80-1402H

80-1403H

80-1404H

80-1405H

Page 204

KV control board

1. system communication power supply (for


isolated communications)
2. system communication cable
3. system interface board
4. system interface to kV control flat cable
5. kV control board
1. system communication power supply (for
isolated communications)
2. system communication cable
3. system interface board
4. system interface to kV control flat cable
5. kV control board
1. No 115 V tube cooling supply
2. Rotation board
1. kV control
2. Control bus cable
3. Heater or Rotation
Multiple, but likely improbable.

kV control board.

kV controlHV tank

Section 2.0 Error Codes, Diagnostics & Troubleshooting

eitconcepts@gmail.com

80-0602H

KV control board

PioneerSM_ENG.book

Page 205

Thursday, October 30, 2014

1:28 PM

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12

2.6.1.7
Class 4 Error code
90-0701H

90-0702H
90-0703H

90-0704H

2.6.1.8
Class 4 Error code
100-0603H
100-0604H

100-0606H

100-1301H

2.6.1.9

Message/explanation
NV RAM checksum pb.
Generator kV control board has detected
corruption in the NV Ram verification (After
power up)
Software problem.
Watchdog reset has just occurred.
This error is logged when the CPU of the kV
control board is reset by it's Watch Dog timer.
Rotation/Heater hold too long.
Will pop up if preparation command from the
system is maintained longer than 3 minutes.

Potential cause
1. Database problem
2. External cause (Spikes)
3. kV control
1.
2.
1.
2.

Software or Database problem.


kV control board failure.
Software or Database problem.
kV control board failure.

Software problem.

Communication errors (code 100)


Message/explanation
Debug screen com. error
Database download error
Generator has detected a problem during
Database download
TAV communication error.
Generator has detected a communication
problem between the I/F and the service
laptop (When generator is controlled by the
laptop)
MPC/Madrid
Communication error.
No reply from the console.(This error
message can be seen using the service
laptop)

AEC communication error


KV Control has detected a communication
problem with AEC board.

Potential cause
Engineering use
1. Database file incorrect
2. Transmission problem
1. Software / laptop problem
2. Cable problem

1. Cable, connection problem between


Generator and the console.
2. Interface board
3. kV control board
4. Cabling between kV control board and IF
board
5. Console problem
1. AEC board
2. I/F board
3. kV control
4. Wiring

Thermal errors (code 110)

Class 5 Error code


110-0804H

Message/explanation
Tank Thermal Error
HV tank temperature measurement has
reached 60 degree C

110-0903H

70 degree C thermal safety error


70? loop detected open

Potential cause
1. HV tank too hot; normal error
2. HV tank
3. kV control
1. X-ray tube too hot; normal error
2. Wiring problem
3. Sensor problem (Tube)
4. rotation board

Chapter 6 - Exception Handling And Error Codes

Page 205

eitconcepts@gmail.com

100-0605H

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

Application errors (Code 90)

PioneerSM_ENG.book

Page 206

Thursday, October 30, 2014

1:28 PM

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12

2.6.1.10

Manipulation errors (code 120)

Class 5 Error code


120-1500H

Message/explanation
Tomo brightness not good

120-1501H

Exposure switch released

120-1502H

AEC CUT off error

2.7

10

Page 206

Warning Errors
Warning errors are the result of automated and regular background monitoring for either software
events or voltages exceeding thresholds.
Those errors are merely for engineering usage and do not indicate any hardware error failure.
However, as they are logged into the Generator Err_log file, just as the previous list of errors, they
are listed here to help error review. If many are seen when viewing error log, we recommend
reporting this with a CQA, since the equipment is still operating.
Rotation Warning
0151H
CAN Domain command number error
0152H
CAN Domain request with no transfer init
0153H
CAN Domain Toggle bit error
0154H
CAN Domain : less than 2 data to download
0155H
CAN Domain Abort received & applied
0156H
Bad index in config upload
0157H
Tube switch while rotor not off
0158H
Acceleration cmd while no tube selected
0159H
Acceleration cmd while database not OK
0160H
Database download while rotor speeding
0161H
Acceleration command not OK
0162H
Rotor acceleration while in error
0163H
No CAN message received within 4 secs
0164H
Rotation Inverter overcurrent (< 3 times)
0199H
Unknown rotation warning
Heater Warning
0251H
Received command is not OK
0252H
Heater command not OK
0253H
No CAN message received within 4 secs
0254H
Heater inverter overcurrent (inverter1) (<3
times)
0255H
Filament open circuit (inverter1) (<3 times)
0256H
Heater Inverter short circuit (inverter1)
(<3times)
0257H
Tube switch while filaments not OFF
0258H
CAN Domain command number error
0259H
CAN Domain request with no transfer init
0260H
CAN Domain Toggle bit error
0261H
CAN Domain : less than 2 data to download
0262H
CAN Domain Abort received & applied
0263H
Database download while heater not cut

Section 2.0 Error Codes, Diagnostics & Troubleshooting

eitconcepts@gmail.com

20

Potential cause
Technics (kV, mA) not set at the correct value.
The brightness signal is out of range (+/-20%)
Handswitch has been released before the end
of exposure
Backup time or mAs too short; AEC did not cut
the exposure

PioneerSM_ENG.book

Page 207

Thursday, October 30, 2014

1:28 PM

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12
25

Low Voltage Power


Supply Warnings

27

2.8

Application
warnings

0299H
0550H
0555H
0560H
0561H
0565H
0570H
0571H
0575H
0599H
1401H

Detected +160V too low


No more warn +15V too low or too high
Detected +15V too high
Detected +15V too low
No more warn -15V too low or too high
Detected -15V too strong
Detected -15V too weak
Unknown LVPS warning
Saved RAM power supply limit reached
This message is the result of a computation
that is made by the software based on the Date
for a period of approximately 7 years

Other Failures

Error code
System

Potential cause

GENERATOR does not reply to the system

1. No power on Generator
2. EMC filter
3. AC/DC- Diode bridge
4. Cable between AC/DC and LVPS
5. LVPS down
6. CAN cable problem
7. kV control
8. CT interface
9. Rotation board
10. Heater board
11. Inverter in short circuit
12. Generator to system cable
1. Short circuit on Generator :
IGBT in short circuit
ACDC or bridge rectifier in short circuit
EMC filter in short circuit
1. After software download:
-Incorrect or uncompleted download
-Checksum problem

Software or Data base corrupt

Message /
explanation
CONSOLE boot
up error

Potential cause

Recommended action Troubleshooting guide

Console power supply is not


correct

Locate the Switch Power DSP1 on the back of


PDU, then adjust VR1 to make 5V terminal out put
5.50.05V.

Chapter 6 - Exception Handling And Error Codes

Page 207

eitconcepts@gmail.com

Message/explanation

3 phases CB1 breaker trips in PDU

Error
code
Console

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL


Unknown heater warning
No more warn +160V too low or too high

PioneerSM_ENG.book

Page 208

Thursday, October 30, 2014

1:28 PM

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12
System

1. No power on the
Generator
2. EMC filter
3. AC/DC- Diode bridge
4. Cable between AC/DC
and LVPS
5. LVPS down
6. CAN cable problem
7. kV control
8. RAD interface
9. AEC board
10. Rotation board
11. Heater board
12. Inverter in short circuit
13. Generator to system
cable

Perform the troubleshooting in the following way:


1/ kV control Leds S0-S7 are lit successively:
refer to system communication errors (code 06xx
H)
2/ Leds S0-S7 show a specific pattern: refer to
PRD errors section
3/ Led RESET is lit: board is maintained in reset
either by the system or by a system I/F failure or kV
control failure
4/ Led HALT is lit: replace kV control
5/ No Led is lit: verify that +5 V on kV control
board (J6, pin 2).is present. If yes, replace kV
control. If no:
6/ Verify if +15 V/-15 V is present (Leds DS1/
DS2).
If yes:
Verify that mains_drop line is not stopping the kV
control software (mains_drop active):
6_1/Check if DS1 LED on LVPS board is lit. If yes,
replace LVPS board.
6_2/Disconnect Heater board control bus cable.
Check if kV control software starts. If yes, replace
Heater board.
6_3/Disconnect Rotation board control bus cable
and connect it directly to LVPS board. Check if kV
control software starts. If yes, replace rotation
board.
6_4/If AEC existing, disconnect AEC cable (J5)
from IF board (J3) cable. Check if kV control
software starts. If yes, disconnect AEC chambers
and connect AEC board to IF board. If kV control
starts, check AEC chambers, else replace AEC
board.
6_5/Disconnect IF board cable (J10). Check if kV
control software starts. If yes, replace IF board,
else: replace kV control board.
if no:
7/ Verify if +15 V/-15 V is present on rotation
board (DS1/DS2) and the 160 V is present on the
heater board (DS3). If yes: check the control bus
cable to the kV control board. If no error, change
the kV control board. If no:

Section 2.0 Error Codes, Diagnostics & Troubleshooting

eitconcepts@gmail.com

Page 208

GENERATOR
does not reply to
the system

PioneerSM_ENG.book

Page 209

Thursday, October 30, 2014

1:28 PM

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12
GENERATOR
does not reply to
the
system(Cond't)

1. Short circuit on
Generator:
- IGBT in short circuit
- ACDC or bridge rectifier
in short circuit
- EMC filter in short circuit

Software or Data
base corrupt

1. After software download:


- Incorrect or uncompleted
download
- Checksum problem
Console power does not
reach the specification

Console display
malfunction

2.9

PDU DPS1:V1 output should be +5V. Adjust the


potentiometer if needed.

Heating Function diagnostics

Purpose:

Pre-requisites:

Test type:
Sequence:

The purpose of this test is to drive the heater inverter(s) on both filaments and all the tubes
connected to the Generator in order to identify a faulty heater FRU or a wrong connection between
heater board, HV Tank and tube(s).

kV control board alive and running: S0-S7 Leds are lit successively or a combination of them
blink

heater board alive and running: DS1 and DS2 Leds are lit successively

heater DC supply present: DS3 Led is lit


No manual interaction
Select the tube to run the test on, start the diagnostic.
The following sequence runs on the small focus and then on the large focus:

5 seconds preheat

0,4 s boost

5 s heat (focal spot max current - 1Amp)


There is 10 s stop time between each focal spot run.
During the test, the heater safeties are checked the same way than in application mode.
Chapter 6 - Exception Handling And Error Codes

Page 209

eitconcepts@gmail.com

3 phases CB1
breaker trips in
PDU

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL


8/ Verify if the LVPS DC input is right. If no, check
AC/DC fuse and input line
If yes:
9/ disconnect all output cables from the LVPS
board. Verify the +15 V/-15 V/160 V output. If right:
reconnect each board successively to find the one
stucking the 15V to ground. If wrong, replace LVPS
board
1/ Disconnect DC bus cables between AC/DC
and inverter (on AC/DC side)
2/ Check if these cables are in short circuit. If yes,
replace inverter
if no,
3/ Remove ACDC board
4/ Check between outputs pins then between
inputs of ACDC board. If short circuit, replace AC/
DC FRU
if no:
5/ Check bridge rectifier, between outputs, if yes,
replace ACDC FRU (including rectifier bridge)
if no:
6/ Check bridge rectifier, between inputs, if yes,
replace ACDC FRU (including rectifier bridge)
if no:
7/ Disconnect AC line input from EMC board.
Check EMC for short circuit between phases. If
short circuit, replace EMC board.
Retry download

PioneerSM_ENG.book

Page 210

Thursday, October 30, 2014

1:28 PM

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12
Error codes reporting:
Refer to the troubleshooting table.

2.10

Rotation Function diagnostics

Purpose:

Pre-requisites:

Test type:
Sequence:

Associated data points to both high speed


and low speed mode

Replace the rotation board

For the other error codes, refer to the troubleshooting table.

2.11

Inverter in Short Circuit Function diagnostics

Purpose:

Pre-requisites:

Test type:

Page 210

The purpose of this test is to verify that the HV power inverter is working properly. The inverter is
commanded at a fixed frequency and is loaded with a short circuit. Verification is made that the
inverter currents are correctly set. At the same time verification is made that no High voltage is
measured. This test is performed without connecting the HV Tank to the inverter so that no Xray is
generated. Anode rotation and filament drive are not activated during this test.

Generator input line in an acceptable range (380 V-10% to 480 V+10% for 3-phase AC input)

kV control board alive and running: S0-S7 Leds are lit successively or a combination of them
blink

inverter gate_cmd board DC supply present: DS300 neon is lit

inverter dual snubber board DC supply present: DS1 neon is lit

Inverter gate command diagnostic passed without failure


Manual operation is required.

Section 2.0 Error Codes, Diagnostics & Troubleshooting

eitconcepts@gmail.com

Error code
0103H
0104H
0105H
0106H
0103H
0104H
0105H
0106H

The purpose of this test is to drive the rotation inverter(s) in high speed mode (for application
supporting high speed mode) and low speed mode on all the tubes connected to the Generator in
order to identify a faulty rotation FRU or a faulty dephasing capacitors FRU or a wrong connection
between rotation board and tube.

kV control board alive and running: S0-S7 Leds are lit successively or a combination of them
blink

rotation board alive and running: DS5 Led blinking

rotation DC supply present: DS7 neon is lit

cabling between rotation board and tube checked


No manual interaction, no loop on
Select the tube to run the test on, start the diagnostic.
The following sequence runs in low speed mode and then in high speed mode (if high speed mode
allowed):

acceleration (time depends on tube type)

2 s run

brake (time depends on tube type)


There is 2 s stop time between each speed mode.
During the test, the rotation safeties are checked the same way than in application mode.
Error codes reporting:
Associated data
Conclusion
Associated data points only to high speed Power-off. Check if rotation board K2 relay is
mode
short circuiting the rotor capacitors. If yes
replace the rotation board. If no replace the
rotation capacitors

PioneerSM_ENG.book

Page 211

Thursday, October 30, 2014

1:28 PM

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12
Sequence:
1.) Disconnect the HV Tank primary cables from the inverter.

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

Take care not to disconnect at the same time the parallel inductor cable which is tightened with
the HV Tank primary cables.
Put the short circuit cable (included in the first aid kit) between the two capacitors as shown:

eitconcepts@gmail.com

Check that the parallel inductor cable do not remain unscrewed.


2.) Power on the Generator
3.) Verify that the DS1 neon on inverter dual snubbers board is lit
4.) Verify that the DS300 neon on inverter gate_cmd board is lit
5.) Start the diagnostic and verify that no error is reported on the operator console
6.) Press the exposure switch (500 ms exposure is taken)
7.) Release the exposure switch
8.) Verify error reported on the console
9.) After exiting the test, power off the Generator
10.) Remove the short circuit cable, reconnect the HV Tank primary cables (see HV Tank D/R job
card).
11.) Verify that the parallel inductor cable is connected.

Error reporting:
error
DS1 neon off
DS300 neon off
0301/0302/0303/0304/
0309/0310/0319 (H)
0311
0312
0313
0314
0320
0323

Conclusion
Check that DC bus cables between AC/DC and inverter
Check the gate_cmd supply cable between AC/DC and gate_cmd
board
Check that HV Tank primary cables have been removed. If yes,
replace kV control board
No Ilp current detected. See note 2
No Ilr current detected. See note 3
replace kV control board
Ilr current resonant frequency is lower than expected. See note 4
if problem persists, replace kV control board
Both Ilr and Ilp currents not detected. See note 1

Chapter 6 - Exception Handling And Error Codes

Page 211

PioneerSM_ENG.book

Page 212

Thursday, October 30, 2014

1:28 PM

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12
0501
0503
0504
0505

Note 1:

kV control or inverter can be faulty


kV control or inverter can be faulty
kV control or inverter can be faulty
Isolation fault between inverter components and ground. Check
inverter inductors. If no faulty component, kV control or inverter
can be faulty

Ilp and Ilr currents not detected


1.) Check the -15 V (Led DS1) on kV control board (see central listing). If it is not lit, refer to "other
failures" section. Else:
2.) Power off the Generator. Wait until all neons are off.
3.) Check that the currents transformers (capacitor set) to gate_cmd board cable is correctly
connected. If yes:
4.) Check that the inverter inductors are correctly connected. If yes:
5.) Check that the gate_cmd to HV Tank cable and HV Tank to kV control cables are correctly
connected. If yes, replace the inverter
6.) Reconnect all the cables

Note 2:

Ilp current not detected


1.) Power off the Generator. Wait until all neons are off.
2.) Check that the parallel inductor is correctly connected. If yes:
3.) Check that the parallel inductor impedance is 0 Ohms. If no: replace inverter. If yes:

5.) Disconnect the currents transformers to gate_cmd board cable. Check that the parallel current
transformer impedance is 0. If no: replace the capacitor set. Else:
6.) Check that the gate_cmd to HV Tank cable and HV Tank to kV control cables are correctly
connected. If yes:
7.) Disconnect the HV Tank to kV control cable. Check that the impedance between pin 20 and
pin 21 of J2 of HV Tank is 3,3 Ohms. If no replace the inverter. If yes replace kV control board.
8.) Reconnect all the cables.
Note 3:

Ilr current not detected


1.) Power off the Generator. Wait until all neons are off
2.) Check that the inductors are correctly connected. If yes:
3.) Disconnect the currents transformers to gate_cmd board cable. Check that the serial current
transformer impedance is 0. If no: change capacitor set. Else:
4.) Check that inverter capacitors (capacitors set) are not broken. If yes, replace the capacitor set.
Else:
5.) Check that the gate_cmd to HV Tank cable and HV Tank to kV control cables are correctly
connected. If yes:
6.) Disconnect the HV Tank to kV control cable. Check that the impedance between pin 20 and
pin 21 of J2 of HV Tank is 5 Ohms. If no replace iverter. If yes replace kV control board.
7.) Reconnect all the cables

Note 4:

Ilr current resonant frequency is lower than expected


1.) Power off the Generator. Wait until all neons are off.
2.) Check that the inductors are correctly connected. If yes:
3.) Check that the inverter capacitors (capacitors set) are not broken. If yes: replace the apacitor
set. Else:
4.) Disconnect the currents transformers to gate_cmd board cable. Check that the parallel current

Page 212

Section 2.0 Error Codes, Diagnostics & Troubleshooting

eitconcepts@gmail.com

4.) Check that inverter capacitors (capacitors set) are not broken. If yes, replace the capacitor set.
Else:

PioneerSM_ENG.book

Page 213

Thursday, October 30, 2014

1:28 PM

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12
XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL
transformer impedance is 0. If no: change the capacitor set. Else: replace kV control board.
5.) Reconnect all the cables

2.12

AEC diagnostics

Purpose:
Pre-requisites:

Test type:
Sequence:

No cell selected, Test 4 is OK if return voltage measurement is 0 V.

Select respectively one of the three cells, left, right, middle.

Test 5, 6, 7 are OK if: 1 V < measured value < 3 V.


Error codes reporting:
Error Code
Associated Data
Conclusion
1111111 (*)
None
Test OK
Any combination
None
Test KO = test failed; replace AEC board
0001000
None
Communication error:
- Replace AEC board
- If same problem, apart from a DOA board, suspect
IF board then KV Control board.
(*) except for AEC board with serial number: 2184569-X: the resulting error code must be 0001111
(test is OK on this board the HV power supply test is not performed).
For the other error codes, refer to the troubleshooting table.

2.13

No Load HV diagnostics

Purpose:

The purpose of this test is to verify that the HV power inverter and HV tank are working properly.
The exposure is taken as in application mode except that no filament drive nor anode rotation is
running. Verification is made that the inverter currents are correctly set and that kV regulation is
operating properly. As no filament drive is applied, no XRays are generated.
Chapter 6 - Exception Handling And Error Codes

Page 213

eitconcepts@gmail.com

The purpose of this test is to drive the AEC function in order to identify a faulty AEC, IF or kV control
board FRU or the wrong connection between the AEC board and ion chambers.

application mode without AEC mode is running properly

kV Control board alive and running: S0-S7 LEDs are lit successively or a combination of them
blink

cabling between IF board, AEC board and ionization chambers checked.


Automated, with the use of Service Laptop
Select AEC function in menu 1 on Service Laptop.
Press V to run the test.
AEC function is verified through a series of 7 tests as follows:

AEC return measurement test:


A voltage reference is switched to one input of the AEC select multiplex.
Nominal value of return voltage = 5.24 V
Test 1 is OK if: 4 V < measured value < 6 V
This test is also performed at lower frequency count up:
Test 2 is OK if: 4 V < measured value < 6 V.

Switching Gain test (x10):


A voltage reference is switched to one input of the AEC select multiplex and count up gain is
applied.
Nominal value of return volatge = 4.76 V
Test 3 is OK if: 4 V < measured value < 6 V.

AEC ion chamber HV power supply test:


A portion of HV power supply is switched to one input of the AEC select multiplex:

PioneerSM_ENG.book

Page 214

Thursday, October 30, 2014

1:28 PM

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12

Pre-requisites:

Test type:
Sequence:

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

This test also allow to separate Generator from HV cable or x-ray tube problem by running it with
or without the HV cables plugged on the HV tank.

Generator input line in an acceptable range (380 V -10% to 480 V +10% for 3-phase AC input)

kV control board alive and running: S0-S7 Leds are lit successively or a combination of them
blink

inverter gate_cmd board DC supply present: DS300 neon is lit

inverter dual snubber board DC supply present: DS1 neon is lit

Inverter gate command diagnostic passed without failure

Inverter in short circuit diagnostic passed without failure

*) HV Receptacles must be filled with oil if HV cables are removed.


Manual operation is required.
1.) Power on the Generator
2.) Start the diagnostic and verify:
-

error reported on the operator console

inverter gate_cmd board Leds DS101, DS102, DS201, DS202 are lit: IGBTs gate drive
supply is working properly

3.) Select kV (default = 80 kV) and exposure time (default = 1 sec.).


4.) Press the exposure switch
5.) During the "exposure", verify:
-

error reported on the operator console

6.) Release the exposure switch

Error reporting:
See Troubleshooting Table.

2.14

Inverter Gate Command diagnostics

Purpose:

Pre-requisites:

Test type:
Sequence:

The purpose of this test is to verify that the HV power inverter drive is working properly. The IGBTs
gate drive supply and the IGBTs gate drive is verified. At the same time verification is made that no
inverter currents nor High voltage are measured. This test is performed without DC voltage applied
to the inverter so that no Xray is generated. Anode rotation and filament drive are not activated
during this test.

generator input line in an acceptable range (380V-10% to 480V+10% for 3-phase AC input)

kV control board alive and running: S0-S7 Leds are lit successively or a combination of them
blink

inverter gate_cmd board DC supply present: DS300 neon is lit


Manual operation is required.
1.) Switch the system OFF. Ensure there is no voltage on AC/DC board
2.) FOR XR 6000:
-

Remove DC BUS cable going to Inverter (refer to Chapter 8 - - Renewal Parts-3.4 Inverter Mid-Power Assembly).

Remove the EMC cover (refer to Chapter 8 - - Renewal Parts-3.4 - Inverter Mid-Power
Assembly).

Refer to Central Listing to "GATE COMMAND BOARD" and to "DUAL SNUB BOARD" for
leds location.

3.) Power on the Generator


4.) Verify that the DS1 neon on inverter dual snubbers board is not lit
5.) Start the diagnostic and verify:
Page 214

error reported on the operator console


Section 2.0 Error Codes, Diagnostics & Troubleshooting

eitconcepts@gmail.com

7.) Power off the Generator

PioneerSM_ENG.book

Page 215

Thursday, October 30, 2014

1:28 PM

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12
XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL
inverter gate_cmd board Leds DS101, DS102, DS201, DS202 are lit: IGBTs gate drive
supply is working properly
6.) Press the exposure switch (10 s exposure is taken after a 10 sec. delay)
7.) During the "exposure", verify:
-

error reported on the operator console

inverter gate_cmd board Leds DS100 and DS200 are lit: IGBTs gate drive is working
properly

8.) Release the exposure switch


9.) Power off the Generator
10.) Reconnect the 2 DC bus cables from the AC/DC board (see Central Listing).

Error reporting:
Error
DS1 neon lit
DS300 neon off

if problem persists, replace Kv control board


kV control or inverter fault, replace inverter first
kV control or inverter fault, replace inverter first
kV control or inverter fault, replace inverter first
Replace inverter

Check cabling between kV control, HV Tank and gate_cmd board.


If cabling is right, kV control or inverter fault, replace inverter first

Chapter 6 - Exception Handling And Error Codes

Page 215

eitconcepts@gmail.com

0301/0302/0303/0304/
0309/0310/0311/0312/
0313/0314/0319/0323
(H)
0320
0501
0503
0504
one of DS101/DS102/
DS201/DS202 LEDs off
while no error reported
DS100 and/or DS200
LEDs off

Conclusion
Check that DC bus cables have been removed
Check the gate_cmd supply cable between AC/DC and gate_cmd
board
Check that DC bus cables have been removed.
If yes, replace kV control board

PioneerSM_ENG.book

Page 216

Thursday, October 30, 2014

1:28 PM

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12

Section 3.0
Console Troubleshooting & Error Codes
3.1

Error Codes
Error Code
C01-0001
C02-0001
C02-1000
C03-0001
C04-0001
C04-0002
C04-0003
C04-0004
C05-0001
C06-0001

3.2

Messages
System Error
Memory Error on Console Control Board
Membrane Button Error
JEDI Communication Error
APR Random or All
No AEC Config
Overlimit
Phase Missing
Generator Error
Exposure Error

Console Troubleshooting

3.2.1

System Error (C01-0001)


eitconcepts@gmail.com

Adjust KV
No

KV can be changed?

Connector of J4 on
console is loosing?

Yes

No

8QSOXJ+6FRQQHFWRU
Press the button.

HS Pin1/2 and Pin3/4 can


switch with pressing?

No

Replace handswitch
If connector of TAV board and
connector J3 on Jedi is loosing?

Yes
Open PDU cover.
J2 on Jedi is loosing?

Yes

Yes

Re-connect
No

Yes

Re-connect

No
Power off console. Then
power on it after 15s, if the issue
still exists?

Power on console. Pull out TAV cable


connector from Jedi J3 and J2. Then press HS.

No

Yes
Is LED (DS4) lighting or
flashing on TAV board?

Yes

Jedi
troubleshooting

Replace
console

No
Replace TAV
board

Page 216

Section 3.0 Console Troubleshooting & Error Codes

Power up 15s
after power off

PioneerSM_ENG.book

Page 217

Thursday, October 30, 2014

1:28 PM

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12

3.2.2

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

Memory Error on Console Control Board (C02-0001)


Power off console. Then
power on it after 15 sec.
Repeat this operation
for more 3 times.

If there is at least one


time error code C02-0001
displaying.

No

Replace console main


board

Yes
Make APR saving
Operation. Reset console.

Check if the APR has been


changed to above setting?

Yes

As error issue report

No
Replace console main
board
eitconcepts@gmail.com

Chapter 6 - Exception Handling And Error Codes

Page 217

PioneerSM_ENG.book

Page 218

Thursday, October 30, 2014

1:28 PM

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12

3.2.3

Membrane Button Error (C02-1000)

Check if console can


enter normal work
mode?

No

Yes
Operation each button.
Check and record which
button is invalid.

If all the button on a


line all are invalid?

No

Replace console

Yes
Replace console
main board

eitconcepts@gmail.com

Page 218

Section 3.0 Console Troubleshooting & Error Codes

PioneerSM_ENG.book

Page 219

Thursday, October 30, 2014

1:28 PM

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12

3.2.4

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

JEDI Communication Error (C03-0001)


Check if connector J4
of console is loosing?

Yes

No
Power off console, then
power on it after 15 sec
Check if the error
disappears?

No

Power up 15s
after power off

Yes
Power off console. Open
PDU cover

Check if the connector


of TAV board and J3 connector
of Jedi is loosing?

Yes

Re-connect
Jedi
troubleshooting
No

No
Open TAV cover,
and power on console. Check if
LED DS1 is light?

Yes
Check if DS3 is flashing?

Yes

Check if DS2 is flashing?

No

3.2.5

Replace console
or TAV board

Yes
Replace console

APR Random or All (C04-0001)


APR parameters are invalid, its root cause is perhaps one or more parameters from local database
are over-limit. LCD screen will display zero.

3.2.6

No AEC Config (C04-0002)


AEC Operation will be regarded as an error, if there is not AEC configuration.

3.2.7

Overlimit (C04-0003)
Value is out of predefined range. Jedi can not accept.

Chapter 6 - Exception Handling And Error Codes

Page 219

eitconcepts@gmail.com

No
Replace TAV
board

PioneerSM_ENG.book

Page 220

Thursday, October 30, 2014

1:28 PM

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12

3.2.8

Phase Missing (C04-0004)

check if PDU misses


phase?

Yes

No

Pull out J3 of Console. Test if


Pin 5 is connected with Pin 6 of
power cable connector?

Yes

PDU
troubleshooting

No
Replace console
main board

3.2.9

Generator Error (C05-0001)


1.) It is a real time indication of Jedi error. Enter error code mode and get detail Jedi error code
information.
2.) Look up Service Manual of Jedi and enter Jedi trouble shooting.

Other Troubleshooting

3.2.10.1

LED Unlit Failure


Power off. Then power up after 15 seconds. Check if all LEDs light up in initialization.
Y: Its OK.
N: Replace the console.

3.2.10.2

Buzzer Failure
Power up. Check if there a beep sound after button press operation. If there is not a beep, buzzer
circuit is failure. Replace the console main board.

3.2.10.3

LCD Display Failure


1.) Power off. Check if Power LED lights up.
N: Replace console main board;
Y: Go to step 2).
2.) Open console cover. Check if LCD connector J1 and J14 are loosing.
Y: Fix them well;
N: Replace the console.

3.2.10.4

LCD Display Faintness


Power off. Open console cover. Power up again. Adjust R133 on console main board. Check if the
LCD display can be changed to be clear enough for watching. Otherwise, replace the console.

Page 220

Section 3.0 Console Troubleshooting & Error Codes

eitconcepts@gmail.com

3.2.10

PioneerSM_ENG.book

Page 221

Thursday, October 30, 2014

1:28 PM

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12

3.2.10.5

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

Power Un failure
Power off. Pull out J3 connector from console. Check if there is 24VDC between Pin1 and Pin2 of
Power cable. This is console 24V supplier from PDU. If it does not exist, check PDU. Otherwise,
replace the console main board.

Section 4.0
PDU Troubleshooting
4.1
4.1.1

PDU Troubleshooting
No Console Power
Check TM1 1,2,3 is
380VAC and BK is
close

No Console Power

Close BK or
hostipital BK

Check DSP1 input is


110 VAC or not

Check T1 output is
110VAC or not

Replace F3 or
filter NF1

Replace T1

Y
N

Replace Console
or Console Cable

Check DSP1 output is


24 V or not

Check T1 input is
380 VAC or not

N
Replace DSP1

N
Replace F1

Chapter 6 - Exception Handling And Error Codes

Page 221

eitconcepts@gmail.com

PioneerSM_ENG.book

Page 222

Thursday, October 30, 2014

1:28 PM

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12

4.1.2

No EM Lock Power or No Collimator Power


No EM lock power
or
No collimator power

Check LED1 is light or


not

Close BK or
hostipital BK

Check DSP2 input is


110 VAC or not

Check T2 output is
110VAC or not

Replace F4

Y
N
Replace EM lock
or
Replace Collimator

Check DSP2 output is


24 V or not

Check T2 input is
380 VAC or not

Replace T2

Replace DSP2
Check CT2 is close or
not

Replace F2

Replace CT2

Replace Console

Page 222

Check TM3 1 vs 7 voltage


is 24 VDC or not

Section 4.0 PDU Troubleshooting

Replace K1

eitconcepts@gmail.com

Check K1 is close or
not

PioneerSM_ENG.book

Page 223

Thursday, October 30, 2014

1:28 PM

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12

4.1.3

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

No Generator Power
NO Generator
Power

Check TM1 1,2,3 is


380VAC

Check hospital
power

Check CT1 is close or


not

Replace CT1

Check K1 is close or
not

Check CT2 is close or


not

Replace CT2

N
N
Y
Refer to No Console Power
Troubleshooting Chart

Check DSP1 output is


24 VDC or not

Check T2 is output is
110 VAC or not

Replace F2

Y
Y
Replace Console

Check TM3 1 vs 7 voltage


is 24 VDC or not

Replace K2

eitconcepts@gmail.com

Y
Replace K1

Chapter 6 - Exception Handling And Error Codes

Page 223

PioneerSM_ENG.book

Page 224

Thursday, October 30, 2014

1:28 PM

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12
This page is intentionally left blank.

eitconcepts@gmail.com

Page 224

Section 4.0 PDU Troubleshooting

PioneerSM_ENG.book

Page 225

Thursday, October 30, 2014

1:28 PM

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

Chapter 7 - Planned Maintenance


Section 1.0
Preventive Maintenance Action List
The following table lists the required planned maintenance activities and the associated Job Card
for each task.
OPERATION

FREQUENCY

SECTION

DESCRIPTION

General cleaning and painting

As required

2.1

Keep all surfaces clean and touch-up paint chips

Visual inspection

13 months

2.2

Check for debris that would indicate abnormal


wear

Functional checks

13 months

2.3

Perform the tasks described in Chapter 4 Functional Checks

Control pedals andmovement


inhibition buttons

13 months

2.4

Check condition and functioning; ensure pedals


and buttons have free play without any obstruction

Electrical cables

13 months

Check condition of cable sheathing and correct


routing

Power and ground


connections

13 months

Check condition and connections

Connector panel and cable


connectors

13 months

Check condition and connections

GENERAL

TABLE BASE

eitconcepts@gmail.com

PATIENT SUPPORT
Surface finish

13 months

2.5

Check condition and clean

Bearings (longitudinal &


transversal)

13 months

Check condition and lubricate with grease

Bearing tracks and rails


(longitudinal & transversal)

13 months

Clean and wipe with light machine oil

CASSETTE TRAY AND CARRIAGE


Electrical connector and cable

13 months

2.6

Ensure connector is in good condition and making


good contact; check condition of cable sheathing

Cassette handle assembly,


push button & hand holder

13 months

Ensure handle and push button have free play


without any obstruction

Bearings and tracks (front and


rear)

13 months

Check condition; clean and wipe with light machine


oil and lubricate with grease

Tray

13 months

Check general condition of the tray

Rubber bumper end stops

13 months

Check condition of stops and tightness of


anchoring

Cassette size marker and


locking assembly

13 months

Check condition; clean and wipe with light machine


oil

TUBE STAND

Chapter 7 - Planned Maintenance

Page 225

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

Check longitudinal bearings


and rail mounting screws

13 months

If the longitudinal bearing and rail mounting screws


are loose, below steps must be performed while
installation or replacement:
1. Apply Loctite 242 (or 243) to the screws.
2. Tighten M8 screws to 24 N-m (17.7lbs-ft) with
the torque wrench; Tighten M10 screws to 48 N-m
(35.4 lbs-ft) with the torque wrench.

Counterweight chain

13 months

Carriage roller bearing


inspection

13 months

Clean roller bearings and tracks

Vertical lock

13 months

Clean and inspect

2.7

Inspect and grease length of chains; replace if


required

GENERATOR
13 months

2.8

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.

Test exposure, including AEC if present


Record last error codes
Record result on counters
Check technique factors
Tighten terminals and remove dust

Regrease HV cables and tube


cable sockets

13 months

2.9

Perform the tasks described in Chapter 2 Physical Installation to regreasing HV cables and
tube cable sockets

Replace NonVolatile RAM on


the kV Control Board

Every 8 Years

2.10

1.
2.
3.

Upload database
Battery replacement
Download database

Collimator
Check the collimator
mounting screws

13 months

Check the flange and stop plate, if mounting


screws are loose, below steps must be performed
while installation or replacement:
1.
Apply Loctite 242 (or 243) to the screws.
2.
Tighten screws to 9.9 N-m (7.3lbs-ft) with
the torque wrench.

13 months

Remove tube covers, Check tube fork and tube


arm, if mounting screws are loose, below steps
must be performed while installation or
replacement:
1.
Apply Loctite 242 (or 243) to the screws.
2.
Tighten M6 screws to 9.9 N-m (7.3lbs-ft)
with the torque wrench; Tighten M8 screws to 24 Nm (17.7lbs-ft) with the torque wrench;

Tube
Check the tube mounting
screws

WALL STAND (Optional)


General cleaning and painting

As required

2.1

Keep all surfaces clean and touch-up paint chips

Visual inspection

13 months

2.2

Check for defects that would indicate abnormal


wear

Functional checks

13 months

2.3

Perform the tasks described in Chapter 4 Functional Checks

Page 226

eitconcepts@gmail.com

Check generator functions

PioneerSM_ENG.book

Page 227

Thursday, October 30, 2014

1:28 PM

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

Counterweight chain

13 months

2.7

Inspect and grease length of chains; replace if


required

Carriage roller bearing


inspection

13 months

Clean roller bearings and tracks

Vertical lock

13 months

Clean and inspect

Section 2.0
Preventive Maintenance
The following pages list the preventive maintenance detailed activities.

2.1
2.1.1

General Cleaning and Painting


Supplies
Cleaning liquids and compounds.
Touch-up paint.

2.1.2

Tools
None.
eitconcepts@gmail.com

2.1.3

Safety Precautions
Remove power from the system before beginning work.
Check that the power is off.

2.1.4

prerequisites
None.

2.1.5

Personnel
1 person.

2.1.6

Time
15 minutes.

2.1.7

Procedure
1.) Remove power from the system.
2.) Carefully clean all surfaces of the system. Note any paint damage as you clean the system.
3.) Apply touch-up paint to any paint-damage areas.
4.) Reapply power to the system.

2.2
2.2.1

Visual Inspection
Supplies
None.

Chapter 7 - Planned Maintenance

Page 227

PioneerSM_ENG.book

Page 228

Thursday, October 30, 2014

1:28 PM

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12

2.2.2

Tools
None.

2.2.3

Safety Precautions
Remove power from the system before beginning work.
Check that the power is off.

2.2.4

Prerequisites
None.

2.2.5

Personnel
1 person.

2.2.6

Time
15 minutes.

2.2.7

Procedure
1.) Remove power from the system.

3.) If any debris, wear or damage is observed, replace or repair the affected areas.
4.) Reapply power to the system.

2.3
2.3.1

Functional Checks
Supplies
None.

2.3.2

Tools
None.

2.3.3

Safety Precautions
No specific precautions.
Check that the power is off.

2.3.4

Prerequisites
None.

2.3.5

Personnel
1 person.

2.3.6

Time
45 minutes.

Page 228

Section 2.0 Preventive Maintenance

eitconcepts@gmail.com

2.) Visually check around the moving parts of the system for any debris, wear or damage. This
includes tabletop, tube stand, XRT mount, collimator moving parts and the wall stand if
present.

PioneerSM_ENG.book

Page 229

Thursday, October 30, 2014

1:28 PM

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12

2.3.7

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

Procedure
Follow the functional checks specified in Chapter 4 - Functional Checks of this Service Manual.

2.4
2.4.1

Table Base Maintenance


Supplies
None.

2.4.2

Tools
Measuring tape.

2.4.3

Safety Precautions
Remove power from the system before beginning work as indicated in the procedure steps.
Check that the power is off.

2.4.4

Prerequisites
None.

2.4.5

Personnel
1 person.
eitconcepts@gmail.com

2.4.6

Time
45 minutes.

2.4.7

Procedure
1.) Control Pedals and Movement Inhibition Buttons
a.) Confirm the control pedal unlocks the table top when depressed and locks the table top
in place when released. Adjust the locks as required if there is inappropriate table motion.
b.) Confirm that each of the 4 movement inhibit buttons on the control panel release the
appropriate lock when depressed and locks the relevant motion when released. Adjust
the locks as required if there is inappropriate motion.
2.) Electrical cables
a.) Remove power from system
b.) Check condition of all cables including cable sheathing, connectors and overall condition;
if any cable damage is noted, replace or repair affected cable
c.)

Confirm that the cables are correctly routed

3.) Power and ground cables


a.) Check that power is removed from system
b.) Check condition of all power and ground cables including cable sheathing, connections
and overall condition; if any cable damage is noted, replace or repair affected cable
c.)

Confirm that the cables are correctly routed

4.) Connector panel and cable connectors


a.) Check that power is removed from system
b.) Check condition of all interconnection cables including cable sheathing, connections and
overall condition; if any cable damage is noted, replace or repair affected cable
c.)

Confirm that the cables are correctly routed


Chapter 7 - Planned Maintenance

Page 229

PioneerSM_ENG.book

Page 230

Thursday, October 30, 2014

1:28 PM

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12
d.) Reapply power when complete

2.5

Patient Support Maintenance

2.5.1

Supplies
Grease.
Light Machine Oil.

2.5.2

Tools
None.

2.5.3

Safety Precautions
Remove power from the system before beginning work.
Check that the power is off.

2.5.4

Prerequisites
None.

2.5.5

Personnel
1 person.
eitconcepts@gmail.com

2.5.6

Time
45 minutes.

2.5.7

Procedure
1.) Surface finish.
Remove the dust from the table top and table topside rails.
2.) Bearings (longitudinal and transversal).
Remove the dust.
3.) Bearing tracks and rails (longitudinal and transversal).
Remove the dust from the bearing tracks and rails. Add the light machine oil on the tracks and
rails.
4.) Rubber bumper end stops (longitudinal and transversal).
Verify the bumper stops have no cracks and one fixed tightly.

2.6
2.6.1

Cassette Tray Carriage Maintenance


Supplies
Grease.
Light Machine Oil.

2.6.2

Tools
None.

2.6.3

Safety Precautions
Remove power from the system before beginning work.

Page 230

Section 2.0 Preventive Maintenance

PioneerSM_ENG.book

Page 231

Thursday, October 30, 2014

1:28 PM

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12
Check that the power is off.

2.6.4

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

Prerequisites
None.

2.6.5

Personnel
1 person.

2.6.6

Time
45 minutes.

2.6.7

Procedure
1.) Electrical connector and cable
Confirm properly connected.
2.) Cassette handle assembly, push button and hand holder
Check the push button function. Check the movement with the handle functions.
3.) Bearings and tracks (front and rear)
Remove the dust and add grease or light machine oil.
4.) Rubber bumper and stops
Confirm the bumper and stops have no cracks and are fixed tightly.
Confirm the pull-in and pull-out movement is smooth.
6.) Cassette size marker and locking assembly
Check the cassette size marker is firmly set and the cassette locking assembly is functional.

2.7
2.7.1

Tube Stand and Wall Stand Maintenance


Supplies
Grease.
Light Machine Oil.

2.7.2

Tools
None.

2.7.3

Safety Precautions
Remove power from the system before beginning work.
Check that the power is off.

2.7.4

Prerequisites
None.

2.7.5

Personnel
1 person.

2.7.6

Time
45 minutes.
Chapter 7 - Planned Maintenance

Page 231

eitconcepts@gmail.com

5.) Tray

PioneerSM_ENG.book

Page 232

Thursday, October 30, 2014

1:28 PM

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12

2.7.7

Procedure
1.) Counterweight chain (Tube stand)
Check the chain is fixed tightly.
2.) Carriage roller bearing inspection
Corresponding movement operates smoothly.
3.) Vertical lock
Confirm proper function.

2.8

Generator Functional Checks

2.8.1

Supplies
Film.
Error-code recording form.
X-ray counter recording form.

2.8.2

Tools
Laptop.

2.8.3

Safety Precautions
No specific precautions.
eitconcepts@gmail.com

2.8.4

Prerequisites
None.

2.8.5

Personnel
1 person.

2.8.6

Time
60 minutes.

2.8.7

Procedure

2.8.7.1

Test exposure
Post display initialization:
Connect the service Laptop
Run the service software
Go to calibration mode by using keys ALT and S
Go to MENU 5 with arrow keys
Press (F7) to select DSPL
Press (F1) to select Display ON
Press Q to quit the program and return to application mode

Page 232

Section 2.0 Preventive Maintenance

PioneerSM_ENG.book

Page 233

Thursday, October 30, 2014

1:28 PM

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

mA accuracy
Run the exposures in table below and check if the mA value on post display (Z key) is between
the min and max value.
If not , run the same exposure 10 times with exposure time set to 12.5ms and then check again.
Focus

Parameter

mA results

(Post Display)

min and max value

Small

40 kV 100mA 50ms

90-110

Small

80kV 100mA 50ms

90-110

Small

120kV 100mA 50ms

90-110

Large

40 kV 200mA 50ms

180-220

Large

80kV 200mA 50ms

180-220

Large

120kV 200mA 50ms

180-220

AEC functionality check (if existing)


Put 15cm of Plexiglas or a plastic bucket with 15 cm of water on the table top
Select Two point mode (mAs)
Set kV to 80 kV and mAs to 600
eitconcepts@gmail.com

Run the exposure


Develop the film
Check that the density is 1 +/-10%.If not redo AEC calibration.

2.8.7.2

Record last error codes


Go to calibration mode by using keys ALT and S
Go to MENU 2 with arrow keys
Press (F3) to select LIST
Press (F5) to select the first error code
Fill the chart below with the error code number
Then use F5 key for following error code.
Refer to diagnostic section (Chapter 6) for fix if necessary.
Clear the Error Log after checking. (Use CTRL and H keys, then confirm with W key).

Simplified
Error Code
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13

Error Code

Generator
Phase

Error Class

Data associated
with the Error Code

Chapter 7 - Planned Maintenance

Number of
occurrences

Date and
Time

Page 233

PioneerSM_ENG.book

Page 234

Thursday, October 30, 2014

1:28 PM

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30

2.8.7.3

Record results on counters


Go to calibration mode by using keys ALT and S
Go to MENU 2 with arrow keys
Press (F5) to select NEXP(Number of EXPosures)
Fill the chart below with the counter number
Then use F5 key for following counter.
Counter name

Data

Explanation

No WARM-UP

Don't care

Number of skipped warm-up (N/A)

RX GSF

Cumulated exposure time on Small Focus

RXGLF

Cumulated exposure time on Large Focus

RXSCOP

Don't care

Cumulated exposure time in Fluoro (N/A)

ROTANOD

Cumulated anode rotation time

NEXPSF

Cumulated number of exposure on Small Focus

NEXPLF

Cumulated number of exposure on Large Focus

N100%SF

Don't care

Cumulated number of exposure on Small Focus at


100% (N/A)

N100%LF

Don't care

Cumulated number of exposure on Large Focus


at 100% (N/A)

NAMOR

Page 234

Cumulated Number of spits

KJSF

Cumulated dissipated power on Small Focus

KJLF

Cumulated dissipated power on Large Focus

Section 2.0 Preventive Maintenance

eitconcepts@gmail.com

Press (F5) to select the first counter

PioneerSM_ENG.book

Page 235

Thursday, October 30, 2014

1:28 PM

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12
TIME ON

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL


H

N EXP G

2.8.7.4

Total Generator Power On (not erasable)


Total generator number of exposure (not
erasable)

Check technique factors


Run the Accuracy checks in Functional Check procedure in Chapter 4.
Make a copy of illustrations 3, 4, 5, and 6 and fill it with the results you get.

2.8.7.5

2.9
2.9.1

Tighten terminals and remove dust

Tighten the inputs connections on generator, located near the labels on AC/DC module (refer
to illustration in disassembly / reassembly section).

Tighten the DC bus connections on generator located on the upper side of the generator (refer
to illustration in disassembly / reassembly section).

Verify if all connectors are correctly plugged in.

Remove dust by using a vacuum cleaner.

HV Cable and Sockets Regreasing


Supplies

2.9.2

eitconcepts@gmail.com

None.

Tools
None.

2.9.3

Safety Precautions
No specific precautions.
Check that the power is off.

2.9.4

Prerequisites
None.

2.9.5

Personnel
1 person.

2.9.6

Time
30 minutes.

2.9.7

Procedure
Follow the process specified from Step 7 to Step 11 in Chapter 2 - Physical Installation - 4.3 X-Ray
Tube of this Service Manual.

2.10
2.10.1

Replace Generator NonVolatile Parameters RAM


Supplies
None.
Chapter 7 - Planned Maintenance

Page 235

PioneerSM_ENG.book

Page 236

Thursday, October 30, 2014

1:28 PM

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12

2.10.2

Tools
5.5 nut driver or socket wrench with ratchet.

2.10.3

Safety Precautions
Remove power from the system before beginning work.
Check that the power is off.
To protect the circuit boards, do not forget to wear the antistatic bracelet.

2.10.4

Prerequisites
Upload the database that is stored in the RAM before starting the replacement procedure
Refer to Chapter 3 - Configuraton & Calibration - 2.9 Backup and Restore Database Parameters.

2.10.5

Personnel
1 person.

2.10.6

Time
45 minutes.

2.10.7

Remove and Replace the RAM


On the kV Control board, note the direction that the RAM faces. Insert the tip of a small screw driver
underneath left side of U32 and lever gently, then grasp it between your thumb and forefinger and
pull it directly away from its support on the board.
Insert the new Nonvolatile Parameters RAM in its place. Be careful to insert it facing in the same
direction.

Refer to Central Listing section for more details.


This NV RAM contains a LITHIUM CARBON MonoFlouride (LiCFx) battery, used to provide the
battery backup for the static RAM and the time keeper device.Electrical Characteristics: 3 V - 49
mAh type BR 1225.Resend the former component to your local GEMS representative for recycling.

2.10.7.2

Download Database
Reapply power.
Download the database (refer to Chapter 3 - Configuraton & Calibration - 2.9 Backup and Restore
Database Parameters.).

Page 236

Section 2.0 Preventive Maintenance

eitconcepts@gmail.com

2.10.7.1

Procedure

PioneerSM_ENG.book

Page 237

Thursday, October 30, 2014

1:28 PM

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12

Chapter 8 - Renewal Parts


Section 1.0
Renewal Parts List
Note:

Refer to Section 2.0 for information regarding JEDI Generator Renewal Parts.
Item
Part No.
Description
5183178
5199452
5184620
5182285
5195772
5195778
5195779
5181727

9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22

5182277
5195615
5191715
5181910
5181374
5184986
5180983
5215489
5184226
5184407
5184488
5184750
5184895
5196542

23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43

5184245
5184272
5195279
5193099
5193102
5260909
5195278
5196543
5196544
021-0103
021-0129
021-0102
021-0122
5184698
5184364
5183903
5182354
5212348
2259298-75
5308337
5213401

Pioneer console assembly


Pioneer console E-board
Handswitch
TAV board
Relay DC24V
Power supply 150W
Power supply 320W
Long electromagnetism brake assembly C (tube stand
movement)
Line wheel
Circle electrical bracket A (up/down)
Tube stand top cover (50kW)
Pioneer tube support assembly (without clamps)
Tube fork clamps
Rotundity electricity brake assembly B (tube rotate)
Pioneer tube cover assembly (mechanical parts)
Table top
Long electricity brake assembly B (table top lognitudinal)
Table front cover
Long electricity brake assembly A (table top transverse)
Lock handle (table cassette tray)
Foot Pedal Tweak spring
Pioneer WS cassette tray spring kit (spring 5193827, twist
spring 5193856)
Wall Stand bottom cover
Wall Stand top cover
Switch VS10N051C2
MC3 MC4 cable
MC8 cable
Key switch
Foot pedal switch
Bearing kit 1 GB/T276 6001-2Z(021-0141) + 5181681
Bearing kit 2 GB/T276 6001-2Z (021-0141) + 5182435
Bearing GB/T276 6200-2Z
Bearing GB/T276 6203-2Z
Bearing GB/T276 6000-2Z
Bearing GB/T276 609-2Z
Bearing outer circle A
Nylon outer circle B
Pioneer console power cable
Pioneer generator console cable
Table 78L 10:1 100 cm grid
Table 60L 10:1 100 cm grid
Tube (50kW): Toshiba E7843X
Wall stand with 78L 10:1 180 cm grid
Chapter 8 - Renewal Parts

2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
3
1
2
2

eitconcepts@gmail.com

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8

Quantity/
unit
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

1
1
1
1
1
5
1
6
4
12
2
19
3
4
12
1
1
1
1
1
1
Page 237

PioneerSM_ENG.book

Page 238

Thursday, October 30, 2014

1:28 PM

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64

Note:

2226687
5189248
5136302
5224261
5224263
5224276
5224272
5224265
5224548
5224274
5224275
2259298-85
5167409-1
5167409-2
5184391
5335073
5184224
5323823
5193838
5184243
5184224

Wall stand with 60L 10:1 180 cm grid


Manual collimator
Collimator lamp 24V
Pioneer PDU breaker
Pioneer PDU contactor 50A
Pioneer PDU contactor 9A
Pioneer PDU Fuse kit
Relay MY2J 24VDC
NTC board assembly
Pioneer PDU transformer 550VA
Lose phase monitor
HV cables (8 m federal standard high voltage cable)
Table ion chamber (same as VR)
Wall stand ion chamber (same as VR)
Faceplate
Tabletop IF board
Photo drawer part assembly
Bucky Handle Assembly
Pioneer WS cassette tray support assembly
Table cassette tray
WS cassette tray

1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

If the part 5192454 needs replacement, please order tube 5308337.


Item 2

Item 1

eitconcepts@gmail.com

Item 39
Item 38
Item 3

Page 238

PioneerSM_ENG.book

Page 239

Thursday, October 30, 2014

1:28 PM

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12

Item 4

Item 7

eitconcepts@gmail.com

Item 53
Item 49

Item 48

Item 47
Item 6
Item 50
(F1~F5)

Item 54
Item 52

Item 11
Item 51

Chapter 8 - Renewal Parts

Page 239

PioneerSM_ENG.book

Page 240

Thursday, October 30, 2014

1:28 PM

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12

Item 31

Item 33

Item 33

Item 30

Item 8

eitconcepts@gmail.com

Item 31

Item 30

Item 40, 41, 43, 44

Page 240

Item 30

PioneerSM_ENG.book

Page 241

Thursday, October 30, 2014

1:28 PM

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12
Item 9

Item 10
Item 34

eitconcepts@gmail.com

Item 46

Item 11

Item 42
Item 45

Item 16

Item 18

Chapter 8 - Renewal Parts

Page 241

PioneerSM_ENG.book

Page 242

Thursday, October 30, 2014

1:28 PM

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12

Item 15

Item 28

Item 13

Item 14

Two

Four Totally

Four Totally

Item 32

Page 242

eitconcepts@gmail.com

Item 12

PioneerSM_ENG.book

Page 243

Thursday, October 30, 2014

1:28 PM

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12

Item 26

Item 27

Item 34, 37

Item 34, 37

Item 17

eitconcepts@gmail.com

Item 34, 37
Item 55

Chapter 8 - Renewal Parts

Page 243

PioneerSM_ENG.book

Page 244

Thursday, October 30, 2014

1:28 PM

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12
Item 34, 36
Item 34, 36

Item 19

Item 19

Item 35

eitconcepts@gmail.com

Item 21

Item 29

Item 21

Item 19

Item 25

Page 244

PioneerSM_ENG.book

Page 245

Thursday, October 30, 2014

1:28 PM

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12

Item 56

Item 57

eitconcepts@gmail.com

Item 28

Item 20

Chapter 8 - Renewal Parts

Page 245

PioneerSM_ENG.book

Page 246

Thursday, October 30, 2014

1:28 PM

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12
Item 24

Item 34

Item 58

eitconcepts@gmail.com

Item 23

Item 61

Page 246

PioneerSM_ENG.book

Page 247

Thursday, October 30, 2014

1:28 PM

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12

eitconcepts@gmail.com

Item 22 - 5193827

Note:

1.1

Item 22 - 5193856

If any brake is replaced, please use electric iron to seal the cable.

Bearing kit 5196543, 5196544


1.) Power off.
2.) Demount the tube stand. Please refer to Chapter 2 - Physical Installation - Section 4.0
Integrated Table - 4.2 Tube Stand
3.) Replace the bearing.
4.) Put a standard slide between the idler wheel and the eccentric cam. Then ajust the position of
the eccentric cam to assure the clearance between idler wheel and the standard slide is 0.51mm with clearance gauge. See the illustration below.

Chapter 8 - Renewal Parts

Page 247

PioneerSM_ENG.book

Page 248

Thursday, October 30, 2014

1:28 PM

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12

Idler Wheel
Put the standard slide here

Eccentric Cam

1.2

1.3

X-Ray Tube (5192454) / Collimator (5189248) Replacement


Note:

About disassembly/reassembly of the tube assembly or collimator, please refer to Chapter 2 Physical Installation - Section 4.0 Integrated Table - 4.3 X-Ray Tube ~ 4.4 Control Box and
Collimator.

Note:

Accuracy of X-ray field and Light field alignment is required after tube or collimator replacement.
For details, please refer to Chapter 4 - Functional Checks - 4.2 Accuracy of X-Ray Field and Light
Field Alignment.

Collimator Lamp (5136302) Replacement


1.) Power off.
2.) Loose the fix knob, and rotate the collimator to the location which is convenient for operation.

Page 248

eitconcepts@gmail.com

5.) Reinstall the tube stand.Please refer to Chapter 2 - Physical Installation - Section 4.0
Integrated Table - 4.2 Tube Stand

PioneerSM_ENG.book

Page 249

Thursday, October 30, 2014

1:28 PM

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12

3.) Demount the back cover with four screws (two in the back cover, and two in side covers).

Another Screw
eitconcepts@gmail.com

4.) Replace the collimator lamp.

Note:

Note the former lamps location.

5.) Remount back cover, rotate collimator back, and tighten the fix knob.
Chapter 8 - Renewal Parts

Page 249

PioneerSM_ENG.book

Page 250

Thursday, October 30, 2014

1:28 PM

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12
Note:

1.4

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

The collimator uses a special Collimator lamp.When the collimator lamp burns out it MUST be
replaced with the replacement lamp listed in the renewal parts section. Part number 5136302 MUST
be used as a replacement lamp. DO NOT use any other lamp as a replacement bulb as X-ray field
to Light field alignment may not meet HHS requirements.

Rotundity Electricity Brake Assembly (5184986) Replacement


Note:

About disassembly/reassembly of the tube assembly, please refer to Chapter 2 - Physical


Installation - Section 4.0 Integrated Table - 4.3 X-Ray Tube ~ 4.4 Control Box and Collimator.
1.) Power off.
2.) Lower the tube assembly to the location which is convenient for operation.
3.) Disconnect all the cables of X-ray tube, collimator and control box.
4.) Rotate the tube to 180 degree, and let the X-ray window upturned.
5.) Uninstall the collimator.
6.) Uninstall the control box.
7.) Rotate the tube back.
8.) Uninstall the two upper clamps of the tube fork.
9.) Remove the tube, and put it away carefully.
10.) Loosen the three fix screws on the tube arm, and demount the tube fork.
11.) Demount the fix screw.
eitconcepts@gmail.com

12.) Pull out the tube arm rotation shaft.

Note:

Page 250

Notice the ball bearing.

PioneerSM_ENG.book

Page 251

Thursday, October 30, 2014

1:28 PM

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12

eitconcepts@gmail.com

13.) Demount the cable clamp, disconnect the cable, and take out the rotundity electricity brake
assembly.

Chapter 8 - Renewal Parts

Page 251

PioneerSM_ENG.book

Page 252

Thursday, October 30, 2014

1:28 PM

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

14.) Replace the brake, seal the cable, and fix it with cable clamp.
15.) Refer to the above steps to re-install the parts.

Note:

Wall Stand Cassette Tray Spring Kit (5196542) Replacement


1.) Power off.
2.) Take out wall stand cassette tray.
3.) Demount the two rear covers.

Page 252

eitconcepts@gmail.com

1.5

Please refer to Chapter 2 - Physical Installation - Section 6.0 Collimator Alignment to do alignment.

PioneerSM_ENG.book

Page 253

Thursday, October 30, 2014

1:28 PM

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12

eitconcepts@gmail.com

4.) Replace the springs.

BE CAREFUL OF NOT BE SCRATCHED DURING REPLACING THE SPRINGS.


5.) Remount the covers and insert cassette tray back to wall stand.

1.6

Console Replacement
Note:

Please ask customers to write down the APR parameters set by themselves.
1.) Power off.
2.) Disconnect all the cables connected to the console: power cable (J3), communication cable
(J4), and handswitch (J1).

Figure 8-1 Disconnect Console Cables


3.) Demount the handswitch socket off from the handswitch mounting plate.
4.) If console stand is ordered, please demount console off from the console stand. If not, please
skip this step.

Chapter 8 - Renewal Parts

Page 253

PioneerSM_ENG.book

Page 254

Thursday, October 30, 2014

1:28 PM

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

Figure 8-2 Console Uninstallation


5.) Install the handswitch socket which is demounted before to the mounting plate on the new
console.
6.) Connect the related cables.
7.) If console stand is ordered, mount the new console onto the console stand. If not, please skip
this step.
8.) Power up.
-

32kW or 50kW

WS AEC or not

Table AEC or not

Have WS or not

Dose display or not

10.) Retrieve factory default APR database.


11.) Exit configuration mode, and reset system.

1.7

Console Main Board Replacement


Note:

Please ask customers to write down the APR parameters set by themselves.
1.) Power off.
2.) If console stand is ordered, please disconnect the power cable (J3) and communication cable
(J4), and demount console off from the console stand. If not, please skip this step.

Figure 8-3 Disconnect Console Cables

Page 254

eitconcepts@gmail.com

9.) Switch to configuration mode and set the sites system configuration.

PioneerSM_ENG.book

Page 255

Thursday, October 30, 2014

1:28 PM

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12

Figure 8-4 Console Uninstallation


3.) Open the console cover with six screws.
4.) Disconnect all the cable connectors on the main board.

Note:

J14 LCD cable blue side is upside in the socket.


5.) Demount the main board with 8 screws, and mount the new one.
6.) Connect all the cable connectors to the main board.

Note:

J14 LCD cable blue side should be upside in the socket.


8.) If console stand is ordered, mount the console onto the console stand, and connect the related
cables. If not, please skip this step.
9.) Power up.
10.) Switch to configuration mode and set the sites system configuration.
-

32kW or 50kW

WS AEC or not

Table AEC or not

Have WS or not

Dose display or not

11.) Retrieve factory default APR database.


12.) Exit configuration mode, and reset system.

1.8

Hand Switch Replacement


1.) Power off.
2.) Disconnect the handswitch cable from J1.
3.) Connect the new handswitch cable to J1.
4.) Place the new handswitch handle onto handswitch socket.

1.9

TAV Board Replacement


1.) Power off.
2.) Open table front cover.
3.) Pull out the cabinet tray.

Chapter 8 - Renewal Parts

Page 255

eitconcepts@gmail.com

7.) Close the console cover with six screws.

PioneerSM_ENG.book

Page 256

Thursday, October 30, 2014

1:28 PM

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12

Pull Here
Figure 8-5 Pull Out Cabinet Tray
4.) Demount PDU cover.
5.) Demount TAV board cover.
6.) Disconnect the communication cable connector from TAV board J1.
7.) Demount TAV board, and install the new one.
9.) Mount the TAV board cover.
10.) Mount PDU cover.
11.) Push back the cabinet tray under the table.

Push Here

Figure 8-6 Push Back Cabinet Tray


12.) Close table front cover.

Page 256

eitconcepts@gmail.com

8.) Connect the communication cable.

PioneerSM_ENG.book

Page 257

Thursday, October 30, 2014

1:28 PM

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12

1.10

Table Top IF Board (5335073) Replacement


1.) The default setting for DIP switch S3 as

Table 8-1
DIP-Switch bit

XR6000

On

On

On

On

2.) Set DIP switch as following before installing

Table 8-2
DIP-Switch bit

XR6000

On

On

On

Off

Section 2.0
JEDI Generator Renewal Parts
Introduction
This Section provides information for the identification of Renewal Parts for the JEDI 50 R 1T
generator.

2.2

JEDI Generator Renewal Parts List


Part No.

Description

Quantity
/Unit

2212259-2

Generator (Jedi 50 R1T)

2409043

Rotation Board JEDI Program V3.02

5126988-2

LVPS 3PH V3

5126989

Mid Power Inverter Assy

5126994-3

Programmed kV Control Board P 3.2

5126997

AC/DC 3PH Board Assy

5126999

EMC Filter

2217057

First Aid Spare

2214527

HV Tank (ref: 2186730 FRU order is 2214527)

2184567-4

RAD I/F Board

5119911

AEC Board

2409047

Filament Board

99185290

Fuse 15A

Chapter 8 - Renewal Parts

Page 257

eitconcepts@gmail.com

2.1

PioneerSM_ENG.book

Page 258

Thursday, October 30, 2014

1:28 PM

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12

2.3

2121569

Power bridge

2200700

Inverter Coils Mid Power Assy

2159419

Non-Volatile parameters RAM

2208000

Assy AEC cable

2198191

KV Measure - KV Control cable

2215903

ROT/LVPS/Heater cable

2214511

System cable

5133341

Capa Inverter Assy

2202419

I/F RAD - AEC cable (option)

2202418

KV control - I/F RAD cable

2221983

CAN cable

2198185

KV Measure - Gate Command cable

FRU Information
Information shown for each FRU (Field Replaceable Unit) is explained below.
Wherever possible, the FRU or its position is illustrated for easy identification.

Inverter PW Assembly
2187001

Inverter Capa Assembly


2203900

Items shown in this way are


included in the FRU shown
immediately above, but may also be
ordered separately.

Page 258

Part number for


ordering

Notes. These may include:


Reference to an illustration with more information
Reference to a relevant Disassembly/Reassembly
Job Card Items included with the FRU etc.

Section 2.0 JEDI Generator Renewal Parts

eitconcepts@gmail.com

FRU name

PioneerSM_ENG.book

Page 259

Thursday, October 30, 2014

1:28 PM

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12

2.4

Jedi 50 R 1T Structure
JEDI 50 R 1T
2212259-2
JEDI STD HV Tank
2214527
Power Unit HLB
2214447-2

Module Auxiliaries 50 R 1T
2215808
System cable
2214511
Module Power 50 R 1T
2229597
Equipped AC/DC 50 R 1T
2221722

CAN Cable
2221983

Service Tools
2228546
eitconcepts@gmail.com

Interface Module 50 R 1T
2205629-2
First Aid Spares
2217057

AEC Board (option)


2204112-2

AEC I/F Cable


2202419

Chapter 8 - Renewal Parts

Page 259

PioneerSM_ENG.book

Page 260

Thursday, October 30, 2014

1:28 PM

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12

2.5

Renewal Parts
AC/DC Unit

Interface Unit

Power Unit

Auxiliary Unit

TOP VIEW

AC/DC Unit

Auxiliary Unit

Power Unit

Jedi Standard
HV Tank
REAR VIEW
Figure 8-7 JEDI 50 R 1T Generator Location of Main Assemblies
Miscellaneous Items:
First aid spares:
1 short circuit cable
1 fuse 15 A 700 VDC
1 fuse 10 A 250 V
10 M4-8 mm screws
10 tie-wraps

Page 260

Services tools
Service software, 2227656
RS232 Cable, 2207478

Section 2.0 JEDI Generator Renewal Parts

eitconcepts@gmail.com

Interface
Unit

PioneerSM_ENG.book

Page 261

Thursday, October 30, 2014

1:28 PM

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12

AC/DC 3 Phase Mid Power


Assy (Board & Rectifier
+ 2 cables)
2214995
5126997
FRU:
1
Job Card D/R JEDI 17-30

EMC Filter Board


2209840
5126999
FRU:
1
Job Card D/R JEDI 17-29

AC/DC Unit

AEC Board V1
2184569-2
5119911
AEC
Board V22222253
FRU: 1
Job Card D/R JEDI 17-36

RAD I/F Board V1


2184567-4
RAD I/F Board V2
2226456FRU: 1
Job Card D/R JEDI 17-25

eitconcepts@gmail.com

Interface Unit

Rotor Board High Speed


2214605-3
2409043
FRU:
1
Job Card D/R JEDI 17-35

LV Power Supply 3 Ph Board


2212166
5126988-2
FRU:
1
Job Card D/R JEDI 17-33

Filament Board 1 Inv.


2214604
2409047
FRU: 1
Job Card D/R JEDI 17-34

Auxiliary Unit

Figure 8-8 JEDI 50 R 1T AC/DC Unit, Interface Unit & Auxiliary Unit

Chapter 8 - Renewal Parts

Page 261

PioneerSM_ENG.book

Page 262

Thursday, October 30, 2014

1:28 PM

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12

Inverter Coils Mid Power Assy


2200700
FRU: 2
Job Card D/R JEDI 17-31

Capa Inverter Assy


2229505
5133341
FRU:
2
Job Card D/R JEDI 17-32

Non-Volatile parameters
RAM
2159419
FRU: 2
Job Card PM JEDI 15-2
Programmed kV Control
Board
2214606-2
5126994-3
FRU: 1
Job Card D/R JEDI 17-26

A
Jedi Standard HV Tank
2214527
FRU: 1
Job Card D/R JEDI 17-23

Figure 8-9 JEDI 50 R 1T Power Unit

Page 262

Section 2.0 JEDI Generator Renewal Parts

eitconcepts@gmail.com

Inverter Mid Power Assy


2215814FRU: 1
5126989
Job Card D/R JEDI 17-24

PioneerSM_ENG.book

Page 263

Thursday, October 30, 2014

1:28 PM

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12

2.6

Cables
DC_BUS N to INVERTER
DC_BUS P to INVERTER
DC_BUS to Auxiliary
Unit (Rotation Board)

88
Not Used

J1

9pts

AEC Board

J4
Not Used
Not Used
Room Door
Interface

W22
Service
Laptop
Console

9
pts

J7

9
pts

J5

9
pts

J6

9
pts

J8

25
pts

J9

PH3PH2PH1
16
pts

J3

DC_BUS+
DC_BUSJ1J2J3

DC_BUS to
Power Unit
(Gate Command
Board)

DC_BUS M

J5
PH1
PH2

J2&TP2J1&TP1

PH3

9pts 9pts

EMC Board

AC/DC Board

I/F Board

64
pts

J10

16
J3 pts

1
1
22
AC/DC Unit
THREE PHASES
+ Ground from PDU

AEC2 pts

Interface Unit

Keyed
Connections

I/F RAD - AEC cable

2202419

Assy AEC cable

KV control - I/F RAD cable

CAN cable
2221983

KV Measure - Gate Command cable

KV Measure - KV Control cable


2198191

2202418

From
KV Control
board

2198185

2208000

eitconcepts@gmail.com

3
3

9
AEC1 pts

ROT / LVPS / Heater cable


2215903

System cable
2214511

Chapter 8 - Renewal Parts

Page 263

PioneerSM_ENG.book

Page 264

Thursday, October 30, 2014

1:28 PM

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12
8
8
DC_BUS N

70 o C

DC_BUS P
DC_BUS to ACDC Unit J1
DC_BUS to ACDC Unit J3

Rotor

to Tube

to Tube

NP

anode

cathode
11

Power Unit

Inverter

grey
red

1
1

J3

HV Tank

- + L0 S
F F

1 -+ ACP

J3

J1A

KV Measure
Board
J1

J2A

CF-N CF-P

J1

CF3 CF4

77

CAN

66
J2

26 pts

J1

44

50pts

LVPS

CAN Board CF1 CF2

55
KV Control
Board

26pts

J2
J2

J3

34
pts J2
50pts

to IF Board

26pts

J1

Gate J4
Command1
34
Board
pts

33

Rotation Board
High Speed

ILr ILp
blue

6 5 4 3

J2

26
pts J1

grey

26pts

CF1 CF2

Filament Board 1 Inv.


1

26

J3 pts

Auxiliary Unit

64
pts

I/F RAD - AEC cable

2202419

Assy AEC cable

2198185

2208000

KV control - I/F RAD cable

CAN cable
2221983

KV Measure - KV Control cable


2198191

2202418

KV Measure - Gate Command cable

ROT / LVPS / Heater cable


2215903

System cable
2214511

Section 3.0
JEDI Generator Disassembly/Reassembly
3.1

Introduction
This section provides information to dismount and remount FRU (Field Replaceable Unit).

3.2

Tools
Serviceability of Jedi Generator requires the following tools:

Page 264

Section 2.0 JEDI Generator Renewal Parts

eitconcepts@gmail.com

Keyed
Connections

PioneerSM_ENG.book

Page 265

Thursday, October 30, 2014

1:28 PM

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12

K
J
I

3.3.1

G
H

Digital Multimeter

(A)

Phillips Screwdriver

(B)

Allen Key

(C)

Screwdriver With Interchangeable Socket Head

(D)

Long Extension for Ratchet Wrench

(E)

Short Extension for Ratchet Wrench


Cutting Pliers
High Voltage Wrench
Ratchet Wrench
Socket Wrench
Hexagonal Head Socket Set

(F)
(G)
(H)
(I)
(J)
(K)

eitconcepts@gmail.com

3.3

HV Tank, 1 Tube, 1-3 Phase


Supplies
None

3.3.2

3.3.3

Tools

5.5 mm nut driver or socket wrench with ratchet.

3 mm Allen wrench.

13 mm socket with ratchet.

Safety Precautions
BEFORE ANY MANUAL INTERVENTION, ENSURE THE MAIN POWER IS OFF. APPLY LOCK
OUT - TAG OUT PROCEDURE FOR YOUR OWN SAFETY WHEN MANIPULATING INSIDE THE
EQUIPMENT IS REQUIRED.
To protect the circuit boards, do not forget to wear the antistatic bracelet.

3.3.4

Prerequisites
Remove the generator from the table and put it on its bottom side on the floor or on a work bench.

Chapter 8 - Renewal Parts

Page 265

PioneerSM_ENG.book

Page 266

Thursday, October 30, 2014

1:28 PM

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

Upload the database that is stored in the RAM before starting the replacement procedure (refer to
Chapter 3 - Configuraton & Calibration - 2.9 Backup and Restore Database Parameters).

THE WHOLE GENERATOR WEIGHS 63 KILOGRAMS (139 POUNDS). TWO PEOPLE ARE
REQUIRED TO CARRY IT.

3.3.5

Personnel
1 person.

3.3.6

Time
1 hour 30 minutes.

3.3.7

Disassembly
1.) To release the Power Unit, follow the instructions of Disassembly / Reassembly procedure of
3.4 Inverter Mid-Power Assembly.
Observe the Caution relating to dangerous voltages, and the Warning relating to the weight of
the generator!
Do not remove the two EMC panels from the top of the Power Unit.
2.) Disconnect the cable 1 connected to J3 on the KV Measure Board.
eitconcepts@gmail.com

3.) Disconnect the short ribbon cable 2 connecting J2 on the Gate Command board (Inverter
Assembly) to J1 on the KV Measure Board (HV Tank).
4.) Disconnect the wider short ribbon cable 3 connecting J2 on the KV Control Board to J2 on
the KV Measure board (HV Tank).
5.) Using a 13 mm socket wrench, remove the three nuts 4 attaching the primary coil flat cables

Page 266

Section 2.0 JEDI Generator Renewal Parts

PioneerSM_ENG.book

Page 267

Thursday, October 30, 2014

1:28 PM

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12

to the round capacitors located on the shelf just above the KV Control Board.

6.) Remove the two screws 5 on the HV Tank rear side.


Take great care not to let screws fall into the HV connector receptacles. Cover them with
plastic caps.

6
eitconcepts@gmail.com

7.) Remove the 5.5 mm screws: three at the front side 6 (two at right, one at left) and three at the
right side 7 .

Chapter 8 - Renewal Parts

Page 267

PioneerSM_ENG.book

Page 268

Thursday, October 30, 2014

1:28 PM

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12
8.) At the rear side, remove the eight 3 mm Allen screws 8
Inverter Mid Power Assembly to the HV Tank.

which secure the heat sink of the

9.) Take off the assembly constitued by five parts: EMC covers, Coils Inverter Assy, Capa Inverter
Assy, Mid Power Assy and KV Control Board. The HV Tank is now free 9 .

Reassembly
Reverse the disassembly procedure to reassemble and replace the unit.
1.) Mount the flat cable J1 on the kV Measure Board of the new HV Tank (refer to (refer to
Disassembly section 2 ).
2.) Reassemble the HV Tank with the other elements of the Power Unit (refer to Disassembly
section 9 ).
3.) Mount the eight 3 mm Allen screws to secure the heat sink of the Inverter Mid Power Assembly
to the HV Tank. (refer to section Disassembly

8 ).

Tighten to torque 8 N.m (80 kg.cm).


4.) Put back the 3 front 5.5 mm hex head screws (refer to section Disassembly 6 ), one at the
left side,two at the right side.
Tighten them between 1.5 to 2 N.m (15 to 20 kg.cm).
5.) Reconnect the short ribbon cable from J1 on the KV Measure board to J2 on the Gate
Command board (refer to section Disassembly 2

).

6.) Using the 13 mm socket wrench, connect the primary coil flat cables to the three capacitors 1

Page 268

Section 2.0 JEDI Generator Renewal Parts

eitconcepts@gmail.com

3.3.8

PioneerSM_ENG.book

Page 269

Thursday, October 30, 2014

1:28 PM

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12
).

The two flat cables with white bands on them go both together on the middle capacitor
with the parallel resonant cable (refer to section Reassembly 2 ).

Tighten the nuts to 8 N.m (80 kg.cm).


8.) Reconnect the wider short ribbon cable from J2 on the kV Control board to J2 on the kV
Measure Board (refer to section Disassembly 3 ).
9.) Mount the two 5.5 hex head screws securing the cover to the HV Tank on the HV outlet side
(refer to section Disassembly 5 ) and the three screws on the other side (refer to section
Disassembly 7 ).
Tighten the screws between 1.5 to 2 N.m (15 to 20 kg.cm).
10.) Mount the Power Unit on the support plate.

THE POWER UNIT WEIGHTS 30 KG (66 POUNDS).


11.) Refer to Disassembly / Reassembly procedure of 3.4 Inverter Mid-Power Assembly to
complete reassembly of the Unit.
12.) Put 5 cl of oil into the HV receptacles. Reconnect the HV cables.

3.3.9

Verify
Connect the service laptop (refer to Chapter 3 - Configuraton & Calibration - 2.3 Service Software
User Guide) and proceed to "HV no load diagnostics" to ensure correct operation.
Skip steps "Gate Command and Inverter in Short Circuit" diagnostics.

3.4
3.4.1

Inverter Mid-Power Assembly


Supplies
None

Chapter 8 - Renewal Parts

Page 269

eitconcepts@gmail.com

7.) Reconnect the cable to J3 on the KV Measure Board (refer to section Disassembly 1 ).

PioneerSM_ENG.book

Page 270

Thursday, October 30, 2014

1:28 PM

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12

3.4.2

3.4.3

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

Tools

5.5 mm nut driver or socket wrench with ratchet.

3 mm Allen wrench.

13 mm socket with ratchet.

C-clamp for HV connections.

Safety Precautions
BEFORE ANY MANUAL INTERVENTION, ENSURE THE MAIN POWER IS OFF. APPLY LOCK
OUT - TAG OUT PROCEDURE FOR YOUR OWN SAFETY WHEN MANIPULATING INSIDE THE
EQUIPMENT IS REQUIRED.THESE LEDS INDICATE THE PRESENCE OF DANGEROUS
VOLTAGE ON THE POWER SUPPLY CAPACITORS.
Look through the front of the power unit; observe leds ds 1 at the top of the dual snub board
and ds 300 at the right hand end of the gate command board. if either is lit, wait until both
are off before proceeding further.
To protect the circuit boards, do not forget to wear the antistatic bracelet.

3.4.4

Prerequisites
Remove the generator from the table and put it on its bottom side on the floor or on a work bench.

3.4.5

Personnel
1 person.

3.4.6

Time
2 hours.

Page 270

Section 2.0 JEDI Generator Renewal Parts

eitconcepts@gmail.com

THE WHOLE GENERATOR WEIGHS 63 KILOGRAMS (139 POUNDS). TWO PEOPLE ARE
REQUIRED TO CARRY IT.

PioneerSM_ENG.book

Page 271

Thursday, October 30, 2014

1:28 PM

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12

3.4.7

Disassembly
3

2
5

TOP VIEW

FRONT VIEW

AC/DC UNIT

POWER UNIT

INTERFACE UNIT

AUXILIARY UNIT

SUPPORT PLATE

AEC2
AEC2

AEC1
AEC1

TABLE
TABLE BUCKY
BUCKY
WALL
WALL BUCKY
BUCKY
DOOR
DOOR
LAPTOP
LAP TOP
CONSOLE
CONSOLE

Figure 8-10 JEDI 50 R 1T Generator General View

Chapter 8 - Renewal Parts

Page 271

eitconcepts@gmail.com

PioneerSM_ENG.book

Page 272

Thursday, October 30, 2014

1:28 PM

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12

3.4.7.1

Remove the Auxiliary Unit

1.) Disconnect the connectors J2 and J3 and ground cable on the top of the generator 1 .
2.) Remove four 5.5 mm hex head securing screws holding the Auxiliary Unit on the support plate

.
, without tearing, between the Auxiliary Unit and the

Interface Unit.
4.) Remove the Auxiliary Unit.

3.4.7.2

Remove the Interface Unit

2
1
3

1.) The Interface Unit appears after removing the Auxiliary Unit. Release the flat ribbon
cable 1 ,making it sliding along the cover panel 2

of the Interface Unit.

2.) Unscrew twelve 5.5 mm screws that retain the cover panel and remove this one 2 .
3.) On the I/F Rad Board, disconnect the flat wide ribbon cable J10 3
Board.

Page 272

Section 2.0 JEDI Generator Renewal Parts

linked to the KV Control

eitconcepts@gmail.com

3.) Disconnect the flat ribbon cable 3

PioneerSM_ENG.book

Page 273

Thursday, October 30, 2014

1:28 PM

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12

THE POWER UNIT WEIGHTS 30 KILOGRAMS (66 POUNDS). DO NOT TRY TO LIFT IT
WITHOUT ASSISTANCE.
4.) Unscrew twelve 5.5 mm screws securing the Interface Unit box to the Power box.
5.) Taking care of the flat wide ribbon cable 3 ,remove the Interface Unit box. The components
of the Power Unit appear: coils assembly, capacitors assembly, KV Control Board.

Remove the AC/DC Unit and the support plate

eitconcepts@gmail.com

3.4.7.3

3
5

1.) On the top of the generator, the two connectors

1 are fixed mecanically on the support

plate. Unscrew connectors screws in order to release the 4 power cables 2


the Power Unit and the AC/DC Unit.

coming from

2.) Remove the screw securing the ground cable on the AC/DC Unit. Disconnect the cable 3
linking the AC/DC Unit and the Power Unit 4 .
3.) Remove the four screws 5 on the support plate in order to release the Power Unit. This one
is then free.

Chapter 8 - Renewal Parts

Page 273

PioneerSM_ENG.book

Page 274

Thursday, October 30, 2014

1:28 PM

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12

3.4.7.4

Remove the Inverter Mid Power Assembly

eitconcepts@gmail.com

1.) Remove the 5.5 mm hex head screws which secure the two EMC cover panels 1
side of the Power Unit; remove the panels.

at each

2.) With a 10 mm socket wrench with ratchet 2 ,remove the three hex head screws securing the

Page 274

Section 2.0 JEDI Generator Renewal Parts

PioneerSM_ENG.book

Page 275

Thursday, October 30, 2014

1:28 PM

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12

cables Q100C 3 , Q100E and Q200C on the Inverter Mid Power Assembly.

eitconcepts@gmail.com

7
6
8

3.) Disconnect flat ribbon cables from J1 and J3 on the Gate Command Board 4 and
disconnnect J4 at the right hand side of the board.
4.) With 10 mm wrench, disconnect the parallel Coil connection from the Current Transformer
pass through 5 and with 13 mm wrench the other connection from the Capacitor
Assembly 6 .
5.) Remove the eight 3 mm Allen screws 7 which secure the Inverter Mid Power Assembly to
the HV Tank.

Chapter 8 - Renewal Parts

Page 275

PioneerSM_ENG.book

Page 276

Thursday, October 30, 2014

1:28 PM

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12
6.) Remove the Inverter Mid Power Assembly 8

3.4.8

Reassembly
1.) Present the new Inverter assembly. Put back the eight 3 mm Allen screws to secure the
Inverter Mid Power assembly to the HV Tank (refer to section 3.4 Inverter Mid-Power
Assembly 7 ).
Tighten them firmly to torque 2 N.m (20 kg.cm).
2.) Remount all cables that were removed:
a.) Remount the three Coil cables on the Inverter IGBT's with three 5.5 mm screws.
Tighten them firmly to torque 3 N.m (30 kg.cm).

eitconcepts@gmail.com

RESPECT THE ORIENTATION OF THE CABLES TO THE IGBTS CONNECTIONS TO


AVOID CABLE CONTACT WITH TOP COVER.
b.) Reconnect the short flat cable between the HV Tank and the Gate Command board (J3),
and the inverter current feedback cable (J1) on the Gate Command board (refer to
section 3.4 Inverter Mid-Power Assembly 4 ).
c.)

Reconnect the DC bus cable to J4 to the right hand side of the Gate Command board.

Top J4

d.) With the 10 mm screw and flat and lock washer, reconnect the shorter cable of the parallel
coil on the Inverter assembly onto the right hand side current transformer (Ti1/100) pass
through. A .
Tighten to 3 N.m (30 kg.cm) torque.

Page 276

Section 2.0 JEDI Generator Renewal Parts

PioneerSM_ENG.book

Page 277

Thursday, October 30, 2014

1:28 PM

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12

e.) With the 13 mm screw, with flat and lock washer, reconnect the longer cable of the coil
on the central capacitor (C3UF) of the Capacitor assembly, together with the two primary
HV Transformer flat wires (the two with a white ring). B
Tighten to 8 N.m (80 kg.cm) torque.
3.) Perform an overall inspection before proceeding. Use the following illustration to check the
connections are right.
eitconcepts@gmail.com

Chapter 8 - Renewal Parts

Page 277

PioneerSM_ENG.book

Page 278

Thursday, October 30, 2014

1:28 PM

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12
Parallel Coil
Q100C

Q200C
C

C
Q100E
E

Inverter Assembly

Coil Assembly

+ DC

Ti1/40

Ti1/100

- DC
Capa Assembly

HV Tank

4.) Remount the two EMC panels on the top of Power Unit with the 5.5 hex head screws.
Tighten all the cover screws to torque between 1.5 to 2 N.m (15 to 20 kg.cm)
5.) Assemble the Power Unit with the AC/DC Unit on the support plate with 5.5 mm hex head
screws. Put back in place the disconnected cables: ground, DC bus (refer to section 3.4
Inverter Mid-Power Assembly).
6.) Remount the Interface Unit on the support plate then the Auxiliary Unit. Follow the inverse
procedure indicated in the sections and .
7.) Remount the generator inside the table.

3.4.9

Verify
Run HV LOAD DIAGNOSTIC - "Inverter in Short Circuit Diagnostics" and "Inverter Gate Command
Diagnostic" are not pre-requested.
Verify correct operation on the whole application range.

3.5
3.5.1

I/F Board RAD


Supplies
None

Page 278

Section 2.0 JEDI Generator Renewal Parts

eitconcepts@gmail.com

C3UF

PioneerSM_ENG.book

Page 279

Thursday, October 30, 2014

1:28 PM

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12

3.5.2

Tools
5.5 mm nut driver or socket wrench with ratchet.

3.5.3

Safety Precautions
BEFORE ANY MANUAL INTERVENTION, ENSURE THE MAIN POWER IS OFF. APPLY LOCK
OUT - TAG OUT PROCEDURE FOR YOUR OWN SAFETY WHEN MANIPULATING INSIDE THE
EQUIPMENT IS REQUIRED.
To protect the circuit boards, do not forget to wear the antistatic bracelet.

3.5.4

Prerequisites
Remove the generator from the table and put it on its bottom side on the floor or on a work bench.
THE WHOLE GENERATOR WEIGHS 63 KILOGRAMS (139 POUNDS). TWO PEOPLE ARE
REQUIRED TO CARRY IT.

3.5.5

Personnel
1 person.

3.5.6

Time

3.5.7

Disassembly
The I/F Board Rad is situed in the Interface Unit. To reach this Unit, the Auxiliary Unit has to be
released from the generator. Follow the instructions of 3.4 Inverter Mid-Power Assembly.

3.5.7.1

Remove the I/F Board Rad

5
3

1.) Disconnect the flat ribbon cable 1 and the two cables 2 , if existing, coming from the AEC
Board.
2.) Disconnect the flat wide ribbon cable J10 coming from the KV Control Board 3 .

Chapter 8 - Renewal Parts

Page 279

eitconcepts@gmail.com

15 minutes.

PioneerSM_ENG.book

Page 280

Thursday, October 30, 2014

1:28 PM

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12

3.) Remove the four screws of connectors J8 and J9 4 .


4.) Remove the ten 5.5 mm screws 5

3.5.8

securing the Interface Board Rad; remove the board.

Reassembly
1.) Reverse the disassembly procedure to reassemble the unit. Tighten screws to torque between
1.5 and 2 N.m (15 to 20 kg.cm).
2.) Power the system on and verify that the system functions properly.

3.6
3.6.1

KV Board RAD
Supplies
None

3.6.2

3.6.3

Tools

5.5 mm nut driver or socket wrench with ratchet.

10 mm Allen wrench.

13 mm socket with ratchet.

Safety Precautions

3.6.4

Prerequisites
Remove the generator from the table and put it on its bottom side on the floor or on a work bench.
THE WHOLE GENERATOR WEIGHS 63 KILOGRAMS (139 POUNDS). TWO PEOPLE ARE
REQUIRED TO CARRY IT.
The KV Control board contains a saved memory Database with essentially the following
parameters:

Tube configuration parameters, AEC calibration parameters, and Room configuration


(workstation, AEC, screen film pairs).

Filament aging variable

Error Log

Recorded parameter data

If it is possible, backup database first. Else, the diagram hereafter helps you to determine the action
to take for your situation.

Page 280

Section 2.0 JEDI Generator Renewal Parts

eitconcepts@gmail.com

BEFORE ANY MANUAL INTERVENTION, ENSURE THE MAIN POWER IS OFF. APPLY LOCK
OUT - TAG OUT PROCEDURE FOR YOUR OWN SAFETY WHEN MANIPULATING INSIDE THE
EQUIPMENT IS REQUIRED.
To protect the circuit boards, do not forget to wear the antistatic bracelet.

PioneerSM_ENG.book

Page 281

Thursday, October 30, 2014

1:28 PM

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12

First
Calibration

Configura*
tion

Upload
Database

Yes

Save Non
Volatile RAM
Database

DB
Upload
Possible?

KV Control
Out of Order

Is
original DB
saved?
(*)

No

No

Yes

SW
OK?

Replace
KV Control

Replace
KV Control

Replace
KV Control

No

Download
Software

Yes

Yes

Yes

SW
OK?

No

No

Download
Software

Download
Software

Download
Original
Database
(*)

Configura*
tion if
applicable

Calibrate if
applicable

Reset
Database:
* Date
* Time
* Clear Error
log

Operational
Checks

Save Non
Volatile RAM
Database

(*) or most recent

3.6.5

END

Personnel
1 person.

Chapter 8 - Renewal Parts

Page 281

eitconcepts@gmail.com

Download
Database

SW
OK?

PioneerSM_ENG.book

Page 282

Thursday, October 30, 2014

1:28 PM

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12

3.6.6

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

Time
45 minutes.

3.6.7

Disassembly
The KV Control board spare is pre-loaded with NP/NP+ software.
It will be required to download the software that is on site.
DATABASE RESTORE IS MANDATORY.

3.6.7.1

Remove the Auxiliary Unit


Remove the Auxiliary Unit as described in 3.4 Inverter Mid-Power Assembly.

3.6.7.2

Remove the Interface Unit


Remove the Interface Unit as described in 3.4 Inverter Mid-Power Assembly.

3.6.7.3

Remove the kV Control Board

eitconcepts@gmail.com

1.) Disconnect the cables from J1, J2 and J3 on the kV Control Board 1 .
2.) Remove the seven 5.5 mm hex head screws which secure the kV Control Board; remove the
board 2 .

3.6.8

Reassembly
Reverse the disassembly procedure to reinstall the KV Control board and the Interface Unit.
Tighten 5.5 mm screws to torque between 1.5 and 2 N.m (15 to 20 kg.cm).

3.6.9

Verify
1.) Connect the Service Laptop (refer to Chapter 3 - Configuraton & Calibration - 2.3 Service
Software User Guide).
2.) Reapply power and verify that the 8 LEDs on KV Control board are scrolling.
3.) Verify software version (service floppy, menu 5)
-

If it corresponds to the software version on the floppy delivered with the equipment (or
upgraded by FMI), proceed to Database Restore (refer to Chapter 3 - Configuraton &
Calibration - 2.9 Backup and Restore Database Parameters).

If not, download the software and proceed to Chapter 9 - Service Tool Job Cards - Section
1.0 Software Download / Upgrade.

4.) Restore Database (refer to Chapter 3 - Configuraton & Calibration - 2.9 Backup and Restore
Database Parameters).
Page 282

Section 2.0 JEDI Generator Renewal Parts

PioneerSM_ENG.book

Page 283

Thursday, October 30, 2014

1:28 PM

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12

Up-to-date database if available

Most recent or originally saved Data Base if available

Default one from the floppy delivered with the equipment in the Service Tool set.

Alternately, you may try to swap the NVRAM chip (U32) from the former to the new KV Control
board to keep all the parameters. Refer to Chapter 7 - Planned Maintenance - 2.10 Replace
Generator NonVolatile Parameters RAMReplace Non Volatile Parameters RAM JobCard. If this
chip is not involved in the failure or the cause for replacement, it will allow to keep up-to-date data.
5.) Calibrate:
-

Perform several exposures on both focus in several workstation, with exposure time
longer than 12.5 ms.

If default database was restored, it is necessary to resume room set up and AEC calibration (if
present) (refer to Chapter 3 - Configuraton & Calibration - 2.6 Automatic AEC Calibration). Then
perform the checksum (refer to Chapter 3 - Configuraton & Calibration - 2.8 Checksum Validation).
6.) Save Database on the service floppy delivered with the equipment (refer to Chapter 3 Configuraton & Calibration - 2.9 Backup and Restore Database Parameters).

3.7
3.7.1

EMC Board 3 Phases


Supplies
None.

Tools
5.5 mm nut driver or socket wrench with ratchet.

3.7.3

Safety Precautions
BEFORE ANY MANUAL INTERVENTION, ENSURE THE MAIN POWER IS OFF. APPLY LOCK
OUT - TAG OUT PROCEDURE FOR YOUR OWN SAFETY WHEN MANIPULATING INSIDE THE
EQUIPMENT IS REQUIRED.
To protect the circuit boards, do not forget to wear the antistatic bracelet.

3.7.4

Prerequisites
Remove the generator from the table and put it on its bottom side on the floor or on a work bench.
THE WHOLE GENERATOR WEIGHTS 63 KILOGRAMS (139 POUNDS). TWO PEOPLE ARE
REQUIRED TO CARRY IT.

3.7.5

Personnel
1 person.

3.7.6

Time
45 minutes.

Chapter 8 - Renewal Parts

Page 283

eitconcepts@gmail.com

3.7.2

PioneerSM_ENG.book

Page 284

Thursday, October 30, 2014

1:28 PM

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12

3.7.7

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

Disassembly

3.7.7.1

Remove the AC/DC Unit

1.) On the top of the generator, disconnect the connectors J1 and J2 1 .


coming from the AC/DC Unit 2 .
3.) Disconnect the ground cable 3 .
4.) Remove the four 5.5 mm screws securing the AC/DC Unit to the support plate 4 . The AC/
DC Unit is now free 5 .

Page 284

Section 2.0 JEDI Generator Renewal Parts

eitconcepts@gmail.com

2.) On the support plate, unscrew connectors screws in order to release the 2 power cables

PioneerSM_ENG.book

Page 285

Thursday, October 30, 2014

1:28 PM

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12

3.7.7.2

Remove the EMC Board

5
2

2.) Remove the three nuts 1 securing the phase cables and three screws 2 retaining the EMC
board to the rectifier block.
3.) Unscrew nine 5.5 mm hex head screws 3 and remove the EMC Board 4 .

3.7.8

Reassembly
Reverse the disassembly procedure to reinstall the EMC board.
Tighten 5.5 mm screws to torque between 1.5 and 2 N.m (15 to 20 kg.cm).
Ensure that U1 screw is tighten to the torque between 1.5 and 2 N.m (15 to 20 kg.cm). Refer
to Disassembly 5 .

Remount the generator inside the table.

3.7.9

Verify
Reapply power and verify the presence of 3 phases.
Verify that the system functions correctly.

3.8

AC/DC 3 PH Mid Power Assembly

3.8.1

Supplies
None.

3.8.2

Tools

5.5 mm socket, with ratchet if possible (to remove cover and board)

10 mm socket with ratchet (to remove DC and rectifier cables)


Chapter 8 - Renewal Parts

Page 285

eitconcepts@gmail.com

1.) Remove ten 5.5 mm hex head screws which retain the cover. Remove that one.

PioneerSM_ENG.book

Page 286

Thursday, October 30, 2014

1:28 PM

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12

3.8.3

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

Large Philips screw driver (to remove cables from the rectifier block).

Safety Precautions
BEFORE ANY MANUAL INTERVENTION, ENSURE THE MAIN POWER IS OFF. APPLY LOCK
OUT - TAG OUT PROCEDURE FOR YOUR OWN SAFETY WHEN MANIPULATING INSIDE THE
EQUIPMENT IS REQUIRED.

1.) Insure that the neon (orange) indicator light on the board has gone out.
2.) Be careful touching components on this board; some become very hot.
3.) To protect the circuit boards, do not forget to wear the antistatic bracelet.

3.8.4

Prerequisites
Remove the generator from the table and put it on its bottom side on the floor or on a work bench.
THE WHOLE GENERATOR WEIGHTS 63 KILOGRAMS (139 POUNDS). TWO PEOPLE ARE
REQUIRED TO CARRY IT.

3.8.5

Disassembly

Note:

Remove the AC/DC Unit

1.) On the top of the generator, disconnect the connectors J1 and J2 1 .


2.) On the support plate, unscrew connectors screws in order to release the 2 power cables
coming from the AC/DC Unit 2 .
3.) Disconnect the ground cable 3 .
4.) Remove the four 5.5 mm screws securing the AC/DC Unit to the support plate 4 . The AC/
DC Unit is now free 5 .

Page 286

Section 2.0 JEDI Generator Renewal Parts

eitconcepts@gmail.com

3.8.5.1

The AC/DC 3 Phases Mid Power Assembly is made up of two main elements: AC/DC Board 3
Phases and Rectifier Block 3 Phases.

PioneerSM_ENG.book

Page 287

Thursday, October 30, 2014

1:28 PM

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12

3.8.5.2

Remove the AC/DC Board

1.) Remove fourteen 5.5 mm hex head screws which retain the cover. Remove that one.
2.) Remove the two DC cables fastened with 10 mm nuts on the board 1 .
eitconcepts@gmail.com

3.) Remove two screws retaining the AC/DC board to the rectifier block 2 .
4.) Remove seven 5.5 mm hex head screws 3 and lift out the AC/DC Board 4 .

3.8.5.3

Remove the Rectifier Block

1.) The Rectifier Block 1 appears after removing the EMC Board (refer to 3.7 EMC Board 3
Phases) and the AC/DC Board.
2.) With the Allen key 3 mm, unscrew the 2 screws 2 holding the rectifier to the chassis and
remove the block.

3.8.6

Reassembly
1.) Reverse the disassembly procedure to reinstall the AC/DC 3 PH Mid Power Assembly and the

Chapter 8 - Renewal Parts

Page 287

PioneerSM_ENG.book

Page 288

Thursday, October 30, 2014

1:28 PM

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

EMC Board.
2.) Tighten the 10 mm cable retaining nuts to 3 N.m (30 kg.cm), and the 5.5 mm hex head screws
to 1.5 to 2 N.m (15 to 20 kg.cm).
Ensure cable terminals are repositioned as noticed before.
Verify that the + and - DC Bus cables are not reversed to prevent damage to the Inverter
(Refer to section Disassembly 1 .
The Rectifier Block has to be placed with the two poles in regard of the AC/DC Board
(Refer to section Disassembly 1 .
Be careful to preserve the special grease that is spread between the Rectifier Block and
the chassis. This grease, called: Conductive Surface Compound, provides both thermal
and electrical conductivity that is important in reducing failure of the rectifier.

3.) Remount the generator inside the table.

3.8.7

Verify
Reapply power and verify that the system functions correctly.

3.9.1

Inverter Coil Mid Power Assembly


Supplies
None.

3.9.2

3.9.3

Tools

5.5 mm nut driver or socket wrench with ratchet.

3 mm Allen wrench.

13 mm socket with ratchet.

Safety Precautions
BEFORE ANY MANUAL INTERVENTION, ENSURE THE MAIN POWER IS OFF. APPLY LOCK
OUT - TAG OUT PROCEDURE FOR YOUR OWN SAFETY WHEN MANIPULATING INSIDE THE
EQUIPMENT IS REQUIRED.
To protect the circuit boards, do not forget to wear the antistatic bracelet.

3.9.4

Prerequisites
Remove the generator from the table and put it on its bottom side on the floor or on a work bench.
THE WHOLE GENERATOR WEIGHTS 63 KILOGRAMS (139 POUNDS). TWO PEOPLE ARE
REQUIRED TO CARRY IT.

3.9.5

Personnel
1 person.

Page 288

Section 2.0 JEDI Generator Renewal Parts

eitconcepts@gmail.com

3.9

PioneerSM_ENG.book

Page 289

Thursday, October 30, 2014

1:28 PM

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12

3.9.6

Time
2 hours.

3.9.7

Disassembly
RESPECT THE CAUTION RELATING TO DANGEROUS VOLTAGE.

3.9.7.1

Remove the Auxiliary Unit and the Interface Unit


Remove these Units as described in Disassembly / Reassembly procedure for 3.4 Inverter MidPower Assembly.

3.9.7.2

Remove the AC/DC Unit and the support plate


Remove the AC/DC Unit and the support plate as described in 3.4 Inverter Mid-Power Assembly.
THE POWER UNIT IS NOW FREE BUT IT WEIGHTS 30 KILOGRAMS (66 POUNDS). DO NOT
TRY TO LIFT IT WITHOUT ASSISTANCE.

3.9.7.3

Remove the Inverter Coil Mid Power Assembly


2
eitconcepts@gmail.com

1.) On the Power Unit, remove the 5.5 mm hex head screws 1 which secure the L-shaped EMC
cover panel 2 ; remove this one.
2.) With a 10 mm socket wrench with ratchet 3 , remove the three hex head screws 4 securing
Chapter 8 - Renewal Parts

Page 289

PioneerSM_ENG.book

Page 290

Thursday, October 30, 2014

1:28 PM

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12

the cables Q100C, Q100E and Q200C on the Inverter Mid Power Assembly.

3.) Remove the 10 mm screw 5 on the left current transformer Ti1/40 pass through, top of the
Capacitor assembly. Retain the washers and release the cable.
4.) Disconnect the two cables linking coils to capacitors at right and left 6 Use a socket wrench
to remove screws.
5.) On each side 7 , remove one 5.5 mm screw holding the coils support.

3.9.8

Reassembly
1.) Present the new Inverter Coil assembly and mount one 5.5 mm hex head screw on each side
of the frame to hold the Coil assembly (refer to 3.9 Inverter Coil Mid Power Assembly
removed 7 .
Tighten to torque between 1.5 to 2 N.m (15 to 20 kg.cm)
2.) Remount all cables that were removed.
a.) Remount the three Coil cables on the Inverter Mid Power Assembly (IGBTS) with three

Page 290

Section 2.0 JEDI Generator Renewal Parts

eitconcepts@gmail.com

6.) Remove the Inverter Coil assembly 8 .

PioneerSM_ENG.book

Page 291

Thursday, October 30, 2014

1:28 PM

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12
screws

1 . There is a locking washer between the screws and the cable.

Tighten firmly to torque 3 N.m (30 kg.cm).

through 2 (refer to section Disassembly 5 .


Tighten firmly to torque 3 N.m (30 kg.cm).

c.)

Using a socket wrench, connect the two cables linking coils to capacitors at right and left
(refer to section Disassembly 6 .
Tighten to torque between 1.5 to 2 N.m (15 to 20 kg.cm).

3.) Refer to Disassembly / Reassembly procedure for 3.4 Inverter Mid-Power Assembly.

Chapter 8 - Renewal Parts

Page 291

eitconcepts@gmail.com

RESPECT THE ORIENTATION OF THE CABLES TO THE IGBTS CONNECTIONS TO


AVOID CABLE CONTACT WITH TOP COVER.
b.) With the 10 mm screw, with flat and lock washer, remount the remaining cable from the
right coil (of the Coil assembly) onto the upper left current transformer Ti1/40 pass

PioneerSM_ENG.book

Page 292

Thursday, October 30, 2014

1:28 PM

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12

3.9.9

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

Verify
It is recommended to perform the No load HV diagnostics test. INVERTER GATE and
INVERTER in Short Circuit diagnostics are not pre-requested.
Verify correct operation on the whole application range.

3.10

Capacitor Inverter Assembly

3.10.1

Supplies
None.

3.10.2

3.10.3

Tools

5.5 mm nut driver or socket wrench with ratchet.

10 mm allen wrench.

13 mm socket with ratchet.

Safety Precautions

ENSURE THERE IS NO VOLTAGE ON THE DC BUS CABLE.

3.10.4

Prerequisites
Remove the generator from the table and put it on its bottom side on the floor or on a work bench.

THE WHOLE GENERATOR WEIGHTS 63 KILOGRAMS (139 POUNDS). TWO PEOPLE ARE
REQUIRED TO CARRY IT.

3.10.5

Personnel
1 person.

3.10.6

Time
3 hours.

3.10.7

Disassembly
RESPECT THE CAUTION RELATING TO DANGEROUS VOLTAGE.

3.10.7.1

Remove the Auxiliary Unit and the Interface Unit


Remove these Units as described in 3.4 Inverter Mid-Power Assembly.

3.10.7.2

Remove the AC/DC Unit and the Support Plate


Remove the AC/DC Unit and the support plate together as described in 3.4 Inverter Mid-Power
Assembly.

Page 292

Section 2.0 JEDI Generator Renewal Parts

eitconcepts@gmail.com

BEFORE ANY MANUAL INTERVENTION, ENSURE THE MAIN POWER IS OFF. APPLY LOCK
OUT - TAG OUT PROCEDURE FOR YOUR OWN SAFETY WHEN MANIPULATING INSIDE THE
EQUIPMENT IS REQUIRED.
To protect the circuit boards, do not forget to wear the antistatic bracelet.

PioneerSM_ENG.book

Page 293

Thursday, October 30, 2014

1:28 PM

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12

THE POWER UNIT IS NOW FREE BUT IT WEIGHTS 30 KILOGRAMS (66 POUNDS). DO NOT
TRY TO LIFT IT WITHOUT ASSISTANCE.

3.10.7.3

Remove the Capacitor Inverter Assembly


1

1.) On the Power Unit, remove the 5.5 mm hex head screws 1 which secure the L-shaped EMC
eitconcepts@gmail.com

cover panel 2 ; ; remove this one.

2.) Remove the cable from connector J1 3 on the Gate Command Board.

Chapter 8 - Renewal Parts

Page 293

PioneerSM_ENG.book

Page 294

Thursday, October 30, 2014

1:28 PM

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12
3.) Disconnect the Filament cable J3 4 from the HV Tank.

4.) Remove the 10 mm 5 and 13 mm screws 6 on the top side , and the 13 mm screws 7 on
the lower side of the Capacitor assembly. Release the cables.
5.) Remove the four left and right 5.5 mm screws 8 holding the Capacitor assembly.
6.) Remove the Capacitor Inverter Assembly 9 .

3.10.8

Reassembly
1.) Present the new capacitor assembly.
2.) Mount two 5.5 mm hex head screws to hold the Capacitor assembly (refer to section
Disassembly 8 ) ).

Page 294

Section 2.0 JEDI Generator Renewal Parts

eitconcepts@gmail.com

PioneerSM_ENG.book

Page 295

Thursday, October 30, 2014

1:28 PM

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12

3.) Reconnect the cable J1 on the Gate Command Board (refer to section Disassembly 3 ).

4.) Attach the shorter cable (parallel coil) on the upper right current transformer (Ti1/100)
pass through with a 10 mm screw 1
Tighten to torque 3 N.m (30 kg.cm).

and its washers (refer to section Disassembly 5 .

5.) Remount the DC+ cable and the corresponding serial coil cable together on the upper left
side of the capacitor assembly with a 13 mm screw and its washers (refer to section
Disassembly 6 . Tighten to torque 8 N.m (80 kg.cm).

Disassembly 6 . Tighten to torque 8 N.m (80 kg.cm).


7.) Remount the remaining serial coil cable to the upper left current transformer (Ti1/40) pass
through with a 10 mm screw 1
to torque 3 N.m (30 kg.cm).

and its washers (refer to section Disassembly 5 . Tighten

8.) Run the INVERTER IN SHORT CIRCUIT diagnostic:

HV TANK PRIMARY CABLES ARE DISCONNECTED AND ISOLATED.


Note:

Connect the short circuit cable (included in the first aid kit) between the left capacitor and the
central capacitor (see picture in Inverter In Short Circuit diagnostics).
a.) Tighten one extremity of the short circuit on the left capacitor with a 13 mm screw and
its washers. Tighten to torque 8 N.m (80 kg.cm).
b.) Mount the longer wire (Parallel Coil) and the other extremity of the short circuit on the
central capacitor (C3UF) with a 13 mm screw and its washers. Tighten to torque 8 N.m
(80 kg.cm),

Chapter 8 - Renewal Parts

Page 295

eitconcepts@gmail.com

6.) Remount the DC- cable and the corresponding serial coil cable together on the upper
right side of the capacitor assembly with a 13 mm screw and its washers (refer to section

PioneerSM_ENG.book

Page 296

Thursday, October 30, 2014

1:28 PM

GE HEALTHCARE

DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12


XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL
Use the illustration below to check the connections are right:
Parallel Coil
Q100C

Q200C
C

C
Q100E
E

Inverter Assembly

Coil Assembly

Ti1/40

+ DC

Ti1/100

- DC

Capa Assembly

c.)

C3UF

Reassemble the Power Unit with AC/DC Unit, Interface Unit and Auxiliary Unit (refer to
3.4 Inverter Mid-Power Assembly).

d.) Run inverter short circuit diagnostics.


9.) After INVERTER SHORT CIRCUIT diagnostics, disassemble the Auxiliary Unit and the
Interface Unit (see section Disassembly). Remove the short circuit cable.
10.) On the central capacitor (C3UF), attach together the two flat wires of the primary coils of the
HV transformer that have a white ring 2 and the longer wire of Parallel Coil with a 13 mm
screw and its washers. Tighten to torque 8 N.m (80 kg.cm).

11.) Mount the two remaining flat cables 3 from the HV Tank with 13 mm screws and their
Page 296

Section 2.0 JEDI Generator Renewal Parts

eitconcepts@gmail.com

SHORT CIRCUIT

PioneerSM_ENG.book

Page 297

Thursday, October 30, 2014

1:28 PM

GE HEALTHCARE

DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12


XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL
washers underneath the capacitor assembly, one on the left side, one on the right side.
12.) Reconnect the Filament cable J3 on the HV Tank (refer to section Disassembly 4 .
13.) Mount the two last remaining 5.5 mm hex head screws on the left and right side of the frame
(refer to section Disassembly).
Tighten to torque 1.5 to 2 N.m (15 to 20 kg.cm).
14.) Reassemble the Power Unit. Mount it with the AC/DC Unit, the Interface Unit and the Auxiliary
Unit on the support plate (Refer to 3.4 Inverter Mid-Power Assembly).

3.10.9

Verify
It is recommended to perform the No load HV diagnostics test. Verify correct operation on the
whole application range.

3.11

LV Power Supply 3 Phase Board

3.11.1

Supplies
None.

3.11.2

Tools
5.5 mm hex nut driver or socket wrench with ratchet.

Safety Precautions
BEFORE ANY MANUAL INTERVENTION, ENSURE THE MAIN POWER IS OFF. APPLY LOCK
OUT - TAG OUT PROCEDURE FOR YOUR OWN SAFETY WHEN MANIPULATING INSIDE THE
EQUIPMENT IS REQUIRED.
1.) Insure that the Neon N1 (orange) indicator light on the LVPS Board has gone out.
2.) Be careful touching components on the LVPS Board. Some become very hot.
To protect the circuit boards, do not forget to wear the antistatic bracelet.

3.11.4

Prerequisites
Remove the generator from the table and put it on its bottom side on the floor or on a work bench.

THE WHOLE GENERATOR WEIGHTS 63 KILOGRAMS (139 POUNDS). TWO PEOPLE ARE
REQUIRED TO CARRY IT.

3.11.5

Personnel
1 person.

3.11.6

Time
15 minutes.

Chapter 8 - Renewal Parts

Page 297

eitconcepts@gmail.com

3.11.3

PioneerSM_ENG.book

Page 298

Thursday, October 30, 2014

1:28 PM

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12

3.11.7
3.11.7.1

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

Disassembly
Remove the Auxiliary Unit

1.) Disconnect the connectors J2 and J3 and the ground cable on the top of the generator 1 .

plate 5 .
3.) Disconnect the flat ribbon cable 3 without tearing, between the Auxiliary Unit 4 and the
Interface Unit 6 .
4.) Remove the Auxiliary Unit.

Page 298

Section 2.0 JEDI Generator Renewal Parts

eitconcepts@gmail.com

2.) Remove four 5.5 mm hex head securing screws 2 olding the Auxiliary Unit 4 on the support

PioneerSM_ENG.book

Page 299

Thursday, October 30, 2014

1:28 PM

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12

3.11.7.2

Remove the LV Power Supply Board

2.) Disconnect the 3 cables 1 , 2 , 3 from the LV Power Supply 3 Phases board 4 .
3.) Unscrew the six 5.5 mm hex head screws and remove the LV Power Supply 3 Phase Board

4 .

3.11.8

Reassembly
Reverse the disassembly procedures to reinstall the LV Power Supply 3 Phases Board.

Verify that the following cables are not reversed before power ON (refer to section 3.11.7.2
Remove the LV Power Supply Board:
1.) Cables CF2 (+DC BUS) and CF1 (- DC BUS) 2 .
2.) Cables CF4 (160 V) and CF3 (0 V)

3 .

Tighten the 5.5 mm hex head screws to 1.5 to 2 N.m (15 to 20 kg.cm).
Remount the cover. Tighten the 5.5 mm hex head screws to 1.5 to 2 N.m (15 to 20 kg.cm).
Remount the auxiliary unit on the generator support plate.
Remount the generator inside the table.

3.11.9

Verify
Verify that the system functions correctly.

Chapter 8 - Renewal Parts

Page 299

eitconcepts@gmail.com

1.) The Auxiliary Unit being free, unscrew ten 5.5 hex head screws and remove its cover.

PioneerSM_ENG.book

Page 300

Thursday, October 30, 2014

1:28 PM

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12

3.12

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

Filament Board 1 INV

3.12.1

Supplies
None.

3.12.2

Tools
5.5 mm hex nut driver or socket wrench with ratchet.

3.12.3

Safety Precautions
BEFORE ANY MANUAL INTERVENTION, ENSURE THE MAIN POWER IS OFF. APPLY LOCK
OUT - TAG OUT PROCEDURE FOR YOUR OWN SAFETY WHEN MANIPULATING INSIDE THE
EQUIPMENT IS REQUIRED.
1.) Insure that the Neon DS3 (green) indicator light on the Filament Board has gone out.
2.) Be careful touching components on the Filament Board . Some become very hot.
To protect the circuit boards, do not forget to wear the antistatic bracelet.

3.12.4

Prerequisites
Remove the generator from the table and put it on its bottom side on the floor or on a work bench.

3.12.5

Personnel
1 person.

3.12.6

Time
15 minutes.

Page 300

Section 2.0 JEDI Generator Renewal Parts

eitconcepts@gmail.com

THE WHOLE GENERATOR WEIGHTS 63 KILOGRAMS (139 POUNDS). TWO PEOPLE ARE
REQUIRED TO CARRY IT.

PioneerSM_ENG.book

Page 301

Thursday, October 30, 2014

1:28 PM

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12

3.12.7
3.12.7.1

Disassembly
Remove the Auxiliary Unit

1.) Disconnect the connectors J2 and J3 and the ground cable on the top of the generator 1 .

2 holding the Auxiliary Unit 4

on the

support plate 5 .
3.) Disconnect the flat ribbon cable 3 , without tearing, between the Auxiliary Unit 4

and the

Interface Unit 6 .
4.) Remove the Auxiliary Unit.

Chapter 8 - Renewal Parts

Page 301

eitconcepts@gmail.com

2.) Remove four 5.5 mm hex head securing screws

PioneerSM_ENG.book

Page 302

Thursday, October 30, 2014

1:28 PM

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12

3.12.7.2

Remove the Filament Board

2.) Disconnect the ribbon cable


. Disconnect

1 between the Filament Board

2 and the connector J2

and the LVPS Board

3 .

3.) Unscrew the six 5.5 mm hex head screws and remove the Filament Board 1 INV 4 .

3.12.8

Reassembly
Reverse the disassembly procedures to reinstall the Filament Board 1 INV.

Verify that cables CF4 (160 V) and CF3 (0 V) 2 are not reversed before power ON (refer to
section 3.12.7.2 Remove the Filament Board).
Tighten the 5.5 mm hex head screws to 1.5 to 2 N.m (15 to 20 kg.cm).
Remount the cover. Tighten the 5.5 mm hex head screws to 1.5 to 2 N.m (15 to 20 kg.cm).
Remount the auxiliary unit on the generator support plate.
Remount the generator inside the table.

3.12.9

Verify
Verify that the system functions correctly.
Run Heater Function Diagnostics.

3.13
3.13.1

Rotor Board High Speed


Supplies
None.

Page 302

Section 2.0 JEDI Generator Renewal Parts

eitconcepts@gmail.com

1.) The Auxiliary Unit being free, unscrew ten 5.5 mm hex head screws and remove its cover.

PioneerSM_ENG.book

Page 303

Thursday, October 30, 2014

1:28 PM

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12

3.13.1.1

Tools
5.5 mm hex nut driver or socket wrench with ratchet.

3.13.2

Safety Precautions
BEFORE ANY MANUAL INTERVENTION, ENSURE THE MAIN POWER IS OFF. APPLY LOCK
OUT - TAG OUT PROCEDURE FOR YOUR OWN SAFETY WHEN MANIPULATING INSIDE THE
EQUIPMENT IS REQUIRED.
1.) Insure that the Neon DS7 (orange) indicator light on the Rotor Board has gone out.
2.) Be careful touching components on the Rotor Board. Some become very hot.
To protect the circuit boards, do not forget to wear the antistatic bracelet.

3.13.3

Prerequisites
Remove the generator from the table and put it on its bottom side on the floor or on a work bench.

THE WHOLE GENERATOR WEIGHTS 63 KILOGRAMS (139 POUNDS). TWO PEOPLE ARE
REQUIRED TO CARRY IT.

3.13.4

Personnel
1 person.
eitconcepts@gmail.com

3.13.5

Time
15 minutes.

3.13.6
3.13.6.1

Disassembly
Remove the Auxiliary Unit

1.) Disconnect the connectors J2 and J3 and the ground cable on the top of the generator 1 .
2.) Remove four 5.5 mm hex head securing screws

2 holding the Auxiliary Unit 4

on the

support plate 5 .

Chapter 8 - Renewal Parts

Page 303

PioneerSM_ENG.book

Page 304

Thursday, October 30, 2014

1:28 PM

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12

3.) Disconnect the flat ribbon cable 3 , without tearing, between the Auxiliary Unit 4

and the

Interface Unit 6 .
4.) Remove the Auxiliary Unit.

3.13.6.2

Remove the Rotor Board

2.) Disconnect the ribbon cable 1

between the Rotor Board High Speed 4 and the LVPS

Board 5 Disconnect cables CF1 and CF2 2 .


3.) Unscrew two 5.5 mm hex head screws that are in holes 3 below the surface of the board
and that secure an IGBT.
4.) Unscrew the eight 5.5 mm hex head screws and remove the Rotor Board High Speed 4 .

Be careful to preserve the special grease that is spread between the IGBT and a heat sink
under the Rotation Board. This grease, called "Conductive Surface Compound", provides
both thermal and electrical conductivity that are important in reducing failure of the IGBT.

3.13.7

Reassembly
Reverse the disassembly procedure to reinstall the Rotor Board High Speed.
Tighten the 5.5 mm hex head screws to 1.5 to 2 N.m (15 to 20 kg.cm).

Ensure that cables are correctly connected. Ensure that marks on the cables match the
marks on the board.
Remount the cover. Tighten the 5.5 mm hex head screws to 1.5 to 2 N.m (15 to 20 kg.cm).
Remount the auxiliary unit on the generator support plate.
Remount the generator inside the table.

Page 304

Section 2.0 JEDI Generator Renewal Parts

eitconcepts@gmail.com

1.) The Auxiliary Unit being free, unscrew ten 5.5 mm hex head screws and remove its cover.

PioneerSM_ENG.book

Page 305

Thursday, October 30, 2014

1:28 PM

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12

3.13.8

Verify
Verify that the system functions correctly.
Run Heater Function Diagnostics.

3.14

AEC Board

3.14.1

Supplies
None.

3.14.2

Tools
5.5 mm nut driver or socket wrench with ratchet.

3.14.3

Safety Precautions
BEFORE ANY MANUAL INTERVENTION, ENSURE THE MAIN POWER IS OFF. APPLY LOCK
OUT - TAG OUT PROCEDURE FOR YOUR OWN SAFETY WHEN MANIPULATING INSIDE THE
EQUIPMENT IS REQUIRED.
To protect the circuit boards, do not forget to wear the antistatic bracelet.

3.14.4

Prerequisites

THE WHOLE GENERATOR WEIGHTS 63 KILOGRAMS (139 POUNDS). TWO PEOPLE ARE
REQUIRED TO CARRY IT.

3.14.5

Personnel
1 person.

3.14.6

Time
10 minutes.

Chapter 8 - Renewal Parts

Page 305

eitconcepts@gmail.com

Remove the generator from the table and put it on its bottom side on the floor or on a work bench.

PioneerSM_ENG.book

Page 306

Thursday, October 30, 2014

1:28 PM

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12

3.14.7
3.14.7.1

Disassembly
Remove the Auxiliary Unit

1.) Disconnect the connectors J2 and J3 and the ground cable on the top of the generator 1 .

2 holding the Auxiliary Unit 4

on the

support plate 5 .
3.) Disconnect the flat ribbon cable 3 , without tearing, between the Auxiliary Unit 4

and the

Interface Unit 6 .
4.) Remove the Auxiliary Unit.

3.14.7.2

Remove the AEC Board

1.) After removing the Auxiliary Unit, the Interface Unit appears. Release the flat ribbon cable

Page 306

Section 2.0 JEDI Generator Renewal Parts

eitconcepts@gmail.com

2.) Remove four 5.5 mm hex head securing screws

PioneerSM_ENG.book

Page 307

Thursday, October 30, 2014

1:28 PM

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12

1 , making it sliding along the cover panel 2 of the Interface Unit.


2.) Unscrew twelve 5.5 mm screws that retain the cover panel and remove this one 2 .

7
4

eitconcepts@gmail.com

3.) Disconnect the flat ribbon cable from J5 3 between the I/F Board RAD 7 and the AEC
Board 8 .
4.) Disconnect the connectors J2 4 and J1 5 and Test Points TP1 and TP2 6 on the AEC
Board.
5.) Remove the six 5.5 mm screws securing the AEC Board 8 .

3.14.8

Reassembly
Reverse the disassembly procedure to reassemble the unit. Tighten screws to torque between 1.5
and 2 N.m (15 to 20 kg.cm).

3.14.9

Verify
Reapply power. Proceed to AEC diagnostics to ensure correct operation.

Chapter 8 - Renewal Parts

Page 307

PioneerSM_ENG.book

Page 308

Thursday, October 30, 2014

1:28 PM

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12
This page is intentionally left blank.

eitconcepts@gmail.com

Page 308

Section 2.0 JEDI Generator Renewal Parts

PioneerSM_ENG.book

Page 309

Thursday, October 30, 2014

1:28 PM

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

Chapter 9 - Service Tool Job Cards


Section 1.0
Software Download / Upgrade
1.1

Supplies
None.

1.2

Tools

1.3

JEDI service software (the software is a DOS application)


Console R232 cable (5194292)
Computer with floppy or CD drive

Safety Precautions

1.4

Prerequisites
Basic knowledge of PC based computer laptop, DOS and usage of Microsoft WINDOWS.

1.5

Personnel
1 person.

1.6

Time
15 minutes.

1.7
1.7.1

Procedure
Load Software File on Service Laptop
1.) To load the software on to the hard drive(windows 2000 or under):It can operate under DOS
or Windows;
2.) Power ON the computer, Under Windows, run the File Manager (Explorer);
3.) Create a new directory (e.g.: JEDITEST) under C:\;
4.) Insert the JEDI Software floppy delivered with the equipment into the floppy drive;
5.) Copy all the files from the floppy to your hard drive.

1.7.2

Unzip software file


The CD drive supplied with the equipment (or the upgrade kit) contains Auto-zipped files.
Chapter 9 - Service Tool Job Cards

Page 309

eitconcepts@gmail.com

Not applicable.

PioneerSM_ENG.book

Page 310

Thursday, October 30, 2014

1:28 PM

GE HEALTHCARE

DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12


XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL
It is necessary to load those files on the hard disk drive and run them; they will unzip and create
other files that you will use.

Double click on the JEDP424B.exe file, and verify that the new file is created.

1.7.3

Software download
1.) Connect console R232 cable Part No. 5194292 to console connecter J2;
2.) System power up;
3.) Press button

together more than 5 seconds to enter the HUB model;

4.) Restart the computer in DOS mode (for software download or database backup, it is required
to run ASIAN.exe under DOS to avoid communication problem).
With the mouse, click on START, SHUTDOWN, RESTART COMPUTER UNDER DOS
MODE.
5.) Run the program:
Under DOS:
*

Select Disk drive from where you want to run the program:

C: [enter]

key in: ASIAN [enter]

eitconcepts@gmail.com

6.) From the laptop software main screen, type F7: restore memory.
7.) Type appl.mx, then enter (or C:\JEDI\appl.mx).
Wait for the count to start. It may take 20 seconds before starting. The software code transfer
will take about 20 minutes. Download is complete when all the LEDs on kV Control board are
ON and laptop indicates download is complete.
Normally, the kV Control board will reset at the end of transfer and all the LEDs will scroll.
8.) Verify the software version is P3.2, behind RAM text (or P3.X in case of new software);

Page 310

Section 1.0 Software Download / Upgrade

PioneerSM_ENG.book

Page 311

Thursday, October 30, 2014

1:28 PM

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

9.) Select menu 2 with the arrows, select LIST, and clear generator error log. (^H, then W);
10.) To exit program, press Q, or R to return then ESC, or ESC twice.

Section 2.0
Tube Replacement Software Procedure
eitconcepts@gmail.com

2.1

Supplies
None.

2.2

Tools

2.3

JEDI service software (the software is a DOS application)


Console R232 cable (5194292)
Computer with floppy or CD drive

Safety Precautions
Not applicable.

2.4

Prerequisites
Basic knowledge of PC based computer laptop, DOS and usage of Microsoft WINDOWS.
Knowledge of Service Software (refer to Chapter 3 - - Configuraton & Calibration - 2.3 - Service
Software User Guide).

2.5

Personnel
1 person.

Chapter 9 - Service Tool Job Cards

Page 311

PioneerSM_ENG.book

Page 312

Thursday, October 30, 2014

1:28 PM

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12

2.6

Time
15 minutes.

2.7
2.7.1

Procedure
Perform a Database backup
Refer to Chapter 3 - - Configuraton & Calibration - 2.9 - Backup and Restore Database Parameters
1.) Connect console R232 cable Part No. 5194292 to console connecter J2;
2.) System power up;
3.) Press button

together more than 5 seconds to enter the HUB model;

4.) Restart the computer in DOS mode (for software download or database backup, it is required
to run ASIAN.exe under DOS to avoid communication problem).
With the mouse, click on START, SHUTDOWN, RESTART COMPUTER UNDER DOS
MODE.
5.) Run the program:
Under DOS:
Select Disk drive from where you want to run the program:

C: [enter]

key in: ASIAN [enter]

6.) Save memory


From the laptop software main screen, type F6: save memory.

2.7.2

Reset Tube Data tracking counter and error log.


1.) Type ALT-S to jump to Service Menu.
2.) Select menu 2 with the arrows.
3.) Type F5 to select NEXP.

Page 312

Section 2.0 Tube Replacement Software Procedure

eitconcepts@gmail.com

PioneerSM_ENG.book

Page 313

Thursday, October 30, 2014

1:28 PM

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

eitconcepts@gmail.com

Note:

Before resetting all the memory, it is advised to record them on table 2.7.4 - Generator Counter
Reading Record, found at the end of this Job Card.
4.) Enter ^H, press W to confirm.
All the tube related Data will be erased; only Generator related Data will be kept.
The filament ageing parameter will be reset to default value.

Chapter 9 - Service Tool Job Cards

Page 313

PioneerSM_ENG.book

Page 314

Thursday, October 30, 2014

1:28 PM

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12

5.) Type Q to go back to main screen.

2.7.3

Verify new tube operation, clear error log


1.) Press F1 to jump to application screen.
2.) Run a dozen of exposures from low kv, mA, to high kV, mA in direct workstation.
4.) Go in menu 2, LIST (F3); Clear the Error log.
5.) Exit from laptop service software.
6.) Run exposures from the Operating console.
7.) Take necessary steps to ship the replaced tube. Include filled out table with tube

information.

2.7.4

Generator Counter Reading Record

GENERATOR COUNTER READING RECORD


Date of reading:

Date of putting into service:

Address of
installation:

Generator identification:
Serial number:
Software version:
Options: (AEC)

X-Ray system
description:
Counter name
NO WARMUP

Page 314

Tube data

Explanation
Number of skipped Warm-up (N/A on Tiger)

Section 2.0 Tube Replacement Software Procedure

eitconcepts@gmail.com

3.) Verify correct operation of the system.

PioneerSM_ENG.book

Page 315

Thursday, October 30, 2014

1:28 PM

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12
RXGSF

Cumulated exposure time on small focus

RXGLF

Cumulated exposure time on large focus

RXSCOP

Cumulated exposure time in fluoro (N/A on RAD.)

ROTANOD

Cumulated Anode rotation time

NEXPSF

Cumulated Number of exposure on small focus

NEXPLF

Cumulated Number of exposure on large focus

N100%SF

Cumulated Number of exposure on small focus at


100 % Power (N/A on Tiger)

N100%LF

Cumulated Number of exposure on large focus (N/


A on Tiger)

NAMOR

Cumulated Number of spits

KJSF

Cumulated dissipated power on Small focus

KJLF

Cumulated dissipated power on Large focus

TIME_ON

Total generator Power On time (Not erasable)

N_EXP_G

Total generator number of exposure (Not erasable)

Tube Database Download


The service tool software can operate under Windows (Windows 2000 or lower version) or DOS.
1.) Use the RS232 Service Cable (5194292) to connect the console connector J2 with computer.
2.) Power up the computer, insert the CD (5212186). Under Windows, run the File Manager
(Explorer).
3.) Create a new directory (e.g.: JEDITEST) under C:\.
4.) Copy all the files from the CD to your new directory.
5.) Double click the file "ASIAN.EXE" to run service tool software.
6.) System power up.
7.) On the application screen, press button

together for more than 5 seconds to

enter the HUB mode.


8.) Press function key F7 to Load Software according to the tube installed.
-

50 kW tube: type E7843X

File : E7843_R?.mx (? means the current revision)

9.) When the successful installation message display, press Esc button on the computer.
10.) Press the function key F1 into the Jedi application interface.
11.) Press Alt and S key together to enter service interface.
12.) Set Date&Time.
-

Call Menu 2 using the arrows on the keyboard.

Call DATE by pressing F7.

Enter date (MM DD YYYY) via numeric keypad.

Hit W to confirm.

Hit F1.
Chapter 9 - Service Tool Job Cards

Page 315

eitconcepts@gmail.com

2.7.5

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

PioneerSM_ENG.book

Page 316

Thursday, October 30, 2014

1:28 PM

GE HEALTHCARE

DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12


XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL
Enter time (HH MM) via numeric keypad.
Hit W to confirm.
13.) Checksums
Checksums must be validated at the end of the generator setup or whenever a parameter is
changed.
Call Menu 5 using the arrows on the keyboard.
Press function key F1.
Press function key [F1] and [V] simultaneously.
A buzzer will sound, which indicating that the sums have been checked and OK on display
screen.
14.) Press "R" key to return to the application mode.
15.) Press Esc key to exit the JEDI software.

eitconcepts@gmail.com

Page 316

Section 2.0 Tube Replacement Software Procedure

1:28 PM
Thursday, October 30, 2014
Page 317
PioneerSM_ENG.book

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12

Chapter 10 - Schematics
Section 1.0
MIS Map

3 Phase

Stud

eitconcepts@gmail.com

P1

PDU

System Cabinet
P1

P2

P1 P2 P3

HV -

HV +

J2/J3

TM2

HV +
HV -

5166493

5166654

Grounding
Grounding

Tube

DAP Meter

Collimator

HV -

HV +

Ele-Magnetic
Brakes

Terminal

Tube
Console

Tube Stand

24 VDC

24 VDC

Table

EM Brakes

Switches

Ion-Chamber

FIRST MADE FOR:

Pioneer

GEHL MEDICAL SYSTEMS

51888818 BLK

Pioneer System Architecture

TITLE

Wallstand

Ion-Chamber

24 VDC

TM1

Handswtich

Rotor/Tube fan/Pressure SW

24 VDC

XR 6000 Fixed Grid Configuration Block

Power Supply

P2

GND
Stud

P3
Grounding

P3

P1 P2 P3

Jedi

Generator

RS485/
RS232

J4

J1

REV

1/4

SHT/CONT ON

Page 317

Chapter 10 - Schematics

Hospital Power
Supply
GND

TM3

J6

J3

System Console

AEC1

Xray-On Light

HV Line

Others

AEC2

J6

J9
RTL

Door Interlock

AC Power Line
DC Power Line

Serial / RTL
Grounding Line

RS232

J8
Serial RS485 / RTL

24VDC/PSW


XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12

J1

PDU
5183465/
5220653

eitconcepts@gmail.com

Console
J3

5194507
J4

J1
J1 J1

TM3

TAV
5182285
GND
TM1 Stud

GND
Stud

J2

GND
Stud

TM2

GND
Stud

AEC1

5166654

2269002-5

2269002-5

5195936

5166493

5193607

5193105

5193110

5194292/
5241079

Service Laptop
Serial port

GND
Stud

5183561

Table

5194508

AEC2

Wallstand

TM1

GND
Stud

AEC1

5183392/
5184093

Tube Stand

Rotation
Anode
HV +
HV -

FIRST MADE FOR:

Pioneer 500

GEHL MEDICAL SYSTEMS

51888818 BLK

Pioneer 500 System Architecture

TITLE

XR 6000 Fixed Grid Configuration Interconnect Cable Diagram

5184620

Handswtich

5197678
TM1
GND
Stud

Door

2212259-2/4
J2

HV +

J3

HV -

AEC2

Jedi R1T 50

5182354

TM1

Hospital Main Power 380


3 phase
5197679

5196643

5182354
laptop

LU
LV
LW
GND
Stud

DOOR Interlock
Room Light

console

5183903
5196454
UVW

GND
Stud

5193106
GND
Stud

5193103
XP105

REV

2/4

SHT/CONT ON

Section 1.0 MIS Map

Page 318

1:28 PM
Thursday, October 30, 2014
Page 318
PioneerSM_ENG.book

1:28 PM
Thursday, October 30, 2014
Page 319
PioneerSM_ENG.book

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12

eitconcepts@gmail.com

P2

P1

PDU

System Cabinet
P1

P3

J1

P1 P2 P3

HV +

J2/J3

TM2

24 VDC

Grounding

Terminal

Tube
Console

Tube

Ele-Magnetic
Brakes

HV -

HV +

Collimator
DAP Meter

EM Brakes

Switches

Ion-Chamber
Bucky

Bucky

FIRST MADE FOR:

Pioneer

GEHL MEDICAL SYSTEMS

51888818 BLK

Pioneer System Architecture

TITLE

Wallstand

Ion-Chamber

Switches
EM Brakes

Handswtich

TM1

TM1

24 VDC

Table

24 VDC

24 VDC

Tube Stand

Grounding

Wall-stand Bucky Control

5166654

Table Bucky Control

5166493

HV -

HV +

Rotor/Tube fan/Pressure SW

24 VDC

XR 6000 Oscillating Bucky Configuration Block

Power Supply

P2

Grounding

P3

J4

P1 P2 P3

HV -

J1

REV

3/4

SHT/CONT ON

Page 319

Chapter 10 - Schematics

Hospital Power
Supply
TM3

J4

Jedi

Table Bucky

Generator

AEC1

J6

J6

RS485/
RS232

J4

AEC2

GND
Stud
GND
Stud

J3

110 VAC

System Console

WS Bucky

C
3 Phase

Others

J9
RTL

Xray-On Light
Door Interlock

AC Power Line
DC Power Line
HV Line
Serial / RTL
Grounding Line

RS232

J8
Serial RS485 / RTL

24VDC/PSW


XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12

eitconcepts@gmail.com

J1

J4

J1
J1

J1

J3

5194507

Console

TM3

GND
Stud
GND
Stud

HV -

HV +

J3

J2

AEC1

Table
Bucky

WS
GND
Stud Bucky

J4

TM2

GND
TM1 Stud

TAV
5182285
J1

J4

J2

5315834

5166654

2269002-5

2269002-5

5195936

5313869

5166493

5315864

5193607

5193105

5193110

5194292/
5241079

HV -

HV +

5316773

5316772

Table

AEC2

5183392

Tube Stand

Rotation
Anode

AEC1

Bucky

TM1

GND
Stud

Bucky

TM1

Wallstand

GND
Stud

Serial port

Service Laptop

XR 6000 Oscillating Bucky Configuration Interconnect Cable


Diagram
Handswtich

5184620

PDU
5220653
TM1
GND
Stud

Door

2212259-2

AEC2

Jedi R1T 50

console

Hospital Main Power 380


3 phase
5197678
5197679

5196643

LU
LV
LW
GND
Stud

DOOR Interlock
Room Light

5183903
5196454
UVW

5313870

5182354
5182354
laptop

TM1

5193103
XP105

GND
Stud

5193106
GND
Stud

Pioneer 500

51888818 BLK

Pioneer 500 System Architecture

TITLE

FIRST MADE FOR:

GEHL MEDICAL SYSTEMS

REV

4/4

SHT/CONT ON

Section 1.0 MIS Map

Page 320

1:28 PM
Thursday, October 30, 2014
Page 320
PioneerSM_ENG.book

PioneerSM_ENG.book

Page 321

Thursday, October 30, 2014

1:28 PM

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12

1.1

Jedi 50 R 1T Cabling

eitconcepts@gmail.com

Chapter 10 - Schematics

Page 321

PioneerSM_ENG.book

Page 322

Thursday, October 30, 2014

1:28 PM

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12

eitconcepts@gmail.com

Page 322

Section 1.0 MIS Map

PioneerSM_ENG.book

Page 323

Thursday, October 30, 2014

1:28 PM

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12

Section 2.0
Central Listings
2.1

kV Measure Board
This board forms part of the oil seal of the High Voltage Tank. It can only be removed at the
factory. The Field Replaceable Unit (FRU) is the complete HV Tank.

eitconcepts@gmail.com

Chapter 10 - Schematics

Page 323

PioneerSM_ENG.book

Page 324

Thursday, October 30, 2014

1:28 PM

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12

2.2

Filament Board 1 Inv.


HIGH VOLTAGE: DO NOT GO INTO GENERATOR UNTIL INDICATOR DS3 GOES OUT.
DC
160v

LF Common
SF

DS3 - Green - +160v


DC present
DS4 - Yellow - Inverter
Output Running

SF_LF - Yellow - Small


Focus / Large Focus
Relay Feedback
RST - Red - Board being
reset or powered up

DS2 - Yellow - Status


LED

DS1 - Yellow - Status


LED

Page 324

Section 2.0 Central Listings

ON - Yellow - Inverter
Command ON

eitconcepts@gmail.com

160v
DC

PioneerSM_ENG.book

Page 325

Thursday, October 30, 2014

1:28 PM

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12

2.3

Rotation Board High Speed


HIGH VOLTAGE: DO NOT GO INTO GENERATOR UNTIL INDICATOR DS6 AND DS7 (NEONORANGE) GO OUT.
Auxiliary
DC bus

Common
Main

DS6

eitconcepts@gmail.com

DC bus

Chapter 10 - Schematics

Page 325

PioneerSM_ENG.book

Page 326

Thursday, October 30, 2014

1:28 PM

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12

2.3.1

Indicators

2.3.2
1

INDICATOR

COLOR

INDICATES:

RESET

RED

BOARD BEING RESET OR POWERED UP

INV_ON

YELLOW

THE INVERTER IS RUNNING

DS1

GREEN

PRESENCE OF +15 V SUPPLY

DS2

GREEN

PRESENCE OF -15 V SUPPLY

DS3

GREEN

PRESENCE OF +5 V SUPPLY

DS4-DS5

YELLOW

BOARD STATUS

DS6

NEON (ORANGE)

FAN VAC POWER SUPPLY PRESENT

DS7

NEON (ORANGE)

DC BUS PRESENT

J2 Wiring
2

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

115V

Fan*, 115V AC
Line output

Fan, 115V AC
Line input
X-ray tube
Thermal safety

* used in application with fan cooling

Page 326

Section 2.0 Central Listings

eitconcepts@gmail.com

sense

PioneerSM_ENG.book

Page 327

Thursday, October 30, 2014

1:28 PM

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12

2.4

LV Power Supply 3 PH Board


HIGH VOLTAGE AND HOT SURFACE: DO NOT TOUCH BOARD UNTIL INDICATOR NE1
(NEON - ORANGE) GOES OUT.
NE1 - Orange - indicates presence of DC Bus

+ 400

DC bus
- 400

eitconcepts@gmail.com

160V
DC
0

DS2 - Green - 160 VDC

DS1 - Red - Mains


Drop

Chapter 10 - Schematics

Page 327

PioneerSM_ENG.book

Page 328

Thursday, October 30, 2014

1:28 PM

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12

2.5

Gate Command Board


HIGH VOLTAGE: DO NOT TOUCH BOARD UNTIL DS300 ON THIS BOARD AND DS1 ON
DUAL SNUB BOARD ARE OUT.
Hot surface on transformer T300 and heat sink.
DS300

DC bus

DS300 - Neon (Orange) Presence of voltage on DC


bus for Flyback Converter to
create power supplies for
both Gate Commands

DS200 - Yellow - High


IGBT* (Q200) Gate
Command running

DS200

DS201 DS202

DS202 - Green - Pres


ence of -10 V Supply on
high IGBT* Gate Command

Inverter
ILP
current
feedback
ILR
DS100 -Yellow-Low IGBT*
(Q100) Gate Command run ning
DS100

DS102

DS101 - Green - Presence of


+20 V Supply on low IGBT*
Gate Command

DS101

DS102 - Green - Presence


of -10 V Supply on low
IGBT* Gate Command

* Insulated Gate
Bipolar Transistor

Page 328

Section 2.0 Central Listings

eitconcepts@gmail.com

DS201 - Green - Presence


of +20 V Supply on high
IGBT* Gate Command

PioneerSM_ENG.book

Page 329

Thursday, October 30, 2014

1:28 PM

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12

2.6

Dual Snub Board


HIGH VOLTAGE: DO NOT GO INTO GENERATOR UNTIL INDICATOR DS1 (NEON - ORANGE)
GOES OUT.
DS1 - Neon (Orange) - Indicates presence of voltage on DC Bus

eitconcepts@gmail.com

Chapter 10 - Schematics

Page 329

PioneerSM_ENG.book

Page 330

Thursday, October 30, 2014

1:28 PM

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12

2.7

kV Control Board

eitconcepts@gmail.com

Page 330

Section 2.0 Central Listings

PioneerSM_ENG.book

Page 331

Thursday, October 30, 2014

1:28 PM

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12

2.7.1

2.7.2

SWITCH OR JUMPER

FUNCTION

RST

RESET PUSH BUTTON

Indicators
INDICATOR

COLOR

INDICATES:

CONF

RED

FIELD
PROGRAMMABLE
GATE
ARRAY
CONFIGURATION NOT ACCOMPLISHED

OK

YELLOW

INVERTER GATE POWER SUPPLY OK

TX_TAV

YELLOW

TRANSMIT TO SERVICE LAPTOP

RX_TAV

YELLOW

RECEIVE FROM SERVICE LAPTOP

TX_CONS

YELLOW

TRANSMIT TO CONSOLE (IF EXISTING)

RX_CONS

YELLOW

RECEIVE FROM CONSOLE (IF EXISTING)

T_CAN_X

YELLOW

SYSTEM CAN BUS TRANSMIT

R_CAN_X

YELLOW

SYSTEM CAN BUS RECEIVE

HALT

RED

MICROPROCESSOR HALTED

RESET

RED

BOARD BEING RESET

S0 TO S7

YELLOW

STATUS LED
IN APPLICATION MODE THESE
SEQUENCE CONTINUOUSLY

DS1

GREEN

-15V SUPPLY

DS2

GREEN

+15V SUPPLY

LEDS

(FPGA)

FLASH

IN

Non Volatile RAM


REFERENCE

DESIGNATION

U32

NON VOLATILE
INCLUDED)

Chapter 10 - Schematics

PARAMETERS

RAM

(BATTERY

Page 331

eitconcepts@gmail.com

2.7.3

Switches and Jumpers

PioneerSM_ENG.book

Page 332

Thursday, October 30, 2014

1:28 PM

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12

2.8

AC/DC 3 Phase board


HIGH VOLTAGE: DO NOT GO INTO GENERATOR UNTIL DS1 (NEON - ORANGE) GOES OUT.
Some components on this board can become very hot.

eitconcepts@gmail.com

Page 332

Section 2.0 Central Listings

PioneerSM_ENG.book

Page 333

Thursday, October 30, 2014

1:28 PM

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12

2.9

I/F Board RAD V1

N1 - Orange (neon) Indicates presence of 100


VAC for the

ON & VAC

Pin 9
Table Bucky
Pin 1
Pin 9
Wall Bucky
Pin 1

Pin 9
Room Door & Light
eitconcepts@gmail.com

Pin 1

Service Laptop

TUBE

Presence of strap

Console

PUPT - Yellow Data being sent to the console

Serial Link Configuration


(RS422)

Chapter 10 - Schematics

Page 333

PioneerSM_ENG.book

Page 334

Thursday, October 30, 2014

1:28 PM

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12

2.10

I/F Board RAD V2


ON & VAC

N1 - Orange (neon) Indicates presence of


100 VAC for the Bucky

Pin 9
Table Bucky
Pin 1
Pin 9
Wall Bucky

Pin 1

Room Door & Light I/F

To AEC board

Pin 9

Pin 1

CAN TRANSMIT
(yellow)

DS5:

EXT.CAN
TRANSMIT (yellow)

DS6: Receive Data


from console (yellow)
Console

OPTIONAL

DS7: DATA being sent to


console (TRANSMIT)
(yellow)

No strap (engineering
use)
Presence of strap TUBE 1
DS3:

Reset led (red)

DS1, DS2: Status micro


processor (yellow)

Page 334

Section 2.0 Central Listings

eitconcepts@gmail.com

Service Laptop

DS4:

PioneerSM_ENG.book

Page 335

Thursday, October 30, 2014

1:28 PM

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12

2.11

AEC Board

eitconcepts@gmail.com

2.11.1

Test Points
Testpoint

Measurement
SIGNAL

RANGE

TP1

230 VDC

230 VDC _5%

TP2

230 VDC

230 VDC _5%

TP3

230 VDC

230 VDC _5%

TP4

230 VDC

230 VDC _5%

R10V

10 VDC (reference)

10 VDC _1%

Chapter 10 - Schematics

Page 335

PioneerSM_ENG.book

Page 336

Thursday, October 30, 2014

1:28 PM

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12

2.12

AEC Board V2

eitconcepts@gmail.com

AEC4

2.13

AEC3

AEC2

N1 - Orange (neon) Presence of 230 VDC

Test Points
TESTPOINT
TP1
TP2
TP3
TP4
TP5
TP6
TP7
TP8
TP9
TP10
TP11

Page 336

AEC1

MEASUREMENT
SIGNAL
230 VDC
230 VDC
230 VDC
230 VDC
AEC assignment reference
10 VDC (reference)
AEC return voltage
AEC1 return voltage
AEC2 return voltage
AEC3 return voltage
AEC4 return voltage

Section 2.0 Central Listings

RANGE
230 VDC _5%
230 VDC _5%
230 VDC _5%
230 VDC _5%
0 to 10 V
10 VDC _1%

PioneerSM_ENG.book

Page 337

Thursday, October 30, 2014

1:28 PM

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12

Section 3.0
Schematics
3.1

PDU Connection Diagram

eitconcepts@gmail.com

Chapter 10 - Schematics

Page 337


XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12

&

'

'&9

'&9

DC24V
$&9

DC24V
$&9

5
/'

0&

6
6

6

'

6

&ROOLPDWRU

'

'

6

0&

0&

eitconcepts@gmail.com

0&

0&

6

'

0&

0&

7ROHUDQFH

'

'

6

0&

'

5HY

'HVFULSWLRQ

0DGH E\

'DWH

S1 Foot pedal switch


6
VZLWFK
S2 Cassette)RRG
tray-column
coupling switch
S3 Cassette tray lock switch
S4 Tube movement
66
7DEOHswitchWUD\ VZLWFK
S5 Tube stand longitudinal movement switch
S6 Tube arm vertical travel switch
6
7XEHswitchVWDQG VZLWFK DOO
S7 Tube rotation
MC1,MC2 EM
lock - Table
top lateral
movement
6
7XEH
VWDQG
VZLWFK

MC3,MC4 EM lock - Table top longitudinal movement
MC5 EM lock - Tube stand longitudinal travel movement
6
7XEH
VWDQG
VZLWFK
MC6 EM lock
- Tube arm
vetical travel
MC7 EM lock - Tube rotation
MC8 EM lock
- Cassette
tray
6
7XEH
VWDQG
VZLWFK

6&+

'RF7\SH

7KHRU\'UDZLQJ

3DUW 1R



5199500SCH
6&+

2
12


5HY



3DJH

)LQLVK
6FDOH 0DWHULDO




 7LWOH
'HVLJQ'DWH &KHFN'DWH $SSURYDO'DWH
3LRQHHU7DEOH(OHFWULFDO

*(+/ 0(',&$/ 6<67(06




&

'

Section 2.0 Central Listings

Page 338

Table Electrical Schematics


3.2

1:28 PM
Thursday, October 30, 2014
Page 338
PioneerSM_ENG.book


XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12




:

&20

:

3(

:

:

6

1&

70

3(


:

:

;3

;3


;6

;6




3(

:

1&
12

&20 6

3(

:

0&

&20
6

1&

1&
12
&
1&
12
&

6

6

3(



/'

$':

'RF7\SH

6

1&
12
&

1&
12
&

0&

0&

6

'HVFULSWLRQ

5HY

:



3DUW 1R
5197241ADW

0DGH E\

'DWH



0&

0&

3

5HY



3DJH

Pioneer Table Cables Assembly

)LQLVK
6FDOH 0DWHULDO



 7LWOH
'HVLJQ'DWH &KHFN'DWH $SSURYDO'DWH

*(+/ 0(',&$/ 6<67(06

7ROHUDQFH

3(

eitconcepts@gmail.com

:

:

:




cd
cd

3(

&74 7DEOH
'LPHQVLRQ




;3
;6

&74

0&

0&

     
     

     


 

;3
;6
 

&74

:

0&

;6
;3




;3
;6

&
3(

:

70

         

70

3(

:

&

'

Page 339

Chapter 10 - Schematics

3'870

: :

:

3(

3'870

'

)


3(

3(
3(
3(
3(

1:28 PM
Thursday, October 30, 2014
Page 339
PioneerSM_ENG.book

PioneerSM_ENG.book

Page 340

Thursday, October 30, 2014

1:28 PM

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12

eitconcepts@gmail.com

Page 340

Section 2.0 Central Listings

Chapter 10 - Schematics

Fri

Feb

16

15:30:36

2007

ARM_CON<9..0>

ARM_RESET

FEED_DOG

ARM_CON<9..0>

ARM_RESET

CPLD_CLK

CPLD_JTAG<3..0>

ARM_CON<9..0>

ARM_RESET

LCD

EPM570

HCLK

ARM_IO<30..0>

ADDR<23..0>

DATA<31..0>

I7

HCLK

LED<6..1>

CPLD_IO<33..0>

ARM_IO<30..0>

ISP_ENTER

ADDR<23..0>

DATA<31..0>

I3

FEED_DOG

ARM_IO<30..0>

ADDR<23..0>

CPLD_CLK

DATA<31..0>

CPLD_JTAG<3..0>

I1

ARM_JTAG<5..0>

LPC2294

Path

totallogic

Block

ISP_ENTER

ARM_RESET

CPLD_JTAG<3..0>

ARM_JTAG<5..0>

ARM_RESET

LED<6..1>

CPLD_IO<33..0>

JTAG

INTERFACE

ARM_IO<30..0>

ARM_IO<30..0>

MEMORY

I6

I4

I8

Block

2 of

Sheet

POWER

5176556SCH

Dwg No

Rev

Company

2 of

Sheet

Restricted

GE Healthcare

I5

15

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12

Thursday, October 30, 2014

eitconcepts@gmail.com

3.3

Page 341

B Size

PioneerSM_ENG.book
1:28 PM

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

A61001C Console Control Board Circuit Diagram

Page 341

Page 342

Section 2.0 Central Listings

Mon Mar

12

C1
1U
16V
10%

OHM

13:17:28

600

FL3
BLM31A601S

C2
10N
50V
10%

2007

GND

CPLD_CLK

C3
50V
0.1U
10%

R1

R2

1K
0.125W
1%

33.2
0.125W
1%

13

Y1

10MHZ

ENABLE

VCC
GND

VOUT

VCC=3V3;GND=GND

12

GND

VCC=3V3;GND=GND

U13
74LVC-LCX14

100P
50V
5%

C4

5C6>

ARM_RESET

PO19_MOSI1
19

Path

lpc2294

Block

PO20_SSEL1

PO18_MISO1
18

20

PO17_SCK1

R3

0.125W

0.125W

0.125W

0.125W

R6

R5

R4

0
0%

0%

0%

0%

CPLD_TMS

CPLD_TDI

CPLD_TDO

Block

P1_0_CS0
P1_1_OE

TD1

1 of

Sheet

5176556SCH

IO

AGND

ARM_IO<30..0>

0%
GND

IO

OUT

ARM_JTAG<5..0>

Rev

Company

Sheet

3 of

Restricted

GE Healthcare

R7

0
1
2
3
4
5

ARM_CON<9..0>

0.125W

ARM_RTCK
ARM_TDO
ARM_TDI
ARM_TCK
ARM_TMS
ARM_TRST

138
139

CS0
OE

0
9

26

34
24
15
7
102
95
86
82
70
60
52
144
140
126
113
43

CAN1_TX

91
90

22

Dwg No

CPLD_JTAG<3..0>

VSS(11..0)
VSSA_PLL
VSSA

P1_16_TRACEPKT0
P1_17_TRACEPKT1
P1_18_TRACEPKT2
P1_19_TRACEPKT3
P1_20_TRACESYNC
P1_21_PIPESTAT0
P1_22_PIPESTAT1
P1_23_PIPESTAT2
P1_24_TRACECLK
P1_25_EXTIN0
P1_26_RTCK
P1_27_TDO
P1_28_TDI
P1_29_TCK
P1_30_TMS
P1_31_TRST

SYM 1 OF 2

P0_0_TXD0_PWM1
P0_1_RXD0_PWM3_EINT0
P0_2_SCL_CAP0_0
P0_3_SDA_MAT0_0_EINT1
P0_4_SCK0_CAP0_1
P0_5_MISO0_MAT0_1
P0_6_MOSI0_CAP0_2
P0_7_SSEL0_PWM2_EINT2
P0_8_TXD1_PWM4
P0_9_RXD1_PWM6_EINT3
P0_10_RTS1_CAP1_0
P0_11_CTS1_CAP1_1
P0_12_DSR1_MAT1_0
P0_13_DTR1_MAT1_1
P0_14_DCD1_EINT1
P0_15_RI1_EINT2
P0_16_EINT0_MAT0_2_CAP0_2
P0_17_CAP1_2_SCK1_MAT1_2
P0_18_CAP1_3_MISO1_MAT1_3
P0_19_MAT1_2_MOSI1_CAP1_2
P0_20_MAT1_3_SSEL1_EINT3
P0_21_PWM5_CAP1_3
P0_22_CAP0_0_MAT0_0
P0_23_RD2
P0_24_TD2
P0_25_RD1
P0_27_AIN0_CAP0_1_MAT0_1
P0_28_AIN1_CAP0_2_MAT0_2
P0_29_AIN2_CAP0_3_MAT0_3
P0_30_AIN3_EINT3_CAP0_0

CPLD_TCK

42
49
50
58
59
61
68
69
75
76
78
83
84
85
92
99
100
101
121
122
123
4
5
6
8
21
23
25
32
33

PO0_TXD0
PO1_RXD0
PO2_SCL
PO3_SDA
PO4_SCK0
PO5_MISO0
PO6_MOSI0
PO7_SSEL
PO8_TXD1
PO9_RXD1
PO10_RTS1
PO11_CTS1
PO12_DSR1
PO13_DTR1
PO14_DCD1
PO15_EINT2
PO16_EINT0
PO17_SCK1
PO18_MISO1
PO19_MOSI1
PO20_SSEL1
PO21_PWM5
PO22
CAN2_RX
CAN2_TX
CAN1_RX
AIN0
AIN1
AIN2
AIN3

17

0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
27
28
29
30

XTAL1
XTAL2

RESET_N

V3(9..0)
V3A

142
141

V18(1..0)
V18A

14

CPU_CLK

U1
LPC2292FBD144

143

135

1V8

ARM_RESET

3V3

IO

15

4C7>

4D3>

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12

3V3

OUT

U13
74LVC-LCX14

Thursday, October 30, 2014

Page 342

eitconcepts@gmail.com

PioneerSM_ENG.book
1:28 PM

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL


B Size

Chapter 10 - Schematics

Thu

Mar

01

14:31:59

12V

1V8

3V3

VCC

2007

10K
0.1W
0.1%

R11

10K
0.1W
0.1%

R10

10K
0.1W
0.1%

R17

10K
0.1W
0.1%

R8

AGND

R12
2K
0.125W
1%

AGND

10K
0.1W
0.1%

R15

AGND

10K
0.1W
0.1%

R14

AGND

10K
0.1W
0.1%

R13

C8
0.1U
50V
10%

C7
0.1U
50V
10%

C6
0.1U
50V
10%

C5
0.1U
50V
10%

30

29

28

27

3V3

ARM_IO<30..0>

3A8<>

11

DATA<27> 27

10K
0.1W
0.1%

R19

DATA<31..0>

BOOT 1:0

BOOT1

VOLTAGE MONITOR

IO

DATA<26>

3V3

98
105
106
108
109
114
115
116
117
118
120
124
125
127
129
130
131
132
133
134
136
137
1
10
11
12
13
16
17
18
19
20

BOOTUP

BOOT0

10K
0.1W
0.1%

R16

DATA<0>
DATA<1>
DATA<2>
DATA<3>
DATA<4>
DATA<5>
DATA<6>
DATA<7>
DATA<8>
DATA<9>
DATA<10>
DATA<11>
DATA<12>
DATA<13>
DATA<14>
DATA<15>
DATA<16>
DATA<17>
DATA<18>
DATA<19>
DATA<20>
DATA<21>
DATA<22>
DATA<23>
DATA<24>
DATA<25>
DATA<26>
DATA<27>
DATA<28>
DATA<29>
DATA<30>
DATA<31>

INTERNAL

26

0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31

Path

lpc2294

Block

1V8

3V3

C10
0.1U
50V
10%

C9
0.1U
50V
10%

P3_0_A0
P3_1_A1
P3_2_A2
P3_3_A3
P3_4_A4
P3_5_A5
P3_6_A6
P3_7_A7
P3_8_A8
P3_9_A9
P3_10_A10
P3_11_A11
P3_12_A12
P3_13_A13
P3_14_A14
P3_15_A15
P3_16_A16
P3_17_A17
P3_18_A18
P3_19_A19
P3_20_A20
P3_21_A21
P3_22_A22
P3_23_A23_XCLK
P3_24_CS3
P3_25_CS2
P3_26_CS1
P3_27_WE
P3_28_BLS3_AIN7
P3_29_BLS2_AIN6
P3_30_BLS1
P3_31_BLS0

SYM 2 OF 2

P2_0_D0
P2_1_D1
P2_2_D2
P2_3_D3
P2_4_D4
P2_5_D5
P2_6_D6
P2_7_D7
P2_8_D8
P2_9_D9
P2_10_D10
P2_11_D11
P2_12_D12
P2_13_D13
P2_14_D14
P2_15_D15
P2_16_D16
P2_17_D17
P2_18_D18
P2_19_D19
P2_20_D20
P2_21_D21
P2_22_D22
P2_23_D23
P2_24_D24
P2_25_D25
P2_26_D26_BOOT0
P2_27_D27_BOOT1
P2_28_D28
P2_29_D29
P2_30_D30_AIN4
P2_31_D31_AIN5

U1
LPC2292FBD144

89
88
87
81
80
74
73
72
71
66
65
64
63
62
56
55
53
48
47
46
45
44
41
40
36
35
30
29
28
27
97
96

C12
0.1U
50V
10%

C11
0.1U
50V
10%

C14
0.1U
50V
10%

C13
0.1U
50V
10%

ADDR<0>
ADDR<1>
ADDR<2>
ADDR<3>
ADDR<4>
ADDR<5>
ADDR<6>
ADDR<7>
ADDR<8>
ADDR<9>
ADDR<10>
ADDR<11>
ADDR<12>
ADDR<13>
ADDR<14>
ADDR<15>
ADDR<16>
ADDR<17>
ADDR<18>
ADDR<19>
ADDR<20>
ADDR<21>
ADDR<22>
ADDR<23>
CS3
CS2
CS1
WE
BLS<3>
BLS<2>
BLS<1>
BLS<0>

3
2
1
4
8
7
6
5

Block

C15
0.1U
50V
10%

2 of

Sheet

ARM_CON<9..0>

0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23

C16
0.1U
50V
10%

ADDR<23..0>

C17
0.1U
50V
10%

OUT

OUT

3B8>

C18
0.1U
50V
10%

5176556SCH

Dwg No

Rev

Company

4 of

Sheet

Restricted

GE Healthcare

GND

C19
0.1U
50V
10%

15

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12

Thursday, October 30, 2014

Page 343

eitconcepts@gmail.com

Page 343

B Size

PioneerSM_ENG.book
1:28 PM

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

Section 2.0 Central Listings

Thu

Mar

01

14:32:02

2007

IN

GND

FEED_DOG

1
2

1
2

S1
KT11B1JM

10K
0.125W
1%

VCC

J3

1K
0.125W
1%

R18

JUMPER

C20
2.2U
10V
10%

2.49K
0.125W
1%
C21
47N
50V
10%

GND

C22
4.7N
50V
10%

10K
0.125W
1%

R21

VCC

5V

Path

lpc2294

Block

SRT
SWT
GND

RESET_IN
WDI
WDS
RESET_N

3
4

VCC

1
6
5

U24
MAX6301

GND

C23
0.1U
50V
10%

3V3

20K
0.125W
1%

OUT

TWD=2.67*CSW*500=6.3S

Block

3A4<

TRP=2.67*CRST=125.5MS

EXTENDED MODE

ARM_RESET

3 of

Sheet

5176556SCH

Dwg No

Rev

Company

5 of

Sheet

Restricted

GE Healthcare

15

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12

ARM RESET & WATCH DOG

R9

R20

Thursday, October 30, 2014

eitconcepts@gmail.com

Page 344

Page 344

R22

PioneerSM_ENG.book
1:28 PM

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL


B Size

Page 345

Fri

Feb

16

2007

0.1U
50V
10%

0.1U
50V
10%

C24

C25

15:28:51

0.1U
50V
10%

C26

C27

0.1U
50V
10%

3V3

0.1U
50V
10%

0.1U
50V
10%

C28

C29

0.1U
50V
10%

IO

IO

IN

IN
IN

IN

IO

IN

GND

0.1U
50V
10%

ADDR<23..0>

ARM_IO<30..0>

ARM_CON<9..0>

SWITCH<7..0>

DATA<31..0>

CPLD_JTAG<3..0>

ARM_RESET

CPLD_CLK
HCLK

0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15

3V3

GND

3
2
1
0
DATA<0>
DATA<1>
DATA<2>
DATA<3>
DATA<4>
DATA<5>
DATA<6>
DATA<7>
DATA<8>
DATA<9>
DATA<10>
DATA<11>
DATA<12>
DATA<13>
DATA<14>
DATA<15>
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7

R23
10K
0.125W
1%

CPLD_TDI
CPLD_TMS
CPLD_TCK
CPLD_TDO

3V3

IO_1
IO_2
IO_3
IO_4
IO_5
IO_6
IO_7
IO_8
IO_11
IO_12
IO_13
IO_14
IO_15
IO_16
IO_21
IO_22
IO_23
IO_24
IO_27
IO_28
IO_29
IO_30
IO_31
IO_32

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
11
12
13
14
15
16
21
22
23
24
27
28
29
30
31
32

TDI
TMS
TCK
TDO

IO_18_GCLK0
IO_20_GCLK1
IO_89_GCLK2
IO_91_GCLK3
IO_60_DEV_OE
IO_61_DEV_NCLR

34
33
35
36

18
20
89
91
60
61

VCCINT<3..0>
VCCIO1<3..0>
VCCIO2<3..0>

0
1
2
4
5
6
7
8
9

C30

9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
22
21

C31

1
2
3
4
5
6

NLED<6..1>

0
1
2
3
4
5
6

73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
84
85
86
87
88
93
94
95
96
97
98
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
U6
EPM570T144C5

GNDI0<7..0>
GNDINT<3..0>

IO_109
IO_110
IO_111
IO_112
IO_113
IO_114
IO_117
IO_118
IO_119
IO_120
IO_121
IO_122
IO_123
IO_124
IO_125
IO_127
IO_129
IO_130
IO_131
IO_132
IO_133
IO_134
IO_137
IO_138
IO_139
IO_140
IO_141
IO_142
IO_143
IO_144

IO_73
IO_74
IO_75
IO_76
IO_77
IO_78
IO_79
IO_80
IO_81
IO_84
IO_85
IO_86
IO_87
IO_88
IO_93
IO_94
IO_95
IO_96
IO_97
IO_98
IO_101
IO_102
IO_103
IO_104
IO_105
IO_106
IO_107
IO_108
IO_37
IO_38
IO_39
IO_40
IO_41
IO_42
IO_43
IO_44
IO_45
IO_48
IO_49
IO_50
IO_51
IO_52
IO_53
IO_55
IO_57
IO_58
IO_59
IO_62
IO_63
IO_66
IO_67
IO_68
IO_69
IO_70
IO_71
IO_72
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
48
49
50
51
52
53
55
57
58
59
62
63
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
Path

epm570

Block

eitconcepts@gmail.com

Chapter 10 - Schematics
5

4
5
6
7
10
11
12
13
23
24

109
110
111
112
113
114
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
127
129
130
131
132
133
134
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144

GND

Block

2
1

6
5
4
3

IO

IN

OUT

A1
A2
A3
A4

A1
A2
A3
A4

11
13
15
17

Sheet

Y1
Y2
Y3
Y4

3V3

9
7
5
3

GND

0.1U
50V
10%

C32

R30

O4

O3

O2

O1

O4

O3

O2

O1

LED<6..1>

OUT

RED

Company

6 of

Sheet

Restricted

GE Healthcare
Rev

DS2
HSMS-C650

GND

15

332
0.125W
1%

3V3

VCC

S2
CHS_04TB

10K
0.125W
1%

R31

10K
0.125W
1%

HEART BEAT

5176556SCH

Dwg No

2
1

18 6
16 5
14 4
12 3

I4

VCC

I3

I1
I2

I4

4
4

10K
0.125W
1%

S3
CHS_04TB

I3

3
5

I1
I2

1
2

10K
0.125W
1%

R27

10K
0.125W
1%

R26

10K
0.125W
1%

R29

R28

R25
2

3
10K
0.125W
1%

R24
10K
0.125W
1%

VCC=VCC;GND=GND

OE_N

U16
74ABT244
19

GND

Y1
Y2
Y3
Y4

VCC=VCC;GND=GND

OE_N

1
2
4
6
8

U16
74ABT244

SWITCH<7..0>

1 of

CPLD_IO<33..0>

PO21_PWM5

NLED<6..1>

PO22
FEED_DOG
ISP_ENTER

7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12

0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8

Thursday, October 30, 2014

R32

Page 345

B Size

PioneerSM_ENG.book
1:28 PM

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

Mon Mar

7A8>

12

50

EXP

2007

OHM

BLM31P500S

FL4

PREP

TERLOCK 1

13:53:07

7C7>

7C7>

DOORIN

PDUGND

SMBJ5.0
6.7V

CR2

PDUGND

SMBJ5.0
6.7V

CR1

ON/OFF_KEY<3..0>

12V

12V

4.99K
0.125W
1%

R38

1%

0.125W

15K

R37

4.99K
0.125W
1%

R36

1%

0.125W

15K

R42

1%

0.125W

15K

R43

1%

0.125W

15K

12V

11D3<>

R39

B
Q1
MMBT3904

1%

GND

GND

0.125W

15K

R44

0.1U
50V
10%

C34

0.1U
50V
10%

C33

10

13

0.1U
50V
10%

C35

MMBT3904

Q2

PDUGND

PDUGND

U14

IN

GND

19

OPEN2
CLOSED2

4
5

Y1
Y2
Y3
Y4

3
6

8
1

9
7
5
3

3V3

OPEN1
CLOSED1

COILP
COILN

11

VCC=VCC;GND=GND

RESP_CTRL

6
O

VCC=VCC;GND=GND

RESP_CTRL

8
O

A1
A2
A3
A4

10B1<>

VCC=3V3;GND=GND

11C8<>

11
13
15
17

OE_N

74LVC_LCX244

9B3<>

IO

CPLD_IO<33..0>

4
5

CPLD_EXP

CPLD_PREP

Path

7A8<

9B3<

X_RAY_LIGHT

R45
10K
0.125W
1%

CPLD_INTERLOCK

VCC

PSW

interface

Block

1
2

CPLD_IO<2>

CPLD_IO<3>

CPLD_IO<0>
CPLD_IO<1>

GND

OPEN2
CLOSED2

K3
G6B_2114P_US24VDC

0.1U
50V
10%

OPEN1
CLOSED1

3
6

24V_IN

C37

COILP
COILN

U8

CLOSED<1>
OPEN<1>
CLOSED<0>
OPEN<0>

K2
G6B_2114P_US24VDC

COM<0>

COM<1>

8
1

COIL1
COIL2

0.1U
50V
10%

VCC=VCC;GND=GND

MC1489A

U14

IN

1
2

K1
AZ742-2C-24D

C36

RESP_CTRL

MC1489A

U14

IN

MC1489A

GND

VCC

LSM340J
40V

D2

LSM340J
40V

D1

PDU24V

10D4<

IN

VCC=VCC;GND=GND

RESP_CTRL

OVER_CURRENT

U14
MC1489A

GND

0.1U
50V
10%

C38

R46

GND

R47
50

3
4

PIN

50

1
2

OHM

BLM31P500S

FL7

MH1

WIRE_TO_BOARD

RIGHT_ANGLE

J4

MHP4_50TB10_00

MH2

MHP4_50TB10_00

MH3

SHIELD

EXP

2A

J7

MHP4_50TB10_00

MH7

MH8

1 of

5176556SCH

Dwg No

PIN

C39

GND

22N
250V
20%

PDU24V

Rev

Company

7B5>
7C1<

15

R48
1MEG
0.125W
1%

7 of

Sheet

Restricted

GE Healthcare

CONNECTOR

WIRE_TO_BOARD

MHP4_50TB10_00

MH6

1
2
3
4

200V

SHIELD

TERLOCK

MURS320T3

D3

DOORIN

PSW

RIGHT_ANGLE

MHP4_50TB10_00

MH5

HANDLE

PREP

7D1<

F1

7D1<

PIN

1
2
3

RIGHT_ANGLE

4
5
6

WIRE_TO_BOARD

J6

MHP4_50TB10_00

GND

POWER CONNECTOR

MHP4_50TB10_00

MH4

XRAY_ON_LIGHT

MHP4_50TB10_00

Sheet

OHM

BLM31P500S

FL5

Block

PDUGND

1%

0.125W

15K

12V

10C6>

20K
0.125W
1%

R33

20K
0.125W
1%

R40

R41

20K
0.125W
1%

20K
0.125W
1%

12

9
5

1
1
1

1
1

Section 2.0 Central Listings


1

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12

Thursday, October 30, 2014

eitconcepts@gmail.com

Page 346

Page 346

PioneerSM_ENG.book
1:28 PM

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL


B Size

Chapter 10 - Schematics

Fri

Dec

15

15:41:33

9C8<

IN

2006

GND

1
2

28
26
27

GND

3V3

5V

C41
0.1U
50V
10%

20K
0.125W
1%

R49

SYNCIN
0VIN1
0VIN2

VS1
VS2

3V3

ARM_RESET

C40
0.47U
16V
10%

U2
DCR010505U

VOUT
ERROR_N
VREC
ENABLE
0VOUT

GND

17
12
16
13

14

R51
10K
0.125W
1%

R50
10K
0.125W
1%

1U
16V
10%

C42

CAN_GND

TIN

VCC

TP1

R52
0
0.125W
0%

9
10
11

6
7

CAN1_TX
CAN1_RX

Q
Q_N

26
25

YELLOW

DS1
HSMY-C650

12

CAN_VCC

C45
0.47U
16V
10%

VCC=3V3;GND=GND

A_N
B
RD

CEXT
REXT_CEXT

C44
47U
10V
10%

R54
1K
0.125W
1%

TIN

U12
74VHC123A

C43
1U
16V
10%

R53
10K
0.125W
1%

TP2

3V3

R55
332
0.125W
1%

25

26

C47
0.1U
50V
10%

Path

GND

VCC

GND

C46
0.1U
50V
10%

interface

Block

CAN1_RX

CAN1_TX

VCC

VDD2

GND2

VO

GND2

GND1

VI

VDD1

U4

VO

VDD2

HCPL0720-060

GND1

VI

VDD1

U3
HCPL0720-060

ARM_IO<30..0>

C48
0.1U
50V
10%

R56
332
0.125W
1%

CAN_GND

C49
0.1U
50V
10%

CAN_VCC

9B1<>

CAN_GND

IO

Block

RXD

TXD

VREF
S

CANL

CANH

2 of

Sheet

CAN_L

5176556SCH

Dwg No

GND

VCC

CAN_H

VCC=CAN_VCC;GND=CAN_GND

5
8

U5
TJA1050

C50
0.1U
50V
10%

10C8<>

10C6<>

Rev

Company

8 of

Sheet

Restricted

GE Healthcare

15

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12

Page 347

eitconcepts@gmail.com

R57

Thursday, October 30, 2014

121
0.125W
1%

Page 347

B Size

PioneerSM_ENG.book
1:28 PM

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

8B6<>

Mon Mar

12

13:22:15

ARM_IO<30..0>

2007

GND

C51
0.1U
50V
10%

DATA_OUT
9 PO9_RXD1

24

Y1
Y2
Y3
Y4

A1
A2
A3
A4

OE_N

U8
74LVC_LCX244

C54
0.1U
50V
10%

PO8_TXD1
DATA_IN

T1IN
T2IN
R1IN
R2IN

C1P
C1M
C2P
C2M

1
3
4
5
11
10
13
8

VCC
VP
VN

16
2
6

U17
MAX3232C

GND

15

GND

R58
4.99K
0.125W
1%

PO1_RXD0

C56
1U
16V
10%

RS485_RX-

RS485_RX+

DATA_OUT

VCC

11C8<>

10C8>

14
7
12
9

10B1<>

7A5>

10C6>

T1OUT
T2OUT
R1OUT
R2OUT

7D4<>

OVER_CURRENT

GND

PO0_TXD0

2
4
6
8

1 ISP_RXD

C55
0.1U
50V
10%

3V3

CPLD_IO<33..0>

VCC=3V3;GND=GND

18
16
14
12

C53
0.1U
50V
10%

C52
0.1U
50V
10%

GND

3V3

14

ISP_TXD

R59
110
0.1W
0.1%

VCC

DI

VCC

U18
MAX488E

interface

Block

Path

GND

C57
0.1U
50V
10%

PO14_DCD1

GND

RO

GND

VCC

GND

RTS

D4
PMBD914
85V

0
0.125W
+0.05

R63

DATA_IN

RS485_TX-

R60
110
0.1W
0.1%

RS485_TX+

10C6<

10C8<

3V3

Q3
MMBT3904

15K
0.125W
1%
GND

R62
20K
0.125W
1%

R64
20K
0.125W
1%

ISP_ENTER

3V3

DTR

OUT

GND

R67
10K
0.125W
1%

R65
10K
0.125W
1%

1U
16V
10%

C58

Block

Sheet

3 of

GND

GND

C
Q4
MMBT3904

C60
0.1U
50V
10%

R71

3V3

R72
332
0.125W
1%

Rev

Company

9 of

Sheet

Restricted

GE Healthcare

ARM_RESET

YELLOW

0
0.125W
+0.05

11D6<>

C59
0.1U
50V
10%

GND

3V3

DS5
13
HSMY-C650

D6
PMBD914
85V

5176556SCH

Dwg No

RS232<3..0>

D5
PMBD914
85V

3V3

PO9_RXD1

Q
Q_N

VCC=3V3;GND=GND

A_N
B
RD

CEXT
REXT_CEXT

PO8_TXD1

R69
0
0.125W
0%

1
2
3

14
15

U12
74VHC123A

15

8C1<

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12

R68

R66

Section 2.0 Central Listings


R61

20K
0.125W
1%

Thursday, October 30, 2014

eitconcepts@gmail.com

Page 348

Page 348

20K
0.125W
1%

PioneerSM_ENG.book
1:28 PM

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

Mon Mar

11

2007

CPLD_IO<11>

BUZ_CMD

10A6>

CPLD_IO<33..0>

13:26:28

10C8<

12

11C8<>
7D4<>
9B3<>

GND

EXPOSURE_ENABLE

0.1U
50V
10%

C61

12V

DI

GND

RO

R75

C62

0.1U
50V
10%

A1
A2
A3
A4

OE_N

0.1U
50V
10%

C64

Y1
Y2
Y3
Y4

GND

VCC

7C5>

CPLD_IO<10>

X_RAY_LIGHT

R79
10K
0.125W
1%

10

R82
10K
0.125W
1%

GND

R81
110
0.1W
0.1%

R80
4.99K
0.125W
1%

VCC

BUZ

DI

R77
10K
0.125W
1%

18PIN

Path

interface

Block

I1
I2
I3
I4
I5
I6
I7
I8

ULN2803

Q6

RO

GND

2111738

24V

VCC

MAX488E

U21

12

14

16

18

R78
10K
0.125W
1%

XRAY_ON/OFF-

XRAY_ON/OFF+

RESET

GND

0.1U
50V
10%

C65

6
VCC=3V3;GND=GND

RESET
XRAY_CMD

3V3

10C6>

EXPOSURE_ENABLE

0.1U
50V
10%

C63

74LVC_LCX244

U7

GND

3V3

10C6< 10C8>

10C8<

VCC

GND

R83

10

RESP_CTRL

MC1489A

IN
VCC=VCC;GND=GND

U20

1%

GND

VCC=3V3;GND=GND

0.125W

15K

74LVC-LCX14

74LVC-LCX14

U13

VCC=3V3;GND=GND

Y1
Y2
Y3
Y4

VCC=3V3;GND=GND

A1
A2
A3
A4

OE_N

74LVC_LCX244

U7

EXPOSURE_ENABLE-

R76
110
0.1W
0.1%

EXPOSURE_ENABLE+

U13

CPLD_IO<9>

CPLD_IO<8>

11

17

PREPARE

15

CPLD_IO<7>

13

CPLD_IO<5>

11

19

GND

CPLD_IO<6>

GND

XRAY_ON/OFF

EXPOSURE

VCC

MAX488E

U19

CPLD_IO<4>

R74
110
0.1W
0.1%

R73
4.99K
0.125W
1%

VCC

VCC

20K
0.125W
1%

R84

O1
O2
O3
O4
O5
O6
O7
O8

GND

R85
110
0.1W
0.1%

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

RESET-

RESET+

GND

24V

BUZ

XRAY_ON_LIGHT

PREPARE_SW

EXPOSURE_SW

XRAY_ON/OFF

COMMON
GND

BUZZER

I150

P1

10A8>
10A6>
9B3<

10C8<
10C6<
7A7<

10B3<
10A3>
9A5>

8B8<>
10C6>

10B2<

10C8<

10C6<

XRAY_CMD

GND

VCC

C66

7
9

15

PREPARE_SW

Block

4 of

Sheet

CAN_GND

PIN

J11

RO

2
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
22
24
26

GND

RIGHT_ANGLE

1
3
5
7
9
11
13
15
17
19
21
23
25

DI

VCC

MAX488E

U22

26

24

22

20

18

16

14

12

10

OHM

CAN_L

12V

Company

10

of

15

10A8>
10A6>
9B3<
8C8<>

10C6>

Restricted
Sheet

10C8<

10C6<

10C1<
10A3<
10A3>
9A5>

GE Healthcare
Rev

RS485_RX-

RESET-

XRAY_CMD-

EXPOSURE_SW

RS485_TX+

XRAY_CMD-

R89
110
0.1W
0.1%

XRAY_CMD+

EXPOSURE_ENABLE+

XRAY_ON/OFF+

BUZ_CMD

50

BLM31P500S

FL6

GND

5176556SCH

Dwg No

GENERATOR CONNECTOR

RIBBON_CABLE_STANDARD

25

23

21

EXPOSURE_ENABLERS485_TX-

19
XRAY_ON/OFF-

17

13

CAN_H

11

5
RS485_RX+

RESET+

GND

R87
110
0.1W
0.1%

R86
4.99K
0.125W
1%

VCC

XRAY_CMD+

0.1U
50V
10%

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12

Page 349

eitconcepts@gmail.com

Chapter 10 - Schematics

R70

332
0.125W
1%

Thursday, October 30, 2014

332
0.125W
1%

Page 349

B Size

PioneerSM_ENG.book
1:28 PM

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

Wed Feb

28

IN

16:00:42

332
0.125W
1%

R35

332
0.125W
1%

R34

2007

LED<6..1>

VCC

YELLOW

DS4
HSMY-C650

GREEN

DS3
HSMG-C650

GND

CPLD_IO<12>
CPLD_IO<13>
CPLD_IO<14>
CPLD_IO<15>

16 CPLD_IO<16>
17 CPLD_IO<17>

12
13
14
15

0.1U
50V
10%

9
7
5
3

18
16
14
12

C67

A1
A2
A3
A4

7B2<>

GND

R97

READY

150
0.125W
1%
R93

R99

10K
0.125W
1%

DTR

1
3
5
7
9

3
1
3
5
7
9

J8

KEYBOARD CONNECTOR
J12

2
4
6
8
10

1
3
5
7
9
11
13
15
17
19
21
23
25
27
29
31

GND

2
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
22
24
26
28
30
32

2
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
22
24
26
28
30
32

2
4
6
8
10

Path

interface

Block

RTS

ISP_RXD

PDUGND

PIN
RIGHT_ANGLE
DUAL_ROW_HEADER

1
3
5
7
9
11
13
15
17
19
21
23
25
27
29
31

PIN
RIGHT_ANGLE
RIBBON_CABLE_LOW_PROFILE

OFF

ON

ISP_TXD

332
0.125W
1%

332
0.125W
1%
R96

1.21K
0.125W
1%
WARM
R95

INHIBIT

TUBE

R98

10K
0.125W
1%

150
PDU24V
0.125W
1%
POWER ON R100

VCC

XRAY ON

10K
0.125W
1%

R94

10K
0.125W
1%

R92

10K
0.125W
1%

10K
0.125W
1%

GND

R102

R91

RS232<3..0>

10K
0.125W
1%

R106

10K
0.125W
1%

R105

10K
0.125W
1%

R104

R103
10K
0.125W
1%

R101

10K
0.125W
1%

ON/OFF_KEY<3..0>

GND

11
13
15
17

A1
A2
A3
A4

VCC=3V3;GND=GND

Y1
Y2
Y3
Y4

19

OE_N

VCC=3V3;GND=GND
U26
74LVC_LCX244

Y1
Y2
Y3
Y4

1
2
4
6
8

OE_N

U26
74LVC_LCX244

3V3

R90

10K
0.125W
1%

9D7<>

100V

100V
D12
MMSD4148

100V
D11
MMSD4148

100V
D10
MMSD4148

100V
D9
MMSD4148

100V
D8
MMSD4148

D7
MMSD4148

Block

Y1
Y2
Y3
Y4

A1
A2
A3
A4

Y1
Y2
Y3
Y4

A1
A2
A3
A4

OE_N

5 of

Sheet

GND

11
13
15
17

19

2
4
6
8

GND

VCC

0.1U
50V
10%

C68

CPLD_IO<19>
CPLD_IO<18>

CPLD_IO<23>
CPLD_IO<22>
CPLD_IO<21>
CPLD_IO<20>

5176556SCH

Dwg No

VCC=VCC;GND=GND

9
7
5
3

VCC=VCC;GND=GND
U23
74ABT244

18
16
14
12

OE_N

U23
74ABT244

19
18

23
22
21
20

Rev

Company

11

Sheet

of

Restricted

GE Healthcare

CPLD_IO<33..0>

15

9B3<>
7D4<>
10B1<>

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12

Section 2.0 Central Listings


1

Thursday, October 30, 2014

eitconcepts@gmail.com

Page 350

Page 350

PioneerSM_ENG.book
1:28 PM

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL


B Size

Chapter 10 - Schematics

Fri

Dec

15

15:41:36

PDUGND

24V_IN

CR3
SM6T27A
27V
2

PDUGND

24V_IN

TIN

OHM

2006

OHM

GND

12V

200

FL2
ZJYS51R5-2P

200

FL1
ZJYS51R5-2P

TIN

TP4

TP3

200

OHM

GND

C72
0.1U
50V
10%

GND

C71
0.1U
50V
10%

TIN

TP6

C73
4.7U
50V
10%
C74
0.1U
50V
10%

1
3
4
8

10N
50V
10%

C75

OUTPUT

10N
50V
10%

HV

L1

J1
1
2

G1
G2

33U
20%
D14
5A
LSM340J
40V

G1
G2

PIN
RIGHT_ANGLE
WIRE_TO_BOARD

1
2

C85

L2

33U
20%
D13
5A
LSM340J
40V

C86

TWO PARTS AS CLOSE AS POSSIBLE

CXA-L10L

U25

C76

1
3
4
8

TO 12V

INPUT
SWIT_OUT
FEEDBACK
BOOST
ON_OFF
GND
TAB_GND

U10
LM2676

24V

TIN

TP5

INPUT
SWIT_OUT
FEEDBACK
BOOST
ON_OFF
GND
TAB_GND

U9
LM2676

TO 5V

TO LCD

2
6
7
R112
1K
0.125W
1%

R111
9.09K
0.1W
0.1%

R109
3.16K
0.1W
0.1%
2
6
7
R110
1K
0.125W
1%

12V

FL8
ZJYS51R5-2P

C70
100U
50V
20%

5.11K
0.125W
1%

R108

C69
100U
50V
20%

5.11K
0.125W
1%

R107

24V

22U
35V
10%

Path

R114
1K
0.125W
1%

DS7
HSMG-C650
GREEN

R113
499
0.125W
1%

DS6
HSMG-C650
GREEN

power

Block

CR5
P6SMB18A
18V

CR4
SMBJ5.0
6.7V

12V

VCC

SHIELD

22U
35V
10%

2
1

POWER SUPPLY

2
1

5
4

C77

0.1U
50V
10%

1K
0.125W
1%

R115

PDUGND

24V_IN

GND

VCC

3.3V

200

OHM

FL9
ZJYS51R5-2P

10U
16V
+80%-20%

Block

1.21V

Sheet

1 of

3
6

1
2

4
5

GND

24V

1.4K
0.1W
1%

5176556SCH

C82
100U
50V
20%

2.87K
0.1W
1%

1K
0.125W
1%

R120
1K
0.125W
1%

R118

TP9

R117

TIN

GND

Dwg No

C81
0.1U
50V
10%

GND<1-0>

VOUT
SENSE_ADJ

75V

D16
BAS116

GND1
GND2

VOUT
SENSE

TO 20V

VIN
SHDN_N

VR1
LT1963EQ
2
1

75V

VIN
SHDN_N

VR2
LT1529-3.3

D15
BAS116

5V TO 3.3V

5V TO 1.8V

GND

C80
0.1U
50V
10%

1K
0.125W
1%

R116

TIN

TP7

C78
10U
16V
+80%-20%

VCC

TIN

C79

TP8

GND

3V3

TIN

TP10

10U
16V
+80%-20%

Rev

Company

12

Sheet

of

Restricted

GE Healthcare

1V8

C83
100U
16V
10%

15

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12

Page 351

eitconcepts@gmail.com

R119

Thursday, October 30, 2014

C84

Page 351

B Size

PioneerSM_ENG.book
1:28 PM

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

Section 2.0 Central Listings

Fri

Dec

15

15:41:38

2006

IO

ARM_JTAG<5..0>

IN

ARM_RESET

5
2
4
3
0
1

IO

0.1U
50V
10%

GND

GND

2
4
6
8
10

R123
10K
0.125W
1%

R122
10K
0.125W
1%

jtag

Block

Path

CPLD_JTAG<3..0>

3V3

R121
10K
0.125W
1%

2
4
6
8
10

1
3
5
7
9

J2
1
3
5
7
9

R126
10K
0.125W
1%

3V3

R127
10K
0.125W
1%

1
0
2
CPLD_TDI

R129
10K
0.125W
1%

1
3
5
7
9
11
13
15
17
19

J5
1
3
5
7
9
11
13
15
17
19

2
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20

2
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20

R130
10K
0.125W
1%

Block

1 of

Sheet

R131
10K
0.125W
1%

PIN
STRAIGHT
DUAL_ROW_HEADER_BREAK

CPLD_TCK
CPLD_TDO
CPLD_TMS

3V3

ARM_TRST
ARM_TDI
ARM_TMS
ARM_TCK
ARM_RTCK
ARM_TDO

R128
10K
0.125W
1%

PIN
STRAIGHT
DUAL_ROW_HEADER_BREAK

GND

R124
10K
0.125W
1%

GND

C88

0.1U
50V
10%

5176556SCH

Dwg No

Rev

Company

13

Sheet

of

Restricted

GE Healthcare

15

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12

Thursday, October 30, 2014

eitconcepts@gmail.com

Page 352

Page 352

C87

PioneerSM_ENG.book
1:28 PM

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL


B Size

Mon Mar

12

13:27:29

2007

3V3

600

OHM

FL10
BLM31A601S

C89
1U
16V
10%

C90
10N
50V
10%

GND

OUT

C91
0.1U
50V
10%

HCLK

R134

R132
1K
0.125W
1%

Y2

33.2
0.125W
1%

40MHZ

ENABLE

VCC

GND

VOUT

GND

VCC=3V3;GND=GND

U13
74LVC-LCX14

IN

IN

3V3

VCC=3V3;GND=GND

U13
74LVC-LCX14

TIN

ARM_CON<9..0>

R135

TIN

10K
500MW
10%

R133
CW

TP_LCDV

GND

ADDR<0>
ADDR<1>
ADDR<2>
ADDR<3>
ADDR<4>
ADDR<5>
ADDR<6>
ADDR<7>
ADDR<8>
ADDR<9>
ADDR<10>
ADDR<11>
ADDR<12>
ADDR<13>
ADDR<14>
ADDR<15>

lcd

14B7>
14B7>
14B7>
14B7>

Path

FPD<3>
FPD<2>
FPD<1>
FPD<0>

GND

FRM
LOAD
CP
DISP

Block

0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15

3
9
4

CS3
OE
WE

14B7>
14B7>
14B7>
14B7>

ARM_RESET

ADDR<23..0>

33.2
0.125W
1%

IN

TP_LCDGND

R125

10K
0.125W
1%

Chapter 10 - Schematics

Page 353

eitconcepts@gmail.com

3V3

3V3

CNF0
CNF1
CNF2
CNF3
CNF4

SCANEN
TSTEN

37
38

G1
G2

G1
G2

VSS<4..0>

GND

SHIELD

Block

Sheet

1 of

C93
0.1U
50V
10%

14C4<

C92
0.1U
50V
10%

14C4<
14C4<
DISP

C94
0.1U
50V
10%

C95
0.1U
50V
10%

INPUT

5176556SCH

Dwg No

GND

3V3

14C4<
LOAD
FRM

CP

23
24
29
26
30
27
31

TIME

FPSHIFT
XECL
YSCL
FPLINE
FPFRAME
MOD_OUT
YDIS

CYCLE

14D4<
14D4< FPSHIFT:CLOCK
14D4<
14D4<

IO

IO

FPD<0>
FPD<1>
FPD<2>
FPD<3>

DATA<31..0>

21
20
19
18

0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7

FPDAT0
FPDAT1
FPDAT2
FPDAT3

DATA<0>
DATA<1>
DATA<2>
DATA<3>
DATA<4>
DATA<5>
DATA<6>
DATA<7>

ARM_IO<30..0>

52
51
50
49
47
46
45
44

54 PO16_EINT0

D0
D1
D2
D3
D4
D5
D6
D7

WAIT_N

SOCKET
RIGHT_ANGLE
FLEX_CABLE_ZIF_BOTTOM

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20

J14

XCG1
XCD1

35
34

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20

RESET_N

36
56
57
58
59
60
CLKI

A0
A1
A2
A3
A4
A5
A6
A7
A8
A9
A10
A11
A12
A13
A14
A15

16
15
14
13
11
10
9
8
6
5
4
3
2
64
63
62

39

CS_N
RD_N
WR_N
AS_N

43
41
42
61

COREVDD<2..0>
HIOVDD<2..0>
NIOVDD<1..0>

U15
S1D13700F02

C96
0.1U
50V
10%

Rev

Company

14

Sheet

of

Restricted

GE Healthcare

= 16

15

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12

R136

Thursday, October 30, 2014

15K
0.125W
1%

16

Page 353

B Size

PioneerSM_ENG.book
1:28 PM

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

Page 354

Section 2.0 Central Listings

Fri

Dec

15

15:41:41

2006

IO

ARM_IO<30..0>

PO3_SDA

PO2_SCL

R137
10K
0.125W
1%

3V3

GND

1
2
3

6
SDA

Path

memory

Block

VCC=3V3;GND=GND

A0
A1
A2

SCL

WP

U11
24C256

R138
10K
0.125W
1%

GND

3V3

0.1U
50V
10%

C97

Block

1 of

Sheet

5176556SCH

Dwg No

Rev

Company

15

Sheet

of

Restricted

GE Healthcare

15

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12

Thursday, October 30, 2014

Page 354

eitconcepts@gmail.com

PioneerSM_ENG.book
1:28 PM

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL


B Size

Chapter 10 - Schematics

Fri

Dec

29

16:04:03

2006

GND

VCC

C1
10U
35V
10%

P
12V_GND

12V_IN

1A
63V

C2
0.47U
16V
10%

F1
FAST_ACTION

200

OHM

12V

1
2
28
26
27

5V

SYNCIN
0VIN1
0VIN2

VS1
VS2

U1
DCR010505U

ISOLATED

FL1
ZJYS51R5-2P

POWER SUPPLY

17
12
16
13

14

VOUT

C4
0.1U
50V
10%

ERROR_N
VREC
ENABLE
0VOUT

5V

C3
100U
35V
20%

TP1

2
6
7

12V

C5
1U
25V
10%

GND

TIN

TP2

4
8

1
3

jedi_tav

Path

10N
50V
10%

C7

D1
LSM340J
40V

33U
20%
5A

L1

RS232_GND

C8
0.47U
16V
10%

RS232_VCC

TO 5V

Block

C6
47U
35V
10%

TIN

TP3

INPUT
SWIT_OUT
FEEDBACK
BOOST
ON_OFF
GND
TAB_GND

VARIOUS
U2
LM2676

CHANGE TO 16V

R3
10K
0.125W
1%

R2
1K
0.125W
1%

R1
3.16K
0.125W
1%

TIN

TIN

TP4

C9
10U
35V
10%

6.8V

D2
MMSZ5235B

VCC

Block

1 of

Sheet

5182285SCH

Dwg No

OFF
WANG ZY

WANG ZY

SIGN

Rev

Company

Sheet

1 of

Restricted

GE Healthcare

29-DEC-06

DATE
03-JULY-06
1

ECR/ECO
A

REVISION

POWER GOOD

DS1
HLMP-1790
GREEN

R4
511
0.125W
1%

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12

eitconcepts@gmail.com

2
1

Thursday, October 30, 2014

REV 2 01July04

3.4

Page 355

B Size

PioneerSM_ENG.book
1:28 PM

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

Jedi Generator TAV Interface Board

Page 355

Section 2.0 Central Listings

Wed Sep

13

14:29:56

2006

C11
0.1U
50V
10%

VCC

R8
0
0.125W
+0.05

20K
0.125W
1%

R7

RS232_GND

R6
20K
0.125W
1%

C13
0.1U
50V
10%

RS232_VCC

1U
16V
10%

C14

C1P
C1N
C2P
C2N

2
4
5
6

1
12

Q_N

VCC=VCC;GND=GND

A_N
B
RD

CEXT
REXT_CEXT

U4
74HC123

1
2
3

14
15

RS232_GND

14

GND

13
4

13 RS232_TX
9 RXD
10
16

T1OUT
R1OUT

EN_N
INVALID_N
FORCEON FORCEOFF_N

T1IN
R1IN

VCC
VP
VN

15
3
7

U3
MAX3221E

CONVERTOR

TXD
11
RS232_RX 8

RS232

C12
0.1U
50V
10%

R5
1K
0.125W
1%

RS232_VCC

RS232_RX

C10
0.1U
50V
10%

RS232<1..2>

RS485

GND1

VCC

GND1

VI

VDD1

R16
110
0.1W
0.1%

Block

VCC

R13
1K
0.125W
1%

GND

C31
0.1U
50V
10%

GND

R14

1U
16V
10%

C15

CONSOLE_TX-

20K
0.125W
1%

Sheet

9
10
11

6
7

RO
GND

GND

Q_N

12

CONSOLE_RX+

VCC

R18
511
0.125W
1%

Rev

Company

Sheet

2 of

Restricted

GE Healthcare

RX LED

YELLOW

DS3
HLMP-1719

RS485<1..4>

CONSOLE_RX-

R17
110
0.1W
0.1%

5182285SCH

Dwg No

VCC=VCC;GND=GND

A_N
B
RD

2 RS485_RX

CEXT
REXT_CEXT

U4
74HC123

DI

VCC

U7
MAX488E

2 of

3
CONSOLE_TX+

C32
0.1U
50V
10%

VCC

VCC

6 RS485_TX

2 RS485_RX

VCC

GND2

VO

VDD2

Path

jedi_tav

Block

R11
511
0.125W
1%

GND2

VO

TX LED

YELLOW

VDD2

RS232_GND

TXD

VDD1
VI

U6
HCPL0720-060

RS232_VCC

1
2

RS232_GND

RXD

U5
HCPL0720-060

RS232_VCC

C30
0.1U
50V
10%

DS2
HLMP-1719

C29
0.1U
50V
10%

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12
REV 2 01July04

Thursday, October 30, 2014

eitconcepts@gmail.com

Page 356

Page 356

B Size

PioneerSM_ENG.book
1:28 PM

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

Wed Sep

13

14:29:56

2006

GND

R19
20K
0.125W
1%

GND

VCC

C16
0.1U
50V
10%

GND

VCC

C17
0.1U
50V
10%

RS485<1..4>

GND

VCC

C18
0.1U
50V
10%

CONSOLE_JEDI<1..7>

1
2

1
2

GND

VCC

4
7
5

AND CONNECTORS

VCC=VCC;GND=GND

U8
74ACT00

INTERFACE

EXT_CAN_H

C19
0.1U
50V
10%

GND

VCC

C20
0.1U
50V
10%

GND

G1
G2

G1
G2

C23
0.1U
50V
10%

Path

GND

VCC

GND

VCC

C24
0.1U
50V
10%

RS232_GND

SHIELD

14EXPOSURE_SW
15PREPARE_SW
16ON_SW
17CONSOLE_RX18CONSOLE_TX19EXT_CAN_L
20JEDI_TX21JEDI_RX22JEDI_EXP_SW
23
24
EXT_CAN_H
25
RS232_TX

14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25

SOCKET
RIGHT_ANGLE
STD_DENSITY

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13

J1

jedi_tav

Block

C21
0.1U
50V
10%

RS232_GND

VCC

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13

12V_GND

12V_IN

CONSOLE_RX+
CONSOLE_TX+

JEDI_TX+
JEDI_RX+
JEDI_ON_SW
JEDI_PREP_SW
EXT_CAN_L
RS232_RX
2

2
3
4

3
4

3
4

Block

Sheet

3 of

GND

5182285SCH

Dwg No

MH4
MHP4_50TB10_00

MH3
MHP4_50TB10_00

MH2
MHP4_50TB10_00

MH1
MHP4_50TB10_00

RS232<1..2>

1
1

C22
22N
250V
20%

Rev

Company

Sheet

3 of

Restricted

GE Healthcare

SHIELD

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12

Page 357

eitconcepts@gmail.com

Chapter 10 - Schematics

Thursday, October 30, 2014

REV 2 01July04

Page 357

B Size

PioneerSM_ENG.book
1:28 PM

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

VCC

Wed Sep

13

GND

14:29:56

1U
16V
10%

C25

2006

EXPOSURE_SW

VCC

R22

GND

C26
0.1U
50V
10%

D3
BAS116
75V

RS232_GND

IN

13
4

1U
16V
10%

C27

GND

COM

COIL1
COIL2

1
5

9
10
11

6
7

13

Q_N

11

12

4
Y

15K
0.125W
1%

R24

R25
20K
0.125W
1%

VCC=VCC;GND=GND

U8
74ACT00

PREPARE_SW

12V

GND

IN

10

Path

jedi_tav

Block

6
O

1
5

RED

4
3

511
0.125W
1%

R26

JEDI_PREP_SW

Block

4 of

Sheet

5182285SCH

Dwg No

Rev

Company

Sheet

4 of

Restricted

GE Healthcare

VCC

CONSOLE_JEDI<1..7>

AND INDICATOR

CLOSED
OPN

DS4
HLMP-1700

COM

COIL1
COIL2

K2
G6RN_1_12VDC

RESP_CTRL
VCC=VCC;GND=GND

VCC=VCC;GND=GND

U8
74ACT00

RS232_GND

U10
MC1489A

C28
0.1U
50V
10%

D4
BAS116
75V

PREPARE,EXPORSURE

VCC=VCC;GND=GND

A_N
B
RD

VCC=VCC;GND=GND

U8
74ACT00

JEDI_EXP_SW

12

4
3

CEXT
REXT_CEXT

U9
74HC123

CLOSED
OPN

K1
G6RN_1_12VDC

RESP_CTRL
VCC=VCC;GND=GND

3
O

U10
MC1489A

Q_N

VCC=VCC;GND=GND

A_N
B
RD

CEXT
REXT_CEXT

U9
74HC123

1
2
3

14
15

R23

200K
0.125W
1%

R21
20K
0.125W
1%

15K
0.125W
1%

12V

R20

Section 2.0 Central Listings

392K
0.125W
1%

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12
REV 2 01July04

Thursday, October 30, 2014

eitconcepts@gmail.com

Page 358

Page 358

B Size

PioneerSM_ENG.book
1:28 PM

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

PioneerSM_ENG.book

Page 359

Thursday, October 30, 2014

1:28 PM

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12

3.5

I/F Board RAD Electrical

eitconcepts@gmail.com

Chapter 10 - Schematics

Page 359

PioneerSM_ENG.book

Page 360

Thursday, October 30, 2014

1:28 PM

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12

eitconcepts@gmail.com

Page 360

Section 2.0 Central Listings

PioneerSM_ENG.book

Page 361

Thursday, October 30, 2014

1:28 PM

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12

eitconcepts@gmail.com

Chapter 10 - Schematics

Page 361

PioneerSM_ENG.book

Page 362

Thursday, October 30, 2014

1:28 PM

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12

eitconcepts@gmail.com

Page 362

Section 2.0 Central Listings

PioneerSM_ENG.book

Page 363

Thursday, October 30, 2014

1:28 PM

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12

3.6

I/F Board RAD V2 Electrical

eitconcepts@gmail.com

Chapter 10 - Schematics

Page 363

PioneerSM_ENG.book

Page 364

Thursday, October 30, 2014

1:28 PM

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12

eitconcepts@gmail.com

Page 364

Section 2.0 Central Listings

PioneerSM_ENG.book

Page 365

Thursday, October 30, 2014

1:28 PM

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12

eitconcepts@gmail.com

Chapter 10 - Schematics

Page 365

PioneerSM_ENG.book

Page 366

Thursday, October 30, 2014

1:28 PM

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12

eitconcepts@gmail.com

Page 366

Section 2.0 Central Listings

PioneerSM_ENG.book

Page 367

Thursday, October 30, 2014

1:28 PM

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12

3.7

Rotor board

eitconcepts@gmail.com

Chapter 10 - Schematics

Page 367

PioneerSM_ENG.book

Page 368

Thursday, October 30, 2014

1:28 PM

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12

eitconcepts@gmail.com

Page 368

Section 2.0 Central Listings

PioneerSM_ENG.book

Page 369

Thursday, October 30, 2014

1:28 PM

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12

eitconcepts@gmail.com

Chapter 10 - Schematics

Page 369

PioneerSM_ENG.book

Page 370

Thursday, October 30, 2014

1:28 PM

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12

eitconcepts@gmail.com

Page 370

Section 2.0 Central Listings

PioneerSM_ENG.book

Page 371

Thursday, October 30, 2014

1:28 PM

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12

eitconcepts@gmail.com

Chapter 10 - Schematics

Page 371

PioneerSM_ENG.book

Page 372

Thursday, October 30, 2014

1:28 PM

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12

eitconcepts@gmail.com

Page 372

Section 2.0 Central Listings

PioneerSM_ENG.book

Page 373

Thursday, October 30, 2014

1:28 PM

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12

eitconcepts@gmail.com

Chapter 10 - Schematics

Page 373

PioneerSM_ENG.book

Page 374

Thursday, October 30, 2014

1:28 PM

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12

eitconcepts@gmail.com

Page 374

Section 2.0 Central Listings

PioneerSM_ENG.book

Page 375

Thursday, October 30, 2014

1:28 PM

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12

eitconcepts@gmail.com

Chapter 10 - Schematics

Page 375

PioneerSM_ENG.book

Page 376

Thursday, October 30, 2014

1:28 PM

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12

eitconcepts@gmail.com

Page 376

Section 2.0 Central Listings

PioneerSM_ENG.book

Page 377

Thursday, October 30, 2014

1:28 PM

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12

eitconcepts@gmail.com

Chapter 10 - Schematics

Page 377

PioneerSM_ENG.book

Page 378

Thursday, October 30, 2014

1:28 PM

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12

3.8

Heater board

eitconcepts@gmail.com

Page 378

Section 2.0 Central Listings

PioneerSM_ENG.book

Page 379

Thursday, October 30, 2014

1:28 PM

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12

eitconcepts@gmail.com

Chapter 10 - Schematics

Page 379

PioneerSM_ENG.book

Page 380

Thursday, October 30, 2014

1:28 PM

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12

eitconcepts@gmail.com

Page 380

Section 2.0 Central Listings

PioneerSM_ENG.book

Page 381

Thursday, October 30, 2014

1:28 PM

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12

eitconcepts@gmail.com

Chapter 10 - Schematics

Page 381

PioneerSM_ENG.book

Page 382

Thursday, October 30, 2014

1:28 PM

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12

eitconcepts@gmail.com

Page 382

Section 2.0 Central Listings

PioneerSM_ENG.book

Page 383

Thursday, October 30, 2014

1:28 PM

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12

eitconcepts@gmail.com

Chapter 10 - Schematics

Page 383

PioneerSM_ENG.book

Page 384

Thursday, October 30, 2014

1:28 PM

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12

eitconcepts@gmail.com

Page 384

Section 2.0 Central Listings

State: RELEASE - Document is released and under formal Change Control. Changes are subject to the ECR/ECO Process.
See the GEMS ePDM System to determine the status of this document.

Tue

26

A1

L2
FILTER

14:10:18

DCBUSN_IN
0.25AMP

2005

3
4
ISLOCALPART=TRUE
ISLOCALPART=TRUE

ISLOCALPART=TRUE

0.25AMP
2.5A
DCBUSP_IN
2X3.3MH

A1

DCBUS_N
0.25AMP

150K
0.1W
1%

C20
0.1U
50V
10%

C28
2.2N
50V
10%

R29
10K
0.1W
1%

DCBUS_N
0.25AMP

R26

C24
100P
50V
5%

DCBUS_N
0.25AMP

R30
20K
0.1W
1%

R32
4.99K
0.1W
1%

-400V_LINE

R28
20K
0.1W
1%

DCBUS_N
0.25AMP

C5
2.2U
450V
5%

1%

R31
1MEG
0.1W

DCBUS_N
0.25AMP

C29
2.2N
50V
10%

7
4
2
3

DCBUS_N

8
6
1

DCBUS_N
0.25AMP

GND

VREF
VOUT
COMP

0.25AMP
STARTUP_CHAIN

100
0.1W
1%

R27

VIN
RT_CT
VFB
I_SENSE

0.25AMP

R20

STARTUP_CHAIN

R13

0.25AMP
STARTUP_CHAIN

STARTUP_CHAIN

U5
UC3844A

0.25AMP

C25
0.1U
50V
10%

Approved Document - 2212166-5SCH_r1.pdf Page 2 of 3

Apr

PIN
STRAIGHT
TAB

CF1

CF2
PIN
STRAIGHT
TAB

DCBUS_P

0.25AMP

+400_LINE

VOLTAGE

R21

2
R10
1
2
1
2

FROM LINE

47K
1W
5%
47K
1W
5%
47K
1W
5%
2

NEON

NE1
N76530

100K
0.5W
5%
R23
1
C23

HIGH

C27
2.2N
50V
10%

R25
22
0.5W
5%

1K
0.1W
1%

R35

DCBUS_N
0.5AMP

CR17
70V
BAV99

0.1U
50V
10%

DCBUS_N 0.25AMP

ISLOCALPART=TRUE
C7

CR9
SMCJ43A
50.3V

C19
0.47U
50V
10%

Block

R24
20K
0.1W
1%

75V

Path

CR15
SMCJ43A
50.3V

CR14
SMCJ43A
50.3V

CR16
SMCJ43A
50.3V

CR21
SMCJ43A
50.3V

CR20
SSTA206S
600V

CR19
SSTA206S
600V

DCBUS_N
0.25AMP

CR11
SSTA206S
600V

CR5
SSTA206S
600V

T1

V160AC
0.75AMP

19
19

9
1010

SNUB_CHAIN
0.25AMP

11

20

12

12

13
13

14 14

15
15

R34

100V

CR2
DSS10-01A

1 of

Sheet

1AMP

0.5AMP
LOW_VOLTAGE

-5V

VIN

GND

R3
1 OHM
0.5MW
5%
LOW_VOLTAGE
1.5AMP

TAB
STRAIGHT
PIN
TURN CF3

M15V

ISLOCALPART=TRUE

0.5AMP
LOW_VOLTAGE

R12
1 OHM
POWER_M15V 0.5MW
5%

0.75AMP
LOW_VOLTAGE

Rev

Company

Sheet

1 of

Restricted

GE Healthcare

0.75AMP
LOW_VOLTAGE

2212166-5SCH

Dwg No

3
1

VOUT

1AMP

A1

TAB
STRAIGHT
PIN
CF4

0.75AMP
LOW_VOLTAGE

L4
1U
2.5

A1

160V

ISLOCALPART=TRUE
ISLOCALPART=TRUE
ISLOCALPART=TRUE
ISLOCALPART=TRUE
ISLOCALPART=TRUE
ISLOCALPART=TRUE
X2
X1
X3
X4 X5 X6
HOLE HOLE HOLE HOLEHOLEHOLE

1U
2.5
TURN

P15V
ISLOCALPART=TRUE

2PIN
ISLOCALPART=TRUE

CR18
SMCJ43A
100V

R33
CR22
SMCJ43A
47K
100V LOW_VOLTAGE 1W
0.75AMP
5%

V160DC
0.75AMP

POWER_P15V
ISLOCALPART=TRUE
LOW_VOLTAGE L1
LOW_VOLTAGE
10A

U1
LM7915
ISLOCALPART=TRUE
2

100V

CR1
MBR3100

C13
0.47U
50V
10%

C8

3.3U
250V
20%

0.75AMP
LOW_VOLTAGE

3.3U
250V
20%

C6

1U
2.5
TURN

ISLOCALPART=TRUE

LOW_VOLTAGE

Block

ISLOCALPART=TRUE
L3

V160DC
0.75AMP

C16
0.47U
50V
LOW_VOLTAGE10%
1AMP

1KV
1N
20%

C30

11A

1200V

CR3
DSEI12-12A

330
1W
5%
ISLOCALPART=TRUE

V160DC
0.75AMP

220P
2KV
10%

C26

ISLOCALPART=TRUE

18 18
3 3
LOW_VOLTAGE 17
17
0.25AMP
16
44
16

22

DCBUS_N
0.25AMP
88

0.25AMP
SNUB_CHAIN

SNUB_CHAIN
0.25AMP

0.25AMP
SW_SNUB

C31
220P
2KV
10%

ISLOCALPART=TRUE
HS1
HEATSINK

Q1
IRG4PH10U
2198557

CR13
BAW56

0.25AMP
ZENERS_CHAIN

0.25AMP
ZENERS_CHAIN

0.25AMP
ZENERS_CHAIN

0.25AMP
ZENERS_CHAIN

0.25AMP
MID_ZD

DCBUS_SW
0.25AMP

LVPS_TRI_V5

0.25AMP
DCBUS_N

2 K2

1 K1

CR10
SMCJ43A
50.3V

ZENERS_CHAIN
0.25AMP

ZENERS_CHAIN
0.25AMP
CR8
SMCJ43A
50.3V

CR4
SMCJ43A
50.3V

ZENERS_CHAIN
0.25AMP

0.5AMP
DCBUS_N

100U
25V
20%

R14

F1

F2

C4
C3

100K
0.5W
5%
K2
1 A

1500U
25V
20%
C1

R38
R37
R36

1
7
11

330
1W
5%
330
1W
5%
330
1W
5%

1500U
25V
20%
CR12
SMCJ16A
330U
25V
20%
CR7
SMCJ16A
1

0.1 DCBUS_N 0.1


1W
1W
1% 0.25AMP
1%

0.1
1W
1%

eitconcepts@gmail.com

330U
25V
20%
C2

2
1
18V
1

R7
R5
R4

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12

330
1W
5%

6
20

C12
C18
1

ISLOCALPART=TRUE

AK

Chapter 10 - Schematics
FORWARD_MEASURE

0.47U
50V
10%

GREEN
18V

DS2
HLMP-1790

0.47U
50V
10%

Thursday, October 30, 2014

REV 2 01July04

3.9

Page 385

B Size

PioneerSM_ENG.book
1:28 PM

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

LVPS board

Page 385

State: RELEASE - Document is released and under formal Change Control. Changes are subject to the ECR/ECO Process.
See the GEMS ePDM System to determine the status of this document.

Section 2.0 Central Listings

12:17:55

2005

75V

K2 2

LOW_VOLTAGE
0.25AMP

C10
0.47U
50V
10%

0.25AMP

LOW_VOLTAGE
0.25AMP

R19
1K
0.1W
1%

R17
1K
0.1W
1%

R1

C15
0.1U
50V
10%

P15V

100K
0.1W
1%

LOW_VOLTAGE
0.25AMP

R8

C22
0.47U
50V
10%

M15V

LOW_VOLTAGE

2
LOW_VOLTAGE
3
0.25AMP

R15
20K
0.1W
1%

FOR 100MA

10
1W
5%

0.25AMP
LOW_VOLTAGE

10K
LOW_VOLTAGE
0.1W
1% VCC
0.25AMP

LOW_VOLTAGE

1AMP

C17
0.1U
50V
10%

OPTIMIZE

P15V

LOW_VOLTAGE
R16
2K
0.1W
1%

R18
2K
0.1W
1%

M15V

C14
0.1U
50V
10%

C11
0.1U
50V
10%
LOW_VOLTAGE

P15V

LOW_VOLTAGE
R11
0.25AMP

K1 1

Approved Document - 2212166-5SCH_r1.pdf Page 3 of 3

Mon May 16

CR6
BAW56
0.5AMP
LOW_VOLTAGE
FORWARD_MEASURE
3 A

VP
4 VN
1 GND
BAL_STR
6
5 BAL
1

R6
10K
0.1W
1%

5V

VIN

Path

VCC

C21
0.1U
50V
10%

LVPS_TRI_V5

Block

4
GND

0.75AMP

_MAINS_DROP

RED

LOW_VOLTAGE
0.25AMP

0.25AMP
4
3
6
7
2
DI
DE
A
B
RE_N

RO

U2
MAX485
1

0.25AMP
LOW_VOLTAGE

C9
0.1U
50V
10%

LOW_VOLTAGE
VCC
0.25AMP

VCC=VCC;GND=GND_CHASSIS

VCC
LOW_VOLTAGE

DS1
HLMP 1709
ISLOCALPART=TRUE

LOW_VOLTAGE
0.25AMP

R9
2K
0.1W
1%

VCC
0.25AMP

VOUT

U4
MC78M05CDT

7
VOUT

U3
LM311

VCC

LOW_VOLTAGE

0.25AMP

2
1

Block

Sheet

2 of

R2
1K
0.1W
1%

2
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
22
24
26

2212166-5SCH

Dwg No

POWER_M15V

1
3
5
7
9
11
13
15
17
19
21
23
25

2
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
22
24
26

Rev

Company

Sheet

2 of 2

Restricted

GE Healthcare

LOW_VOLTAGE

POWER_P15V

PIN
STRAIGHT
RIBBON_CABLE_STANDARD

1
3
5
7
9
11
13
15
17
19
21
23
25

J1

0.25AMP

LOW_VOLTAGE

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12
REV 2 01July04

Thursday, October 30, 2014

eitconcepts@gmail.com

Page 386

Page 386

B Size

PioneerSM_ENG.book
1:28 PM

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

PioneerSM_ENG.book

Page 387

Thursday, October 30, 2014

1:28 PM

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12

3.10

Inverter

eitconcepts@gmail.com

Chapter 10 - Schematics

Page 387

PioneerSM_ENG.book

Page 388

Thursday, October 30, 2014

1:28 PM

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12

3.11

Gate cmd

eitconcepts@gmail.com

Page 388

Section 2.0 Central Listings

PioneerSM_ENG.book

Page 389

Thursday, October 30, 2014

1:28 PM

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12

eitconcepts@gmail.com

Chapter 10 - Schematics

Page 389

PioneerSM_ENG.book

Page 390

Thursday, October 30, 2014

1:28 PM

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12

eitconcepts@gmail.com

Page 390

Section 2.0 Central Listings

PioneerSM_ENG.book

Page 391

Thursday, October 30, 2014

1:28 PM

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12

3.12

Dual snub

eitconcepts@gmail.com

Chapter 10 - Schematics

Page 391

PioneerSM_ENG.book

Page 392

Thursday, October 30, 2014

1:28 PM

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12

3.13

AC/DC board

eitconcepts@gmail.com

Page 392

Section 2.0 Central Listings

PioneerSM_ENG.book

Page 393

Thursday, October 30, 2014

1:28 PM

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12

3.14

AEC board

eitconcepts@gmail.com

Chapter 10 - Schematics

Page 393

PioneerSM_ENG.book

Page 394

Thursday, October 30, 2014

1:28 PM

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12

eitconcepts@gmail.com

Page 394

Section 2.0 Central Listings

PioneerSM_ENG.book

Page 395

Thursday, October 30, 2014

1:28 PM

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12

eitconcepts@gmail.com

Chapter 10 - Schematics

Page 395

PioneerSM_ENG.book

Page 396

Thursday, October 30, 2014

1:28 PM

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12

eitconcepts@gmail.com

Page 396

Section 2.0 Central Listings

PioneerSM_ENG.book

Page 397

Thursday, October 30, 2014

1:28 PM

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12

3.15

Rad IF

eitconcepts@gmail.com

Chapter 10 - Schematics

Page 397

PioneerSM_ENG.book

Page 398

Thursday, October 30, 2014

1:28 PM

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12

eitconcepts@gmail.com

Page 398

Section 2.0 Central Listings

PioneerSM_ENG.book

Page 399

Thursday, October 30, 2014

1:28 PM

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12

eitconcepts@gmail.com

Chapter 10 - Schematics

Page 399

PioneerSM_ENG.book

Page 400

Thursday, October 30, 2014

1:28 PM

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12

eitconcepts@gmail.com

Page 400

Section 2.0 Central Listings

PioneerSM_ENG.book

Page 401

Thursday, October 30, 2014

1:28 PM

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12

Chapter 11 - MIS Chart


Section 1.0
Scope
This section provides detailed information about each MIS run in the form of individual MIS cable
charts.
Each of the following charts defines a single interconnection in the system. The charts are arranged
in the order, according to MIS numbers. In some cases, a particular MIS number is repeated, except
for a letter added at the end. Such a set of charts use the same cable, and carry essentially the
same signals, however the applications for each chart is different - the point of connection is
different (at one or both ends) for each chart in the set.

Section 2.0
How to Use

Figure 11-1 MIS Chart Example

Chapter 11 - MIS Chart

Page 401

eitconcepts@gmail.com

Each MIS cable shown on the MIS map has its own MIS chart. Each chart identifies all signals
present on the cable, and the specific pins associated with each signal. See Figure 11-1 for an
example.

PioneerSM_ENG.book

Page 402

Thursday, October 30, 2014

1:28 PM

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12

Section 3.0
MIS Charts
3.1
3.1.1

System Console
J1 Handswitch Interface, 5184620

Handswitch

System Console

Handswitch

J1
COM

PREP

COM

EXP

2
3
4

J2 FW Download Serial Port, 5194292

System Console

Service Laptop

J2

Serial Port

1
2
3

Receive Data
Transmit Data

to console
from console

4
5

Page 402

Signal Ground

Section 3.0 MIS Charts

GND

eitconcepts@gmail.com

3.1.2

PioneerSM_ENG.book

Page 403

Thursday, October 30, 2014

1:28 PM

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12

System Console

Download Tool

J2

Serial Port

1
2
3

Receive Data
Transmit Data

to console
from console

Data Terminal Ready


4

from console
Signal Ground

GND

6
7

from console
eitconcepts@gmail.com

3.1.3

Request to Send

J3 Power and RTL Interface, 5183903

PDU

System Console

TM3

J3

DC24V

GND

2 Console Power Input

GND

3 Console Power Input

Power Issue A

6
7

Power Issue B
PSW

Chapter 11 - MIS Chart

1 Console Power Input

4
5
6
7 RTL (0-DC24V; Active: 0V)

Page 403

PioneerSM_ENG.book

Page 404

Thursday, October 30, 2014

1:28 PM

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12

3.1.4

J4 Generator Interface, 5182354

System Console

TAV

J4

12V_GND

RS485_RX+

10

RS485_TX+

11

12V_GND

12

12V_IN

13
14

17

22

23

24

CAN_H
Exposure_SW
Prepare_SW

ON_SW

RS485_RX-

RS485_TX-

CAN_L

Section 3.0 MIS Charts

4
5
6
14
15

16

17

18

19

eitconcepts@gmail.com

15

Page 404

J1

PioneerSM_ENG.book

Page 405

Thursday, October 30, 2014

1:28 PM

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12

JEDI

TAV

J9

J1

11

RS232-GND

10

RS485_TX+

RS485_RX+

17

ON_SW

15

Prepare_SW

24
23

14

13

RS485_TXRS485_RX-

Exposure_SW

CAN_H

JEDI

11
12
20
21

22

24

TAV

J8

J1

TX

RX

10

eitconcepts@gmail.com

22

CAN_L

RS232-GND

Chapter 11 - MIS Chart

25
13
23

Page 405

PioneerSM_ENG.book

Page 406

Thursday, October 30, 2014

1:28 PM

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12

3.2
3.2.1

Generator
Generator Power Cable, 5196454
PDU

TM1 Un
TM1 Vn
TM1 Wn

3.2.2

Generator

380 VAC
380 VAC
380 VAC

Page 406

P3

Generator

Table
TM1-XS105 Cable, 5193103
Table

Tube Stand

TM1

XP105

XP106 1

XP106 2

Section 3.0 MIS Charts

eitconcepts@gmail.com

Grouding Bar

3.3.1

P2

Generator Grounding Cable, 5196643


PDU

3.3

P1

PioneerSM_ENG.book

Page 407

Thursday, October 30, 2014

1:28 PM

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12

3.3.2

Table Grounding Cable 1, 5193105


PDU

Grouding Bar

3.3.3

Table

Table Grounding Cable 2, 5193106


Table

PE1

Tube Stand

Table Grounding Cable 3, 5193107


Tube Stand

PE2

3.3.5

PE2

eitconcepts@gmail.com

3.3.4

PE1

Tube Control Box

PE3

Table Grounding Cable 5, 5193109


Table Base

PE5

Table Cassette Tray

Chapter 11 - MIS Chart

PE6

Page 407

PioneerSM_ENG.book

Page 408

Thursday, October 30, 2014

1:28 PM

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12

3.3.6

Table Power Cable, 5193607


PDU TM2

5
6
7
8
9

3.3.6.1

24 V
0V
foot-1
24 V
0V

3
4
8
2
1

Table MC7 Cable, 5197242

Tube Stand

XP102

MC7 Cable

24V
0V

Section 3.0 MIS Charts

1
2

eitconcepts@gmail.com

Control Box

Page 408

Table TM1

PioneerSM_ENG.book

Page 409

Thursday, October 30, 2014

1:28 PM

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12

3.3.7

Table Cable No1, 5197244


Control Box / Collimator

Tube Stand

Control Box XS103 1

XP101 1

Control Box XS103 2

XP101 2

Control Box XS103 3


Control Box XS103 4

XP105 1

Control Box XS103 5

XP105 2
XP105 3
XP105 4

Collimator Connector 2

XP105 5

Collimator Connector 3

XP105 6

eitconcepts@gmail.com

Collimator Connector 1

Collimator Connector 4

Chapter 11 - MIS Chart

Page 409

PioneerSM_ENG.book

Page 410

Thursday, October 30, 2014

1:28 PM

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12
This page is intentionally left blank.

eitconcepts@gmail.com

Page 410

Section 3.0 MIS Charts

PioneerSM_ENG.book

Page 411

Thursday, October 30, 2014

1:28 PM

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

Appendix A - Electromagnetic Compatibility


(EMC)
Section 1.0
Compliance Statement
This equipment complies with IEC 60601-1-2:2001+A1:2004 EMC standard for medical devices.
This equipment generates, uses, and can radiate radio frequency energy. The equipment may
cause radio frequency interference to other medical and non-medical devices and radio
communications.
To provide reasonable protection against such interference, this product complies the radiated
emission as per CISPR11 Group1 Class A standard limits.
However, there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation.
If this equipment is found to cause interference (which may be determined by turning the equipment
on and off), the user (or qualified service personnel) should attempt to correct the problem by one
or more of the following measure(s):
Reorient or relocate the affected device(s)

Increase the separation between the equipment and the affected device (see recommended
separation distances)

Power the equipment from a source different from that of the affected device

Consult the point of purchase or service representative for further suggestions

Use of accessories, transducers, cables and other parts other than those specified by the
manufacturer of this equipment may result in increased emissions or decreased immunity of the
equipment.
The manufacturer is not responsible for any interference caused by using other than recommended
interconnect cables or by unauthorized changes or modifications to this equipment. Unauthorized
changes or modifications could void the users' authority to operate the equipment.
All interconnect cables to peripheral devices must be shielded and properly grounded, except when
technologically prohibited. Use of cables not properly shielded and grounded may result in the
equipment causing radio frequency interference.
The XR 6000 is predominantly intended for use in non-domestic environments, and not directly
connected to the Public Mains Network that supplies buildings used for domestic purposes.
The compatible accessories must be used within the recommended operating conditions outlined
in the operation manuals. In addition to calibration and warm-up, other devices must be reset before
and after use to ensure accurate dose measurements. Sustained exposure to electromagnetic
fields (exceeding the test conditions) may cause false measurements. Failure to follow the
recommended use may cause false measurements.
The magnetic field environment from a MRI device located nearby is a risk of interference.
All of the above are required to achieve the Electromagnetic Compatibility for a typical installation
of the XR 6000. Further detailed data & requirements are described in the Use Recommendations
and Installation Recommendations sections.

Appendix A - Electromagnetic Compatibility (EMC)

Page 411

eitconcepts@gmail.com

PioneerSM_ENG.book

Page 412

Thursday, October 30, 2014

1:28 PM

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12

Section 2.0
Compatibility Tables
This equipment complies with IEC 60601-1-2:2001+A1:2004 EMC standard for medical devices.
The XR 6000 is suitable to be used in an electromagnetic environment, as per the limits &
recommendations described in the tables hereafter:

Emission Compliance level & limits (Table 1).

Immunity Compliance level & recommendations to maintain equipment clinical utility (see
Table 2 and Table 3).

Note: This system complies with above mentioned EMC standard when used with supplied cables.
If different cable lengths are required, contact a qualified service representative for advice.

2.1

Electromagnetic Emission
Guidance and manufacturers declaration Electromagnetic Emissions
The XR 6000 is intended for use in the electromagnetic environment specified below. The
customer or the user of the XR 6000 should assure that it is used in such an environment.
Compliance

Electromagnetic Environment Guidance

RF emission,
CISPR 11

Group 1

The XR 6000 uses RF energy only for its internal


function. Therefore, its RF emissions are very low and
are not likely to cause any interference in nearby
electronic equipment.

RF
emissions, Class A
CISPR 11

The XR 6000 is suitable for use in non-domestic


environments, and not directly connected to the Public
Mains Network. The XR 6000 is predominantly intended
for use (e.g. in hospitals) with an appropriate power
supply (see operation manual) and the recommended
shielding for portable use.

Harmonic emissions, Not applicable


IEC 61000-3-2
Voltage fluctuations/ Not applicable
flicker
emissions,
IEC 61000-3-3

Table 1 XR 6000 Electromagnetic Emission

Page 412

Section 2.0 Compatibility Tables

eitconcepts@gmail.com

Emissions Test

PioneerSM_ENG.book

Page 413

Thursday, October 30, 2014

1:28 PM

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12

2.2

Electromagnetic Immunity

Guidance and Manufacturers declaration electromagnetic immunity.


The XR 6000 is intended for use in the electromagnetic environment specified below. The customer or the user
of the XR 6000 should assure that it is used in such an environment.
Immunity Test

IEC 60601-1-2 Test Level Compliance Level

Electrostatic
6 kV contact.
discharge
(ESD), 8 kV air.
IEC 61000-4-2

Electrical
transient/burst,
EC 61000-4-4

6 kV contact.
8 kV air.

Electromagnetic
Guidance

Environment

Floors
should
be
wood,
concrete, or ceramic tile. If floors
are covered with synthetic
material, the relative humidity
should be at least 30%.

fast 2 kV for power supply 2 kV for power supply Mains power quality should be
lines.
lines.
that of a typical commercial or
1 kV for input/output 1 kV for input/output hospital environment
lines.

Surge,
IEC 61000-4-5

1 kV differential mode. 1 kV differential mode. Mains power quality should be


2 kV common mode.
2 kV common mode. that of a typical commercial or
hospital environment.
< 5% UT, (> 95% dip in UT) 0% UT for 5 sec.
for 0.5 cycle.
40% UT (60% dip in UT)
for 5 cycles.
70% UT (30% dip in UT) for
25 cycles.
< 5% UT, (> 95% dip in UT)
for 5 sec.

Power frequency (50/ 3 A/m


60 Hz) magnetic field,
IEC 61000-4-8

3 A/m

Mains power quality should be


that of a typical commercial or
hospital environment. If the user
of the XR 6000 requires
continued
operation
during
power mains interruptions, it is
recommended that the XR 6000
be
powered
from
an
uninterruptible power supply or a
battery.
Power frequency magnetic fields
should be at levels characteristic
of a typical location in a typical
commercial
or
hospital
environment.

Note: These are guidelines. Actual conditions may vary.

Table 2 XR 6000 Electromagnetic Immunity

Appendix A - Electromagnetic Compatibility (EMC)

Page 413

eitconcepts@gmail.com

Voltage dips, short


interruptions
and
voltage variations on
power supply input
lines, IEC 61000-411

lines.

PioneerSM_ENG.book

Page 414

Thursday, October 30, 2014

1:28 PM

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12

Guidance and Manufacturers declaration - electromagnetic immunity. The XR 6000 is suitable for use in the specified
electromagnetic environment. The customer or the user of the XR 6000 should assure that it is used in an
electromagnetic environment as described below.
Immunity Test

IEC
60601-1-2 Compliance
Test Level
Level

Conducted
IEC 61000-4-6

RF, 3 Vrms, 150 kHz to V1 = 3Vrms


80 MHz

Radiated
IEC 61000-4-3

RF 3 V/m, 80 MHz to E1 = 3V/m


2.5 GHz

Electromagnetic Environment Guidance


Portable and mobile RF communications equipment
should be used no closer to any part of the XR 6000,
including cables, than the recommended separation
distance calculated from the equation appropriate for the
frequency of the transmitter.

Recommended Separation Distance

d = 1.2
d = 1.2
d = 2.3

80 MHz to 800 MHz


800 MHz to 2.5 GHz

Field strengths from fixed RF transmitters, as


determined by an electromagnetic site surveya, should
be less than the compliance level in each frequency
rangeb.
Interference may occur in the vicinity of equipment
marked with the following symbol:

Field strengths from fixed transmitters, such as base stations for radio (cellular/cordless) telephones and land
mobile radios, amateur radio, AM and FM radio broadcast, and TV broadcast cannot be predicted theoretically with
accuracy. To assess the electromagnetic environment due to fixed RF transmitters, an electromagnetic site survey
should be considered. If the measured field strength in the location in which the XR 6000 is used exceeds the applicable
RF compliance level above, the XR 6000 should be observed to verify normal operation. If abnormal performance is
observed, additional measures may be necessary, such as re-orienting or relocating the XR 6000.
b

Over the frequency range 150 kHz to 80 MHz, field strengths should be less than [V1] V/m.

These guidelines may not apply in all situations. Electromagnetic propagation is affected by absorption and reflection
from structures, objects, and people.

Table 3 XR 6000 Electromagnetic Immunity (Continued)

Page 414

Section 2.0 Compatibility Tables

eitconcepts@gmail.com

where, P is the maximum output power rating of the


transmitter in watts (W) according to the transmitter
manufacturer and d is the recommended separation
distance in metres (m).

PioneerSM_ENG.book

Page 415

Thursday, October 30, 2014

1:28 PM

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12

Recommended separation distances between portable and mobile RF communications equipment and the XR 6000
The XR 6000 is intended for use in an electromagnetic environment in which radiated RF disturbances are controlled.
The customer or the user of the XR 6000 can help prevent electromagnetic interference by maintaining a minimum
distance between portable and mobile RF communications equipment (transmitters) and the XR 6000 as
recommended below, according to the maximum output power of the communications equipment.
Rated Maximum Output Power (P)
of Transmitter Watts (W)

Separation distance according to frequency of transmitter


150 kHz to 80 MHz

80 MHz to 800 MHz

800 MHz to 2.5 GHz

d = 1.2

d = 1.2

d = 2.3

Separation
meters

Distance

Separation
meters

Distance

Separation
meters

0.01 (10 mW)

0.12

0.12

0.23

0.1 (100 mW)

0.38

0.38

0.74

1.2

1.2

2.3

10

3.8

3.8

7.3

100

12

12

23

Distance

NOTE 1: At 80 MHz and 800 MHz, the separation distance for the higher frequency range applies.
NOTE 2: These guidelines may not apply in all situations. Electromagnetic propagation is affected by absorption and
reflection from structures, objects, and people.

Table 4 Recommended Separation Distances

Level
System

Name
XR-6000 system

Fix exposure
Subsystem
AEC

Subsystem

Positioner
movement

Subsystem System console

Subsystem

Power Distribution
Unit

Component Bucky

Essential Performance
Exposur; Exposure parameter
display and set; Positioner
movement.

Prob./Appl
.
Severity
of Failure of Failure
See below

See below

Test
Reqd

Test Methord

Pass/Fail Criteria

Yes

See subsystems below See subsystems below

No unintended exposure;
No Incorrect exposure the
exposure results is not meet
product registration
standard

Acquire expectant dose

MEDIUM

MEDIUM

Yes

Monitor exposure
parameter that
displaied on system
console.

Table electromagnetic lock (EMlock) function.

MEDIUM

LOW

Yes

Check EM-lock after


immunity test.

The EM-lock function work as


intended after immunity test.

Exposure parameter display


Exposure parameter set .

MEDIUM

LOW

Yes

Observance Exposure
parameter; Set
exposure parameter
after Immunity Test.

No exposure parameter
change during immunity test;
Exposure parameter set as
intended after immunity test.

LOW

LOW

Yes

Turn on and boot up.

System able to turn on and


boot up successfully after
immunity test.

MEDIUM

LOW

Yes

Monitor grid Oscillating No grid Oscillating aborted


during immunity test.
during immunity test.

Provide power to sub-systems.

Oscillating Grid

Appendix A - Electromagnetic Compatibility (EMC)

Page 415

eitconcepts@gmail.com

For transmitters rated at a maximum output power not listed above, the separation distance can be estimated using
the equation in the corresponding column, where P is the maximum output power rating of the transmitter in
watts (W) according to the transmitter manufacturer. V1 and V2 are the COMPLIANCE LEVELS for the IEC 610004-6 test and E1 is the COMPLIANCE LEVEL for the IEC 61000-4-3 test. V1 and V2 are in V and E1 is in V/m.

PioneerSM_ENG.book

Page 416

Thursday, October 30, 2014

1:28 PM

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12
Table 5 Product Essential Performance

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

Section 3.0
Use Recommendations
This product complies with IEC 60601-1-2:2001+A1:2004 EMC standard for medical devices and
with radio frequency emission requirements per CISPR11 Group1 Class A standard limits. The XR
6000 is predominantly intended for use in hospitals.
Do not use devices which intentionally transmit RF Signals (Cellular Phones, Transceivers, or
Radio Controlled Products) in the vicinity of this equipment as it may cause performance outside
the published specifications. Keep the power to these types of devices turned off when near this
equipment.
Adhering to the distance separation recommended in Table 4, between 150 kHz & 2.5 GHz, will
reduce disturbances recorded at the image level but may not eliminate all disturbances. However,
when installed and operated as specified herein, the system will maintain its essential performance
by continuing to safely acquire controlled radiological X-ray exposures in a mobile radiography
environment.
For example, a 1W mobile phone (800 MHz to 2.5 GHz carrier frequency) shall be put 2.3 meters
apart from the XR 6000 (in order to avoid image interference risks).
The use of accessories, transducers, and cables other than those specified may result in degraded
ELECTROMAGNETIC COMPATIBILITY of the XR 6000.

Section 4.0
Installation Recommendations
This system complies with above mentioned EMC standard when used with supplied cables.
In order to minimize interference risks, the following requirements shall apply.

4.1

Cable Shielding & Grounding


All interconnect cables to peripheral devices must be shielded and properly grounded. Use of
cables not properly shielded and grounded may result in the equipment causing radio frequency
interference.

4.2

Subsystem & Accessories Power Supply Distribution


All components, accessories subsystems, systems which are electrically connected to the XR
6000, must have all AC power supplied by the same power distribution panel & line.

4.3

Stacked Components & Equipment


The XR 6000 should not be used adjacent to or stacked with other equipment; if adjacent or stacked
use is necessary, the XR 6000 should be tested and verified in order to ensure normal operation in
the configuration in which it will be used. Consult qualified personnel regarding device/system
configurations.

Page 416

Section 3.0 Use Recommendations

eitconcepts@gmail.com

The medical staff in charge of this equipment is required to instruct technicians, patients, and other
people who may be around this equipment to comply fully with the above equipment requirements.

PioneerSM_ENG.book

Page 417

Thursday, October 30, 2014

1:28 PM

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12

4.4

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

Low Frequency Magnetic Field


Not applicable.

4.5

Electrostatic Discharge Environment & Recommendations


In order to reduce electrostatic discharge interference, install a charge dissipative floor material to
avoid electrostatic charge buildup.
The relative humidity shall be at least 30 percent.
The dissipative material shall be connected to the system ground reference, if applicable.

eitconcepts@gmail.com

Appendix A - Electromagnetic Compatibility (EMC)

Page 417

PioneerSM_ENG.book

Page 418

Thursday, October 30, 2014

1:28 PM

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

eitconcepts@gmail.com

Page 418

Section 4.0 Installation Recommendations

PioneerSM_ENG.book

Page 419

Thursday, October 30, 2014

1:28 PM

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12

Appendix B - Revision History


Revision

Date

Reason for change

June 20, 2007 First Release

Nov. 08, 2007 Add cabinet tray pull/push location, silicone compound to HV
cables, PDU troubleshootings, part replacement, Jedi schematics,
and PM form
Update table unpacking process, accuracy of x-ray field and light
field alignment, table top part number

Feb. 15, 2008 Remove "LING LONG"


Add door light and gate command pin direction
Add Collimator PM

April 25, 2008 Add technique factors measurement criteria.


Add CR AEC calibration process.
Add tube stand bearing replacement instruction
Add note to grid installation instruction.
Add instruction to table leveling adjustment.
Add system configuration instruction.

Aug 28,2008

Mar 09, 2011 Update tube voltage accuracy in chapter 4.


Update FRU list

Aug 18, 2011 Revise EMC standard version

Jun 15,2012

Add Bucky Handle Assembly to FRU list.

Jun 29, 2012

Add requirement to meet the 3rd edition IEC60601 standards.

10

Jun 25, 2014

Remove CE Mark.

11

Aug 25, 2014 Add CE Mark. update Figure 2-55

12

Oct 30, 2014

Add installation instruction for oscillate grid for the system


configured with advanced tube stand and advanced wall stand.
Add HHS test instruction.

Appendix B - Revision History

Page 419

eitconcepts@gmail.com

Add LOCTITE 242(or 243) requirements during the tube


installation; Add FRU parts Item 63, item 64

PioneerSM_ENG.book

Page 420

Thursday, October 30, 2014

1:28 PM

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12

eitconcepts@gmail.com

Page 420

Appendix B - Revision History

PioneerSM_ENG.book

Page 421

Thursday, October 30, 2014

1:28 PM

eitconcepts@gmail.com
Xr

ay

PioneerSM_ENG.book

Page 422

Thursday, October 30, 2014

1:28 PM

eitconcepts@gmail.com

GE HEALTHCARE

422

NO.1, YONGCHANG NORTH ROAD


ECONOMIC & TECHNOLOGICAL DEVELOPMENT ZONE
FAX: 86-10-67881850
TELE: 86-10-58068888
BEIJING, P. R. CHINA 100176